10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

[    ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 1-15973

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Oregon	93-0256722
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

220 N.W. Second Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97209

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (503) 226-4211

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Common Stock Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [    ]    No [ X ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. [    ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [ X ]    No [    ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [    ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer [ X ]	Accelerated Filer [    ]
Non-accelerated filer [    ]	Smaller Reporting Company [    ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [    ]    No [ X ]

As of June 30, 2008, the registrant had 26,435,373 shares of its Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of these shares of Common Stock (based upon the closing price of these shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) held by non-affiliates was $1,211,499,354.

At February 23, 2009, 26,501,188 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock (the only class of Common Stock) were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement of the registrant’s, to be filed in connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference in Part III.

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

Annual Report to Securities and Exchange Commission

on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

Table of Contents

PART I		Page
	Glossary of Terms	1
	Forward-Looking Statements	2
Item 1.	Business	4
	General	4
	Business Segments	4
	Local Gas Distribution	4
	Utility Gas Supply, Storage and Transportation Capacity	5
	Competition and Marketing	12
	Gas Storage	14
	Other	15
	Regulation and Rates	16
	Environmental Issues	16
	Employees	17
	Additions to Infrastructure	17
	Available Information	18
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	18
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	27
Item 2.	Properties	27
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	27
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	27
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	28
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	30
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	32
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	66
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	69
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	116
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	116
Item 9B.	Other Information	116
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	117
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	118
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	118
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	119
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	119
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	120
SIGNATURES		121

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Average weather: equal to the 25-year average degree days based on temperatures established in our 2003 Oregon general rate case.

Bcf: one billion cubic feet, a volumetric measure of natural gas, roughly equal to 10 million therms.

Btu: British thermal unit, a basic unit of thermal energy measurement. One Btu equals the energy required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit at atmospheric pressure and 60 degrees Fahrenheit. One hundred thousand Btu’s equal one therm.

Core utility customers: residential, commercial and industrial customers on firm service from the utility.

Decoupling: a rate mechanism, also referred to as our conservation tariff, which is designed to break the link between earnings and the quantity of natural gas consumed by customers. The design is intended to allow the utility to encourage customers to conserve energy while not adversely affecting its earnings due to losses in sales volumes.

Degree days: units of measure that reflect temperature-sensitive consumption of natural gas, calculated by subtracting the average of a day’s high and low temperatures from 65 degrees Fahrenheit.

Demand charge: a component in all core utility customer rates that covers the cost of securing firm pipeline capacity to meet peak demand, whether that capacity is used or not.

Firm service: natural gas service offered to customers under contracts or rate schedules that will not be disrupted to meet the needs of other customers, particularly during cold weather.

General rate case: a periodic filing with state or federal regulators to establish equitable rates and balance the interests of all classes of customers and our shareholders.

Interruptible service: natural gas service offered to customers (usually large commercial or industrial users) under contracts or rate schedules that allow for temporary interruptions to meet the needs of firm service customers.

Liquefied natural gas (LNG): the cryogenic liquid form of natural gas. To reach a liquid form at atmospheric pressure, natural gas must be cooled to approximately -260 degrees Fahrenheit.

Purchased Gas Adjustment (PGA): a regulatory mechanism for adjusting customer rates due to changes in the cost to acquire commodity supplies.

Return on equity (ROE): a measure of corporate profitability, calculated as net income divided by average common stock equity. Authorized ROE refers to the equity rate approved by a regulatory agency for utility investments funded by common stock equity.

Sales service: service provided to a customer that receives both natural gas supply and transportation of that gas from the regulated utility.

Therm: the basic unit of natural gas measurement, equal to 100,000 Btu’s. An average residential customer in our service area uses about 700 therms in an average weather year.

Transportation service: service provided to a customer that secures its own natural gas supply and pays the regulated utility only for use of the distribution system to transport it.

Utility margin: utility gross revenues less the associated cost of gas and applicable revenue taxes. Also referred to as utility net operating revenues.

Weather normalization: a rate mechanism that allows the utility to adjust customers’ bills during the winter heating season to reduce variations in margin recovery due to fluctuations from average temperatures.

1

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements and information included in this report that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions and meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, trends, cyclicality, growth, development of projects, exploration of new gas supplies, estimated expenditures, costs of compliance, potential efficiencies, impacts of new laws and regulations, projected obligations under retirement plans, adequacy of and shift in mix of gas supplies, and adequacy of regulatory deferrals. Such statements are expressed in good faith and we believe have a reasonable basis; however, each forward-looking statement involves uncertainties and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the following important factors, among others, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected, including:

• prevailing state and federal governmental policies and regulatory actions with respect to allowed rates of return, industry and rate structure, timely and adequate purchased gas cost and investment recovery, acquisitions and dispositions of assets and facilities, operation and construction of plant facilities, present or prospective wholesale and retail competition, changes in laws and regulations including but not limited to tax laws and policies, changes in and compliance with environmental and safety laws, regulations, policies and orders, and laws, regulations and orders with respect to the maintenance of pipeline integrity, including regulatory allowance or disallowance of costs based on regulatory prudency reviews;

• economic factors that could cause a severe downturn in the national economy, in particular the economies of Oregon and Washington, thus affecting demand for natural gas;

• unanticipated population growth or decline and changes in market demand caused by changes in demographic or customer consumption patterns;

• the creditworthiness of customers, suppliers and financial derivative counterparties;

• market conditions and pricing of natural gas relative to other energy sources;

• unanticipated changes that may affect our liquidity or access to capital markets, including volatility in the credit environment and financial services sector;

• capital market conditions, including their effect on financing costs, the fair value of pension assets and on pension and other postretirement benefit costs;

• application of the Oregon Public Utility Commission rules interpreting Oregon legislation intended to ensure that utilities do not collect more income taxes in rates than they actually pay to government entities;

• weather conditions, natural phenomena including earthquakes or other geohazard events, and other pandemic events;

• competition for retail and wholesale customers and our ability to remain price competitive;

• our ability to access sufficient gas supplies and our dependence on a single pipeline transportation company for natural gas transmission;

• property damage associated with a pipeline safety incident, as well as risks resulting from uninsured damage to our property, intentional or otherwise;

• financial and operational risks relating to business development and investment activities, including the Palomar pipeline and the proposed Gill Ranch underground gas storage facility;

• unanticipated changes in interest or foreign currency exchange rates or in rates of inflation;

2

• changes in estimates of potential liabilities relating to environmental contingencies or in timely and adequate regulatory or insurance recovery for such liabilities;

• unanticipated changes in future liabilities and legislation relating to employee benefit plans, including changes in key assumptions;

• our ability to transfer knowledge of our aging workforce and maintain a satisfactory relationship with the union that represents a majority of our workers;

• potential inability to obtain permits, rights of way, easements, leases or other interests or other necessary authority to construct pipelines, develop storage or complete other system expansions and the timing of such projects;

• federal, state or other regulatory actions related to climate change; and

• legal and administrative proceedings and settlements.

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We may make other forward-looking statements from time to time, including statements in press releases and public conference calls and webcasts. All forward-looking statements made by us are based on information available to us at the time the statements are made and speak only as of the date on which such statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such factor or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Some of these risks and uncertainties are discussed at Item 1A., “Risk Factors” of Part I and Item 7. and Item 7A., “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” respectively, of Part II of this report.

3

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Northwest Natural Gas Company (NW Natural) was incorporated under the laws of Oregon in 1910. Our company and its predecessors have supplied gas service to the public since 1859. We have been doing business as NW Natural since September 1997. We maintain operations in Oregon, Washington and California and conduct business through NW Natural, two wholly-owned subsidiaries and a joint venture. A reference to NW Natural (“we,” “us” or “our”) in this report means NW Natural and it subsidiaries and joint venture unless otherwise noted.

Business Segments

We operate in two primary reportable business segments, Local Gas Distribution and Gas Storage. We also have other investments and business activities not specifically related to one of these two reporting segments which we aggregate and report as Other.

Local Gas Distribution

We are principally engaged in the distribution of natural gas in Oregon and southwest Washington. We refer to this business segment as our local gas distribution or utility. Local gas distribution involves building and maintaining a safe and reliable pipeline distribution system, purchasing gas from producers and marketers, contracting for the transportation of gas over pipelines from the supply basins to our service territory, and reselling the gas to customers subject to rates and terms approved by the Oregon Public Utility Commission (OPUC) or by the Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission (WUTC). Gas distribution also includes transporting gas owned by large customers from the interstate pipeline connection, or city gate, to the customers’ facilities for a fee, also approved by the OPUC or WUTC. Approximately 96 percent of our consolidated assets and 85 percent of our consolidated net income in 2008 were related to the local gas distribution segment. The OPUC has allocated to us as our exclusive service area a major portion of western Oregon, including the Portland metropolitan area, most of the Willamette Valley and the coastal area from Astoria to Coos Bay. We also hold certificates from the WUTC granting us exclusive rights to serve portions of three southwest Washington counties bordering the Columbia River. We provide gas service in 124 cities and neighboring communities in 15 Oregon counties, as well as in 14 cities and neighboring communities in three Washington counties. The city of Portland is the principal retail and manufacturing center in the Columbia River Basin, and is a major port for trade with Asia.

At year-end 2008, we had approximately 662,000 total customers, consisting of 599,000 residential, 62,000 commercial and 1,000 industrial sales and transportation customers. Approximately 90 percent of our customers are located in Oregon and 10 percent are in Washington. Industries we serve include: pulp, paper and other forest products; the manufacture of electronic, electrochemical and electrometallurgical products; the processing of farm and food products; the production of various mineral products; metal fabrication and casting; the production of machine tools, machinery and textiles; the manufacture of asphalt, concrete and rubber; printing and publishing; nurseries; government and educational institutions; and electric generation. No individual customer or industry accounts for a significant portion of our revenues.

4

Utility Gas Supply, Storage and Transportation Capacity

We meet the expected needs of our core utility customers through natural gas purchases from a variety of suppliers. Our supply and capacity plan is based on forecasted customer requirements and takes into account estimated load growth by type of customer, attrition, conservation, distribution system constraints, interstate pipeline capacity and contractual limitations and the forecasted movement of large customers between sales service and transportation-only service. We perform sensitivity analyses based on factors such as weather variations and price elasticity effects. We have a diverse portfolio of short-, medium- and long-term firm gas supply contracts that we supplement during periods of peak demand with gas from storage facilities either owned by or contractually committed to us.

Gas Acquisition Strategy

Our goals in purchasing gas for our core utility market are:

• Reliability—Ensuring a gas resource portfolio that is sufficient to satisfy core utility customer requirements under extremely cold weather conditions as described below in “Source of Supply—Design Day Sendout;”

• Lowest reasonable cost—Applying strategies to acquire gas supplies at the lowest reasonable cost to utility customers;

• Price stability—Making use of physical assets (e.g. gas storage) and financial instruments (e.g. financial hedge contracts such as price swaps) to manage commodity price variability; and

• Cost recovery—Managing gas purchase costs prudently to minimize the risks associated with regulatory review and recovery of gas acquisition costs.

To achieve our gas acquisition strategy, we employ a gas purchasing strategy that emphasizes a diversity of supply, liquidity, price risk management, asset optimization and regulatory alignment as described below.

Diversity of supply. There are three primary means by which we diversify our gas supply acquisitions: regional supply basins; contract types; and contract durations.

Our utility obtains its gas supplies from three key supply basins. They are the Alberta and British Columbia regions in Canada, and the Rocky Mountain region in the United States. We believe that gas supplies available in the western United States and Canada are adequate to serve our core utility requirements for the foreseeable future, but we are considering shifting more of our supply mix to the U.S. Rocky Mountains based on projections of declining gas imports from western Canada and increased gas production in the U.S. Rocky Mountains. We believe that the cost of natural gas coming from these regions will continue to track market prices, but there may be price discounts on supplies from the U.S. Rocky Mountains in the near term due to of the limited amount of transmission capacity to transport that supply to existing markets. Several projects have been proposed recently to increase pipeline capacity out of the U.S. Rocky Mountain region. In addition, we also believe the potential development of a liquefied natural gas (LNG) import terminal would benefit the Pacific Northwest. If constructed, an LNG import terminal would introduce a new source of gas supply to our utility customers and the region, thereby increasing the diversity of available sources of energy and increasing the overall supply of natural gas available to meet future demand growth in the region.

5

We typically enter into gas purchase contracts for:

• year-round baseload supply;

• additional baseload supply for the winter heating season;

• winter heating season contracts where we have the option to call on all or some of the supplies on a daily basis; and

• spot purchases, taking into account forecasted customer requirements, storage injections and withdrawals and seasonal weather fluctuations.

Other less frequent types of contracts include non-heating season baseload contracts, non-heating season contracts where the supplier has the option to supply gas to us on a daily basis, and seasonal exchange purchase and sale contracts. We try to maintain a diversified portfolio of purchase arrangements.

We also use a variety of multi-year contract durations to avoid having to re-contract a significant portion of our supplies every year. See “Core Utility Market Basic Supply,” below.

Trading Points. We purchase our gas supplies at liquid trading points to facilitate competition and price transparency. These trading points include the NOVA Inventory Transfer (NIT) point in Alberta (also referred to as AECO), Huntingdon/Sumas and Station 2 in British Columbia, and various receipt points in the U.S. Rocky Mountains.

Price risk management. There are four general methods that we currently use for managing gas commodity price risk:

• negotiating fixed prices directly with gas suppliers;

• negotiating financial instruments that exchange the floating price in a physical supply contract for a fixed price (referred to as price swaps);

• negotiating financial instruments that set a ceiling or floor price, or both, on a floating price contract (referred to as calls, puts, and collars); and

• buying gas and injecting it into storage. See “Cost of Gas,” below.

Asset optimization. We use our gas supply, storage and transportation flexibility to capture opportunities that emerge during the course of the year for gas purchases, sales, exchanges or other means to manage net gas costs. In particular, our Mist underground storage facility provides flexibility in this regard. In addition, in an effort to maximize the value of our gas storage and pipeline capacity, we contract with an independent energy marketing company that optimizes our unused capacity when those assets are not serving the needs of our core utility customers. This asset optimization service performed by the independent energy marketing company produces cost savings that are refunded to core utility customers, as well as generates incremental revenues which are included in our gas storage business segment. See Note 2.

Regulatory alignment. Mechanisms for gas cost recovery are designed to be fair, and balance the interests of customers and shareholders. In general, utility rates are designed to recover the cost of, but not earn a return on, the gas commodity purchased, and we attempt to minimize risks associated with cost recovery through:

• re-setting customer rates annually for changes in forecasted purchased gas costs and customer deferrals of prior year’s actual versus forecasted gas purchase costs. (see Part II, Item 7., “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment”);

6

• aligning customer and shareholder interests, such as through the use of our purchased gas adjustment (PGA) incentive sharing mechanism, weather normalization, conservation, and gas storage sharing mechanisms (see Part II, Item 7., “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters”); and

• periodic review of regulatory deferrals with state regulatory commissions and key customer groups.

Cost of Gas

The cost of gas to supply our core utility customers primarily consists of the purchase price paid to suppliers, charges paid to pipeline companies to store and transport the gas to our distribution system and gains or losses related to commodity hedge contracts entered into in connection with the purchase of gas for core utility customers.

Supply cost. Volatility in natural gas commodity prices has increased dramatically over the last several years primarily due to shifts in the balance of supply and demand, which has been affected by the level of gas imports, regional accessibility to gas supplies, supply disruptions, changes in the global energy markets, availability of pipeline capacity to transport natural gas from region to region, and changes in general economic conditions. We are in a favorable position with respect to gas production because of the proximity of our service territory to supply basins in western Canada and the U.S. Rocky Mountains, where some growth in gas production is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.

Transportation cost. Pipeline transportation rates charged by our pipeline suppliers had been relatively stable until recently. In 2006, two of the five major pipelines used by NW Natural filed with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) for significant rate increases which were implemented in 2007. Pipeline transportation rate increases are generally passed on to our customers through state-approved annual PGA mechanisms.

Gas price hedging. We seek to mitigate the effects of higher gas commodity prices and price volatility on core utility customers by using our underground storage facilities strategically and by entering into financial hedge contracts to fix or limit the price of gas commodity purchases.

Managing the Cost of Gas

We manage natural gas commodity price risk through active physical and financial hedging programs Our financial hedge contracts make up a majority of our commodity price hedging activity, and these contracts are with a variety of investment-grade credit counterparties, typically with credit ratings of AA- or higher. See Part II, Item 7A., “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk—Credit exposure to financial derivative counterparties.” Under our financial hedge program, we enter into commodity swaps, puts, calls and collars anywhere from one month up to five years into the future. Realized gains or losses from financial commodity hedge contracts are treated as reductions or increases to the cost of gas.

In addition to the prices that are hedged through financial contracts, we also use gas storage as a physical hedge. We purchase and inject about 15 to 20 percent of our annual gas supply requirements into storage during the summer when demand and gas prices are generally lower. The gas is stored for withdrawal during the winter months in five different storage facilities. We own and operate three of

7

these storage facilities located within our service territory, which eliminates the need for additional upstream pipeline capacity and provides significant cost savings. The other two storage facilities are owned and operated by our primary pipeline supplier.

The intended effect of our physical and financial hedging programs are to manage the price exposure for a majority of our gas supply portfolio for the following gas contract year, with prices hedged for approximately 60 percent of year round supplies and 80 percent or more of our expected winter-heating season supplies based on forecasted customer requirements.

Source of Supply—Design Year and Design Day Sendout

The effectiveness of our gas supply program ultimately rests on whether we provide reliable service at a reasonable cost to our core utility customers. For this purpose, we develop a composite design year that is based on the coldest weather experienced over the last 20 years in our service territory. We start with the coldest heating season during the last 20 years and then modify it to include the coldest single weather day over that same 20-year period. This coldest “design day” is the maximum anticipated demand on the natural gas distribution system during a 24-hour period, which currently assumes weather at an average temperature of 12 degrees Fahrenheit. We also assume that all usage by interruptible customers will be curtailed on the design day. Our projected sources of delivery for design day firm utility customer sendout total approximately 9 million therms. We are currently capable of meeting 63 percent of our firm customer design day requirements with storage and peaking supply sources located within or adjacent to our service territory. Optimal utilization of storage and peaking facilities on our design day reduces the cost and dependency on firm interstate pipeline transportation. On January 5, 2004, we experienced our current-record firm customer sendout of 7.2 million therms, and a total sendout of 8.9 million therms, on a day that was approximately 9 degrees Fahrenheit warmer than the design day temperature. That January 2004 cold weather event lasted about 10 days, and the actual firm customer sendout each day provided data indicating that load forecasting models required very little re-calibration. Similar cold temperatures experienced in December 2008 produced very high sendout days but they were still about 20 percent below our 2004 record. Accordingly, we believe that our supplies would be sufficient to meet firm customer demand if we were to experience design day conditions. We will continue to evaluate and update our forecasts of design day requirements in connection with our integrated resource plan (IRP) process (see “Integrated Resource Plan,” below).

The following table shows the sources of supply that are projected to be used to satisfy the design day sendout for the 2008-2009 winter heating season:

Projected Sources of Supply for Design Day Sendout
Sources of Supply	Therms (in millions)	Percent
Firm supplier contracts	3.3	37
Off-system firm storage contracts	1.1	12
Mist underground storage (utility only)	2.4	27
Company-owned LNG storage	1.8	20
Recall agreements	0.4	4
Total	9.0	100

We believe the combination of the natural gas supply purchases under contract, our peaking supplies and the transportation capacity held under contract on the interstate pipelines sufficiently satisfies the needs of existing customers and positions the utility to meet future requirements.

8

Core Utility Market Basic Supply

We purchase gas for our core utility customers from a variety of suppliers located in western Canada and the U.S. Rocky Mountain area. Currently, about 60—70 percent of our supply comes from Canada, with the balance coming primarily from the U.S. Rocky Mountain region, but we are considering shifting more of our supply mix to the U.S. Rocky Mountains based on projections of declining gas imports from western Canada and increased gas production in the U.S. Rocky Mountains. At January 1, 2009, we had 28 firm contracts with 15 suppliers and remaining terms ranging from five months to six years, which provide for a maximum of 2.2 million therms of firm gas per day during the peak winter heating season and 1.1 million therms per day during the entire year. These contracts have a variety of pricing structures and purchase obligations. During 2008, we purchased 831 million therms of gas under the following contract durations:

Contract Duration (primary terms)	Percent of Purchases
Long-term (one year or longer)	50
Short-term (more than one month, less than one year)	16
Spot (one month or less)	34
Total	100

We regularly renew or replace our gas supply contracts with new agreements with a variety of existing and new suppliers. Aside from the optimization of our core utility gas supplies by the independent energy marketing company (see “Gas Acquisition Strategy—Asset optimization,” above), our daily contract requirements are provided by multiple sources with no more than three suppliers providing between 10 and 15 percent of our average daily contract volumes. Firm year-round supply contracts have remaining terms ranging from one to six years. All term gas supply contracts use price formulas tied to monthly index prices. We hedge a majority of these contracts each year using financial instruments as part of our gas purchasing strategy (see “Managing the Cost of Gas,” above).

In addition to the year-round contracts, we continue to contract in advance for firm gas supplies to be delivered only during the winter heating season primarily under short-term contracts. During 2008, new short-term purchase agreements were entered into with nine suppliers. These agreements have a variety of pricing structures and provide for a total of up to 1.5 million therms per day during the 2008-2009 heating season. We intend to enter into new purchase agreements in 2009 for equivalent volumes of gas with existing or new suppliers, as needed, to replace contracts that will expire during 2009.

We also buy gas on the spot market as needed to meet core utility customer demand. We have flexibility under the terms of some of our firm supply contracts enabling us to purchase spot gas in lieu of firm contract volumes, thereby allowing us to take advantage of favorable pricing on the spot market from time to time.

We continue to purchase a small amount of gas from a non-affiliated producer in the Mist gas field in Oregon. The production area is situated near our underground gas storage facility. Current production is approximately 19,000 therms per day from about 17 wells, supplying less than 1 percent of our total annual purchase requirements. Production from these wells varies as existing wells are depleted and new wells are drilled.

9

Core Utility Market Peaking Supply and Storage

We supplement our firm gas supplies with gas from storage facilities we own or that are contractually committed to us. Gas is generally purchased and stored during periods of low demand for use at a later time during periods of peak demand. In addition to enabling us to meet our peak demand, these facilities make it possible to lower the annual average cost of gas by allowing us to minimize our pipeline transportation contract demand costs and to purchase gas for storage during the summer months when gas prices are generally lower.

Underground storage. We provide daily and seasonal peaking gas supplies to our Oregon core utility customers from our underground gas storage facility in the Mist gas storage field. Including the latest expansions in 2008, this facility has a maximum daily deliverability of 5.1 million therms and a total working gas capacity of about 16 Bcf. In 2004, we completed our South Mist pipeline extension project, which is a utility transmission pipeline from our Mist gas storage field to growing portions of our distribution service area. In May 2008, a total of 100,000 therms per day of Mist storage capacity that had previously been available for storage services was recalled and committed to use for core utility customers. This is the first recalled capacity since 2004. Under our regulatory agreement with the OPUC, storage capacity that has been developed and used by the gas storage segment can be recalled as needed and transferred to utility rate base at our original cost less accumulated depreciation, with a corresponding rate increase to customers to reflect the cost of service. The core utility market now has 2.4 million therms per day of deliverability and approximately 9 Bcf of working gas committed from the Mist storage facility. As storage capacity is recalled to serve core utility customers, we may be able to develop new storage capacity to replace it and continue serving interstate customers.

We also have contracts with The Williams Companies’ Northwest Pipeline (Northwest Pipeline) for firm gas storage services from an underground storage facility at Jackson Prairie near Chehalis, Washington, and an LNG facility at Plymouth, Washington. Together, these two facilities provide us with daily firm deliverability of about 1.1 million therms and total seasonal capacity of about 16 million therms. Separate contracts with Northwest Pipeline provide for the transportation of these storage supplies to our service territory. All of these contracts have reached the end of their primary terms, but we have exercised our renewal rights that allow for annual extensions at our option.

Company-owned LNG. We own and operate two LNG storage facilities in our Oregon service territory that liquefy gas for storage during the summer months so that it is available for withdrawal during the peak winter heating season. These two facilities provide a maximum combined daily deliverability of 1.8 million therms and a total seasonal capacity of 17 million therms.

Recallable capacity from transportation customers. We also have contracts with one electric generator and two industrial customers that together provide an additional 52,000 therms per day of year-round upstream capacity, plus 390,000 therms per day of recallable capacity and supply. The contracts for 52,000 therms per day of year-round capacity expire in July 2009. Two of the three recallable capacity/supply contracts are renewed on a year-to-year basis, while the third expires in 2010 at which time we would expect to renew annually.

Transportation

Single transportation pipeline. Our distribution system is directly connected to a single interstate pipeline, Northwest Pipeline. Although we are dependent on a single pipeline, the pipeline’s

10

gas flows are bi-directional and it transports gas into the Portland metropolitan market from two directions: (1) the north, which brings supplies from British Columbia and Alberta supply basins; and (2) the east, which brings supplies from Alberta as well as the U.S. Rocky Mountain supply basins. In 2003 a federal order requiring Northwest Pipeline to replace its 26-inch mainline from the Canadian border to our service territory underscored the need for pipeline transportation diversity. That replacement project was completed by Northwest Pipeline in November 2006. We are pursuing options to further diversify our pipeline transportation paths. Specifically, we are currently developing plans to build a pipeline project (Palomar) that would connect TransCanada Pipelines Limited’s (TransCanada) Gas Transmission Northwest (GTN) interstate transmission line to our gas distribution system. In August 2007, we entered into an agreement with GTN for the purpose of jointly developing, owning and operating this proposed pipeline. Additionally, we entered into precedent agreements to become a shipper on the Palomar Pipeline. If constructed, this pipeline would provide an alternate transportation path for gas purchases from Alberta that currently move through the Northwest Pipeline system (See Part II, Item 7., “2009 Outlook”).

Rates. FERC establishes rates for interstate pipeline transportation service under long-term transportation agreements within the U.S., and Canadian federal or provincial authorities establish rates for service under agreements with the Canadian pipelines over which we ship gas.

Transportation agreements. The largest of our transportation agreements with Northwest Pipeline extends through September 2013 and provides for firm transportation capacity of up to 2.1 million therms per day. This agreement provides access to natural gas supplies in British Columbia and the U.S. Rocky Mountains.

Our second largest transportation agreement with Northwest Pipeline extends through November 2011. It provides up to 1.0 million therms per day of firm transportation capacity from the point of interconnection of the Northwest Pipeline and GTN systems in eastern Oregon to our service territory. GTN’s pipeline runs from the U.S./Canadian border through northern Idaho, southeastern Washington and central Oregon to the California/Oregon border. We have firm long-term capacity on GTN’s pipeline and two upstream pipelines in Canada, which match the amount of Northwest Pipeline capacity northward into Alberta, Canada.

We also have an agreement with Northwest Pipeline that previously extended into 2009 for approximately 350,000 therms per day of firm transportation capacity from the U.S. Rocky Mountain region. In February 2008, we extended the term of this contract through 2044. Also in February 2008, we executed an agreement with a third party to take assignment of their firm gas supply transportation contract starting no earlier than 2012 nor later than 2017, with the term extending through 2046. This contract consists of 120,000 therms per day on Northwest Pipeline from the U.S. Rocky Mountain region.

In addition, we have firm long-term pipeline transportation contracts with two other major transporters located in Canada. One contract extends through October 2014 and provides approximately 600,000 therms per day of firm gas transportation from Station 2 in northern British Columbia to the Huntingdon/Sumas connection with Northwest Pipeline at the U.S./Canadian border. Another contract extends through October 2020 and provides approximately 470,000 therms per day of firm gas transportation from southeastern British Columbia to the same Huntingdon/Sumas connection with Northwest Pipeline. Our capacity on this second contract is matched with companion contracts for pipeline capacity on the TransCanada BC system and NOVA system in British Columbia and Alberta, allowing purchases to be made from the gas fields of Alberta, Canada.

11

Integrated Resource Plan

The OPUC and WUTC have implemented IRP processes under which utilities develop plans defining alternative growth scenarios and resource acquisition strategies. Elements of these plans include:

• an evaluation of supply and demand resources;

• the consideration of uncertainties in the planning process and the need for flexibility to respond to changes;

• a primary goal of “least cost” service; and

• consistency with state energy policy.

We filed our 2008 IRP with the OPUC and an update to our 2007 IRP with the WUTC in April 2008. In October 2008, we received notification from the WUTC that our 2007 IRP met the requirements of the Washington Administrative Code. In January 2009, the OPUC acknowledged our 2008 IRP. Although OPUC acknowledgment of the IRP does not constitute ratemaking approval of any specific resource acquisition strategy or expenditure, the OPUC generally indicates that it would give considerable weight in prudency reviews to utility actions that are consistent with acknowledged plans. The WUTC has indicated that the IRP process is one factor it will consider in a prudency review.

Competition and Marketing

Competition with Other Energy Products

We have no direct competition in our service area from other natural gas distributors. However, for residential customers, we compete primarily with electricity, fuel oil and propane. We also compete with electricity and fuel oil for commercial applications. In the industrial market, we compete with all forms of energy, including competition from third-party sellers of natural gas commodity. Competition among gas suppliers is based on price, perceived environmental impact, sustainability, reliability, efficiency and performance, market conditions, technology and legislative policy. Whether or not we provide the gas supplies to serve our transportation-eligible customers, our net margins are not materially affected because we generally do not make any margin on the commodity sales to our utility customers (see “Industrial Markets,” below).

Residential and Commercial Markets

The relatively low market saturation of natural gas in residential single-family dwellings in our service territory, estimated at approximately 50 percent, and our operating convenience and environmental advantage over fuel oil, provides the potential for continuing growth from residential and commercial conversions. In 2008, 9,609 net new residential customers were added, primarily from single- and multi-family new construction, but also from the conversion of existing homes from oil, electric or propane appliances to natural gas. The net increase of all new customers added in 2008 was 10,329. This represents a 12-month growth rate of 1.6 percent, which is above the national average for local gas distribution companies as reported by the American Gas Association. On an annual basis, residential and commercial customers typically account for about 55 percent of our utility’s total volumes delivered and about 85 percent of gross operating revenues, while industrial customers account for about 45 percent of volumes and about 13 percent of gross revenues. The remaining 2% of gross operating revenues is derived from miscellaneous services and other regulatory charges.

12

Industrial Markets

Competition to serve the industrial and large commercial market in the Pacific Northwest has been relatively unchanged since the early 1990s in terms of numbers and types of competitors. Competitors consist of gas marketers, oil/propane sellers and electric utilities.

Industrial customers we serve include: pulp, paper and other forest products; the manufacture of electronic, electrochemical and electrometallurgical products; the processing of farm and food products; the production of various mineral products; metal fabrication and casting; the production of machine tools, machinery and textiles; the manufacture of asphalt, concrete and rubber; printing and publishing; nurseries; government and educational institutions; and electric generation. No individual customer or industry group accounts for a significant portion of our revenues or margins.

The OPUC and WUTC have approved transportation tariffs under which we may contract with customers to deliver customer-owned gas. Transportation tariffs available to industrial customers are priced at our sales service rate less the commodity cost included in that rate. Therefore, we are unaffected financially if industrial customers buy commodity supplies directly from marketers rather than purchasing gas from us, as long as they remain on a tariff or contract with the same quality of service. We do not generally make any margin on the sale of the gas commodity. However, industrial customers may select between firm and interruptible service, among other levels of service, and these choices can positively or negatively affect margin. The relative level and volatility of prices in the natural gas commodity markets, along with the availability of pipeline capacity to ship customer-owned gas, are among the primary factors that have caused some industrial customers to alternate between sales and transportation service or between higher and lower levels of service.

We redesigned our industrial rates in Oregon and Washington as part of our general rate cases in 2003 and 2004, respectively, in order to better reflect relative costs of service and to become more competitive in the industrial market. In August 2006, the OPUC and WUTC approved tariff changes to the service options for our industrial accounts. The changes set out additional parameters that give us more certainty in the level of gas supplies we will need to purchase in order to serve this customer group. The parameters include an annual election cycle period, special pricing provisions for out-of-cycle changes and the requirement that customers on our annual weighted average cost of gas tariff complete the agreed upon term of their service. In the case of customers switching out-of-cycle from transportation to sales service, the customer will be charged the cost of incremental gas supply under our regulatory tariff.

We have negotiated special transportation service agreements with several of our largest industrial customers. These special agreements are designed to provide transportation rates that are competitive with the customer’s alternative capital and operating costs of installing direct connections to Northwest Pipeline’s interstate pipeline system, which would allow them to bypass our gas distribution system. These agreements generally prohibit bypass during their terms. Due to the cost pressures that confront a number of our largest customers competing in global markets, bypass continues to be a competitive threat. Although we do not expect a significant number of our large customers to bypass our system in the foreseeable future, we may experience further deterioration of margin associated with customers transferring to special contracts where pricing is specifically designed to be competitive with their bypass alternative.

13

Gas Storage

Our gas storage business segment includes natural gas storage services provided to interstate and intrastate customers in the Pacific Northwest using underground gas storage and pipeline facilities we own and operate. We also use an independent energy marketing company to provide asset optimization services for the utility under a contractual arrangement, the results of which are included in this business segment.

Currently, 3 percent of our consolidated assets and 12 percent of our consolidated net income in 2008 are related to the gas storage business segment. For each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, this business segment derived a majority of its revenues from multi-year contracts with less than 10 customers taking service at our Mist storage facility. The total working gas capacity at our Mist gas storage facility is approximately 16 Bcf. Of this capacity, approximately 9 Bcf, or 56 percent of storage capacity, is currently used by our utility, and the remaining 7 Bcf, or 44 percent, is committed to gas storage customers primarily under firm storage contracts. See Note 2 for more information on total assets and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Pre-tax income from gas storage at Mist and third-party optimization services using our utility’s storage or transportation capacity is subject to revenue sharing with core utility customers. In Oregon, 80 percent of the pre-tax income is retained by the gas storage segment when the costs of the capacity used have not been included in utility rates, or 33 percent of the pre-tax income is retained when the capacity costs have been included in utility rates. The remaining 20 percent and 67 percent of pre-tax income in each case are credited to a deferred regulatory account for refund to our core utility customers. We have a similar sharing mechanism in Washington for pre-tax income derived from gas storage services and third-party optimization activities.

We are currently in the process of developing a second underground gas storage facility and related pipeline in the Fresno, California area. This project is expected to serve the California market. We plan to move ahead with construction later this year, subject to market conditions and our ability to obtain regulatory approvals (see “Gill Ranch,” below).

Seasonality of business. Generally, gas storage revenues do not follow seasonal patterns similar to those experienced by the utility because rates for firm storage contracts are in the form of fixed monthly reservation charges and are not affected by customer usage. However, there is some seasonal variation from the optimization of excess utility storage and related transportation capacity. Excess capacity is usually available during the spring and summer months when the demand for gas by utility customers is low.

Customers. Our gas storage business segment generally enters into contracts with customers for firm storage capacity for terms ranging from one to 10 years. Currently, our revenues are primarily derived from a few large storage customers who provide energy related services, including natural gas distribution, electric generation and energy marketing companies. Five storage customers currently contracted account for over 90 percent of our existing gas storage capacity, with the largest customer accounting for about half of total capacity. These five customers have contracts that expire at various dates between April 2009 through March 2015, with the largest customer’s contract expiring in March 2015.

14

Competitive conditions. Our existing gas storage facility faces limited competition from other west coast storage projects primarily because of its geographic location. In the future, we could face increased competition from new or expanded natural gas storage facilities as well as from natural gas pipelines and marketers.

Interstate gas storage. This part of the business segment currently provides firm and interruptible gas storage services at Mist with related transportation services on the utility’s system to and from Mist to interstate pipeline interconnections. The interstate storage services, and maximum rates for these services, are authorized by the FERC. The storage capacity used by this business segment has been developed as a non-utility investment by NW Natural in advance of core utility customers’ requirements.

Intrastate gas storage. We provide intrastate gas storage services under an OPUC-approved rate schedule that includes service and site-specific qualifications. The firm storage service terms and conditions mirror the firm interstate storage service regulated by FERC, except that these customers are located and served in Oregon.

Gill Ranch. In September 2007, we announced a joint project with Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E) to develop a new underground natural gas storage facility at Gill Ranch near Fresno, California (Gill Ranch). We formed a wholly-owned subsidiary of NW Natural to develop and operate the facility, Gill Ranch Storage, LLC. Our subsidiary will initially own 75 percent of the project, and PG&E will own 25 percent. The initial development of this new storage facility is expected to provide approximately 20 Bcf of underground gas storage capacity and will include approximately 27 miles of transmission pipeline when the initial phase is completed. We estimate our 75 percent share of the total project cost for the initial phase of development, which began in 2008 and is expected to continue through 2010, to be between $160 million and $180 million. In July 2008, Gill Ranch filed an application with the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) for a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity. If granted, Gill Ranch will be subject to CPUC regulation with respect to rates and will require regulatory approvals for certain activities, including but not limited to securities issuance, terms of services, systems of accounts, lien grants and sales of property. We expect the initial phase of Gill Ranch to be in-service by late 2010.

Other

We have non-utility investments and other business activities which are aggregated and reported as a business segment called “Other.” Although in the aggregate these investments and activities are not material, we identify and report them as a stand-alone segment based on our current organization structure and decision-making process and because these business investments and activities are not specifically related to our utility or gas storage segments. This segment primarily consists of an equity method investment in a joint venture to build and operate an interstate gas transmission pipeline in Oregon (see Part II, Item 7., “2009 Outlook—Strategic Opportunities—Pipeline Diversification,” below) and pipeline assets in NNG Financial Corporation, as well as some operating and non-operating expenses of the parent company that cannot be charged to utility operations. Until recently, this segment also had equity investments in several windpower and solar electric generating projects in California and a Boeing 737 aircraft leased to a commercial airline. The aircraft investment was sold in April 2008, and the windpower and solar investments were sold in years prior to 2008. Approximately 1 percent of our consolidated assets and about 3 percent of 2008 consolidated net income are related to activities in the “Other” business segment. See Note 2 for more information on total assets and results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2008.

15

Regulation and Rates

We are subject to regulation with respect to, among other matters, rates, terms of services, and systems of accounts established by the OPUC, the WUTC and the FERC. The OPUC and WUTC also regulate our issuance of securities. Approximately 90 percent of our utility operating revenues are derived from Oregon customers, and the balance is derived from Washington customers.

We periodically file general rate case and rate tariff requests with the OPUC, WUTC and FERC to change the rates we charge our utility and storage customers. With certain exceptions, our most recent agreement with the OPUC precludes us from filing a general rate case request before September 2011, but does not preclude us from filing other types of rate adjustment requests. In 2008, we filed a general rate case in Washington that was approved on December 26, 2008 with the resulting changes to rates effective on January 1, 2009 (see Part II, Item 7., “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—General Rate Cases,” below). We are required under our Mist interstate storage certificate authority and rate approval orders to file every three years either a petition for rate approval or a cost and revenue study to change or justify maintaining the existing rates for the interstate storage service. In the future, we may be subject to regulation in other states, such as California, resulting from our strategic investments such as Gill Ranch. For further information, see Part II, Item 7., “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters,” and “Gas Storage—Gill Ranch,” above.

Environmental Issues

Properties and Facilities

We have properties and facilities that are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations related to environmental matters. These laws and regulations may require expenditures over a long timeframe to control environmental effects. Estimates of liabilities for environmental response costs are difficult to determine with precision because of the various factors that can affect their ultimate disposition. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

• the complexity of the site;

• changes in environmental laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels;

• the number of regulatory agencies or other parties involved;

• new technology that renders previous technology obsolete, or experience with existing technology that proves ineffective;

• the ultimate selection of a particular technology;

• the level of remediation required; and

• variations between the estimated and actual period of time that must be dedicated to respond to an environmentally-contaminated site.

We own, or previously owned, properties currently being investigated that may require environmental response, including: a property in Multnomah County, Oregon that is the site of a former gas manufacturing plant that was closed in 1956 (Gasco site); a property adjacent to the Gasco site that is now the location of a manufacturing plant owned by Siltronic Corporation (Siltronic site); an area adjacent to the Gasco and the Siltronic sites in the Willamette River that has been listed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as a Superfund site for which we have been identified as one of a number of potentially responsible parties (Portland Harbor site); the former location of a gas manufacturing plant operated by our predecessor that is outside the geographic scope of the current Portland Harbor site (Front Street site); and the former site of three manufactured gas tanks (Central

16

Service Center site). Based on our current assessment of regulatory and insurance recovery of environmental costs, we do not expect that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows; however, if it is determined that both the insurance recovery and future rate recovery of such costs are not probable, then the costs not expected to be recovered will be charged to expense in the period such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 12, for a further discussion of potential environmental responses, related costs and regulatory and insurance recovery.

Future Environmental Issues

We recognize that our business is likely to face future carbon constraints. A variety of legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas emissions are in various phases of discussion or implementation. These include the proposed international standards, proposed federal legislation and proposed or enacted state actions to develop statewide or regional programs, each of which have imposed or would impose measures to achieve reductions in greenhouse gas emissions. The outcome of federal and state climate change initiatives cannot be determined at this time, but these initiatives could produce a number of results including potential new regulations, additional charges to fund energy efficiency activities, or other regulatory actions. These actions could result in increased costs associated with operating and maintaining our facilities, could increase other costs to our business and could impact the prices we charge our customers. Because natural gas is a fossil fuel with low carbon content, it is possible that future carbon constraints could create additional demand for natural gas, both for electric production and direct use in homes and businesses.

We continue to take steps to address future greenhouse gas emission issues, including actively participating in policy development through the Oregon Governor’s Task Force on Climate Change and leading efforts within the American Gas Association to promote the enactment of fair federal climate change legislation. In 2008, our current President and CEO was appointed to the newly formed Oregon Global Warming Commission. We continue to engage in policy development and in identifying ways to reduce greenhouse gas emissions associated with our operations and our customers’ gas use, including the introduction of the Smart Energy program, which allows customers to contribute funds to projects that offset greenhouse gases produced from their natural gas use.

Employees

At December 31, 2008, our workforce consisted of 717 members of the Office and Professional Employees International Union (OPEIU), Local No. 11, AFL-CIO, and approximately 400 management level and other non-bargaining employees. Our labor agreement (Joint Accord) with members of OPEIU that covers wages, benefits and working conditions extends to May 31, 2009, and thereafter from year to year unless either party serves notice of its intent to negotiate modifications to the collective bargaining agreement. Each party has served notice of intent to negotiate the terms of an agreement prior to the May 31, 2009 expiration date.

Additions to Infrastructure

We expect to make a significant level of capital expenditures for additions to utility and storage infrastructure over the next five years, reflecting continued investments in customer growth, technology, distribution system enhancements and the development of additional gas storage facilities. In 2009, utility capital expenditures are estimated to be between $100 and $110 million, and non-utility

17

capital investments are estimated to be between $50 and $70 million for business development projects that are currently in process. For the years 2009-2013, capital expenditures for the utility are estimated to be between $450 and $500 million, while the amount for business development investments after 2009 will depend largely on future decisions about potential opportunities in gas storage and pipeline projects.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by us can be read and copied at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain additional information about the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically. In addition, we make available on our website (http://www.nwnatural.com), our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as well as proxy materials, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) and Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all employees and a Financial Code of Ethics that applies to senior financial employees, both of which are available on our website. We intend to disclose amendments to, and any waivers from, such codes of ethics on our website. Our Corporate Governance Standards, Director Independence Standards, charters of each of the committees of the Board of Directors and additional information about us are also available on the website. Copies of these documents may be requested, at no cost, by writing or calling Shareholder Services, NW Natural, One Pacific Square, 220 N.W. Second Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97209, telephone 503-226-4211.

Our Chief Executive Officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on May 23, 2008 that, as of that date, he was not aware of any violation by the company of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards, and that we had filed with the SEC, as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, the certificates of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying the quality of NW Natural’s internal control over financial reporting and public disclosures. For the year-ended December 31, 2008, the certificates of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are filed with this report as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business and financial results are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. When considering any investment in our securities, investors should consider the following information, as well as information contained in the caption “Forward Looking Statements,” and other documents we file with the SEC. This list is not exhaustive and our management places no priority or likelihood based on their order of presentation.

Economic risk. Changes in the economy and in the financial markets may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The global credit and financial markets have been experiencing significant disruption and volatility in recent months. At the same time the U.S. economy has slowed, unemployment rates are

18

rising, and there has been an increase in mortgage defaults and a decrease in the value of homes and investment assets, which has adversely affected the income and financial resources of many domestic households. It is unclear whether the federal responses to these conditions will lessen the severity or duration of this economic downturn. Our operations are affected by these economic conditions. Less new housing construction, fewer conversions to natural gas, higher levels of residential foreclosures and vacancies, and personal and business bankruptcies or reduced spending could all result in a decline in energy consumption and customer growth and have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory risk. Regulation of our business, including changes in the regulatory environment in general, and failure of regulatory authorities to approve rates which provide for timely recovery of our costs and an adequate return on invested capital in particular, may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The OPUC and WUTC have general regulatory authority over our utility business in Oregon and Washington, respectively, including rates and charges, the issuance of securities, services and facilities, terms of customer services, system of accounts, investments, safety standards, transactions with affiliated interests and other matters. In addition, FERC has regulatory authority over our interstate gas storage services, and the CPUC will have regulatory authority over our Gill Ranch gas storage development and operations.

The rates we charge to customers must be approved by the applicable regulatory agencies. Our rates are generally designed to allow us to recover the costs of providing such services and to earn an adequate return on our capital investment. However, we expect the rates charged to customers of Gill Ranch for gas storage services will be based on what customers are willing to pay (i.e. market-based rates) rather than on our recovery of costs plus a return on our investment. We expect to continue to make expenditures to expand, improve and operate our distribution and storage systems. Regulators can deny recovery of expenditures we make if they find that such expenditures were not prudently incurred according to their regulatory standards.

In addition, in the normal course of our business we may place assets in service or incur higher levels of operating expense before rate cases can be filed to recover those costs—this is commonly referred to as “regulatory lag.” The failure of any regulatory commission to approve requested rate increases on a timely basis to recover increased costs or to allow an adequate return could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Gas price risk. Higher natural gas commodity prices and volatility in the price of gas may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

In recent years, we have seen a significant increase in the volatility of natural gas commodity prices, primarily due to shifts in the balance of supply and demand. Early in 2008, we saw natural gas prices rise to record high levels as demand grew, especially for new electric power generation, which was outpacing North American gas production. Then during the second half of 2008, the price of natural gas fell significantly as our national economy fell into a recession and demand for natural gas declined while North American gas production increased. There are a number of external factors that affect the balance of natural gas supply and demand, including the level of gas imports, regional accessibility to gas supplies, supply disruptions, changes in the global energy markets, the availability of pipeline capacity to transport natural gas from region to region and changes in general economic conditions. The cost we pay for natural gas is generally passed through to our customers through an

19

annual PGA rate adjustment in Oregon and Washington (see below). Significant increases in the commodity price of natural gas raises the cost of energy to our existing customers, thereby causing those customers to conserve or potentially switch to alternate sources of energy. Significant price increases could also cause new home builders and commercial developers to select heating systems other than natural gas. Decreases in the volume of gas we sell could reduce our earnings in the absence of decoupled rate structures, and a decline in customers could slow growth in our future earnings.

Higher gas prices may also cause us to experience an increase in short-term debt and temporarily reduce liquidity because we pay suppliers for gas when it is purchased, which can be materially in advance of when these costs are recovered through rates. Significant increases in the price of gas can also slow our collection efforts as customers experience increased difficulty in paying their higher energy bills, leading to higher than normal delinquent accounts receivable. This could contribute to higher short-term debt levels, greater expense associated with collection efforts and increased bad debt expense.

In Oregon and Washington, our utility has PGA tariffs which provide for annual revisions in rates resulting from changes in the cost of purchased gas including the expected impact on bad debt expense. In Oregon, we also have a price-elasticity adjustment that adjusts rates through the annual PGA for expected increases or decreases in customer usage due to higher or lower gas prices. The Oregon PGA tariff also provides an incentive to the Company to achieve lower gas costs such that a percentage, set annually, of any difference between the actual purchased gas costs and the actual recoveries of gas costs in rates be recognized as current income or expense (see Part II, Item 7., “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms”). Accordingly, higher gas costs than those assumed in setting rates can adversely affect our operating cash flows, liquidity and results of operations, until such costs are recovered from customers. Notwithstanding our current rate structure, higher gas costs could result in increased pressure on the OPUC or the WUTC to seek other means to reduce rates, which also could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Inability to access capital market risk. Our inability to access capital or significant increases in the cost of capital could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to obtain adequate and cost effective short-term and long-term financing depends on our credit ratings as well as the liquidity and stability of financial markets. Our businesses rely on access to capital markets, including the commercial paper markets, to finance our operations, construction expenditures and other business requirements, and to refund maturing debt that cannot be funded entirely by internal cash flows. A negative change in our ratings by credit rating agencies could adversely affect our financing cost, liquidity and access to capital. Additionally, downgrades in our current credit ratings below investment-grade could cause additional delays in accessing the credit markets by the utility while we seek supplemental regulatory approval from the OPUC. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could also adversely affect our ability to access short-term and long-term capital. Our access to funds under committed short-term credit facilities, which are currently provided by a number of banks, is dependent on the ability of the participating banks to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity. Longer disruptions in the bank or capital financing markets as a result of economic uncertainty, changing or increased regulation of the financial sector, or failure of major financial institutions could adversely affect our access to capital and may negatively impact our ability to run the business and make strategic investments.

20

Hedging risk. Our risk management policies and hedging activities cannot eliminate the risk of commodity price movements and other financial market risks, and our hedging activities may expose us to additional liabilities for which rate recovery may be disallowed.

Our gas purchasing requirements expose us to risks of commodity price movements, while our use of debt and equity financing exposes us to interest rate and other financial market risks. We attempt to manage these exposures and mitigate our risks through enforcement of established risk limits and risk management procedures, including hedging activities that are in accordance with our derivatives policies. These risk limits and risk management procedures may not always work as planned and cannot entirely eliminate the risks associated with hedging. Additionally, our hedging activities may cause us to incur additional expenses which could result in a material adverse effect on our operating revenues, costs, derivative assets and liabilities, and operating cash flows.

We cannot and do not hedge our entire interest rate or commodity cost exposure, and the unhedged exposure will vary over time. Gains or losses experienced through hedging activities, including carrying costs, generally flow through the PGA mechanism or are recovered in future general rate cases, thereby limiting our exposure to earnings volatility on a year-to-year basis. However, the hedge transactions we enter into for the utility are subject to a prudency review by the OPUC and WUTC, and, if deemed imprudent, those expenses may be disallowed, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating revenues, costs, derivative assets and liabilities, and operating cash flows. In addition, actual business requirements and available resources may vary from forecasts, which are used as the basis for our hedging decisions, and could cause our exposure to be more or less hedged than we anticipated. Additionally, if our derivative instruments and hedging transactions do not qualify for hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” our hedges may not be effective and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We also have credit related exposure to financial derivative counterparties. In general, we require our counterparties to have a high level investment-grade credit rating at the time the derivative instrument is entered into, and we specify limits on the contract amount and duration based on each counterparty’s credit rating. Nevertheless, counterparties owing us money or physical natural gas commodities could breach their obligations. Should the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, we may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements. In that event, our financial results could be adversely affected. Although our valuations take into account the expected probability of default by counterparties, an actual default by a particular counterparty could have a greater impact than we estimated. Additionally, under most of our hedging arrangements, any downgrade of our senior secured long-term debt credit rating below investment grade could allow our counterparties to require us to post cash, a letter of credit or other form of collateral, which would expose us to additional costs and may trigger significant increases in draws from our borrowing facilities.

Customer growth risk. Our results of operations may be negatively affected if we are unable to sustain customer growth rates in our local gas distribution business.

Our margins and earnings growth have largely depended upon the sustained growth of our residential and commercial customer base due, in part, to the new construction housing market, conversions of customers to natural gas from other fuel sources and growing commercial use of natural gas. Should there be continued weakness in the new housing market, a slowdown in the conversion market or declining use of natural gas by our residential and commercial customer base, there could be an adverse long-term impact on our utility margin, earnings and cash flows.

21

Risk of competition. Our gas distribution and storage businesses are subject to increased competition which could negatively affect our results of operations.

In the residential market, our gas distribution business competes primarily with suppliers of electricity, fuel oil and propane. We also compete with suppliers of electricity and fuel oil for commercial applications. In the industrial market, we compete with all forms of energy suppliers. Competition among these forms of energy is based on price, reliability, efficiency and performance.

Higher natural gas prices have at times eroded, or in some cases eliminated, the competitive price advantage of natural gas over other energy sources. Also, technological improvements in other energy sources could erode our competitive advantage. If natural gas prices continue to rise relative to other energy sources, it may negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, and our residential, commercial and industrial customers may use alternative sources of energy or bypass our systems in favor of contracts with lower per-unit costs, which could have a negative impact on our customer growth rate and results of operations.

Additionally, our existing gas storage segment currently faces limited competition from other west coast storage projects primarily because of its geographic location. In the future, we could face increased competition from new or expanded natural gas storage facilities, interstate pipelines and gas marketers seeking to provide or arrange transportation, storage and other services for customers.

Reliance on third parties to supply natural gas risk. We rely on third parties to supply all of the natural gas we store and deliver, and limitations on our ability to obtain supplies could have a material impact on our financial results.

Our ability to provide natural gas for current and future sales depends upon our ability to obtain and deliver supplies of natural gas, as well as our ability to acquire supplies directly from new sources. Certain factors including the following may affect our ability to acquire and deliver natural gas to our current and future customers: suppliers or other third parties’ control over the drilling of new wells and facilities to transport natural gas to our distribution system; competition for the acquisition of natural gas; priority allocations on transmission pipelines; impact of severe weather disruptions to natural gas supplies such as occurred with Hurricane Katrina in 2005; the regulatory and pricing policies of federal, state and local government agencies; and the availability of Canadian reserves for export to the United States. If we are unable to obtain or are limited in our ability to obtain natural gas from our current suppliers or new sources, our financial results could be materially impacted.

Single transportation pipeline risk. We rely on a single pipeline company for the transportation of gas to our service territory, a disruption of which could adversely impact our ability to meet our customers’ gas requirements.

Our distribution system is directly connected to a single interstate pipeline, Northwest Pipeline. The pipeline’s gas flows are bi-directional and it transports gas into the Portland metropolitan market from two directions: (1) the north, which brings supplies from British Columbia and Alberta supply basins; and (2) the east, which brings supplies from Alberta as well as the U.S. Rocky Mountain supply basins. Our results of operations may be negatively impacted if there is a rupture in the pipeline and we incur costs associated with actions taken to mitigate service disruptions.

Business development risk. The development, construction, startup and operation of our business development projects may involve unanticipated changes or delays that could negatively impact our costs as well as our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

22

Business development projects involve many risks. We are in the early development stages on two strategic business development projects: the Gill Ranch gas storage facility in California, and the Palomar gas transmission pipeline in Oregon. We may also engage in other business development projects in the future. With respect to these projects, we may not be able to obtain required governmental permits and approvals, or financing, to complete our projects in a cost-efficient or timely manner. If we do not obtain the necessary regulatory approvals in a timely manner, development projects may be delayed or abandoned. There also may be startup and construction delays, construction cost overruns, inability to negotiate acceptable agreements such as rights-of-way, easements, construction, gas supply or other material contracts, changes in market prices; and operating cost increases. Additionally, natural gas storage and gas transportation markets are intensely competitive, both within the natural gas industry and with alternative sources of energy. To complete our business development projects, we will need to secure financing from willing lenders at reasonable interest rates. If the current tight credit markets persist or become more inaccessible, we may be unable to acquire the necessary financing to fund our business development projects at acceptable interest rates within a timeframe favorable for completing the project. Similarly, an inability to obtain the necessary state permits, secure acceptable financing, or arrange for sufficient supplier commitments, could impact the viability of an LNG terminal on the Columbia river and may mean that we would not proceed with the western portion of Palomar. One or more of these events may mean that our equity investments could become impaired and such impairment could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Joint partner risk. Investing in business development projects through partnerships, joint ventures or other business arrangements decreases our ability to manage certain risks.

We use joint ventures and other business arrangements to manage and diversify the risks of certain non-utility development projects, including Palomar and Gill Ranch, and we may acquire interests in other similar types of projects in the future. Under these types of business arrangements, we may not be able to fully direct the management and policies of the business relationships, and other participants in those relationships may take action contrary to our interests. In addition, other participants may withdraw from the project, become financially distressed or bankrupt, or have economic or other business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours. Although we have contractual and other legal remedies to enforce our interests, if a participant in one of these business arrangements acts contrary to our interests, it could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Environmental risk. Certain of our properties and facilities may pose environmental risks requiring remediation, the cost of which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We own, or previously owned, properties that require environmental remediation or other action. We accrue all material loss contingencies relating to these properties, but our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that estimates of the probable costs increase significantly as additional information becomes available and to the extent we are not able to recover the incremental cost from insurance or through customer rates. A regulatory asset has already been recorded for some of these estimated costs pursuant to a deferral order from the OPUC. To the extent we are unable to recover these deferred costs in rates or through insurance, we would be required to reduce our regulatory asset which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, disputes may arise between potentially responsible parties and regulators as to

23

the severity of particular environmental matters and what remediation efforts are appropriate. These disputes could lead to adversarial administrative proceedings or litigation, with uncertain outcomes.

We cannot predict with certainty the amount or timing of future expenditures related to environmental investigation and remediation that may be required because of the difficulty of estimating such costs. There is also uncertainty in quantifying liabilities under environmental laws that impose joint and several liability on all potentially responsible parties. There are also no assurances that existing environmental regulations will not be revised or that new stricter regulations seeking to protect the environment will not be adopted or become applicable to us. Revised environmental regulations which result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly if those costs are not fully recoverable from customers.

Global climate change legislation risk. Management expects that future legislation may impose carbon constraints to address global climate change exposing us to regulatory and financial risk.

There are a number of new federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives being proposed and adopted in an attempt to control or limit the effects of global warming and overall climate change, including greenhouse gas emissions such as carbon dioxide. The outcome of federal and state actions to address climate change could result in a variety of regulatory programs including potential new regulations, additional requirements to fund energy efficiency activities, or other regulatory actions. These actions could result in increased compliance and other costs, additional operating restrictions, and could impact the prices we charge our customers, which could adversely affect our business practices, financial condition or results of operations.

Weather risk. Our results of operations may be negatively affected by warmer than average or colder than average weather.

We are exposed to weather risk primarily in our utility business segment. A majority of our volume is driven from gas sales made to space heating residential and commercial customers during each winter heating season. Current utility rates are based on an assumption of average weather. Weather that is warmer than average typically results in lower gas sales. Sustained cold weather could adversely affect our utility margin in the short-term as we may be required to purchase gas at spot rates in a rising price market to obtain sufficient volumes to fulfill customer requirements. Although the effects of warmer or colder weather on utility margin in Oregon are intended to be largely mitigated through the operation of our weather normalization mechanism. Oregon customers may opt out of the mechanism. Approximately 10 percent of our residential and commercial customers are in Washington where we do not have a weather normalization mechanism or conservation tariff. Furthermore, continuation of the weather normalization mechanism and conservation tariff in Oregon after October 2012, are subject to regulatory approval. As a result, we may not be fully protected against warmer than average or colder than average weather, both of which may have an adverse affect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Customer conservation risk. Customers’ conservation efforts may have a negative impact on our revenues.

Higher gas costs and rates and an increasing national focus on energy conservation may result in increased gas conservation by customers, which can decrease sales and adversely affect our results of operations. The OPUC authorized our conservation tariff, which is designed to recover lost margin

24

due to changes in residential and commercial customers’ consumption. The conservation tariff is scheduled to expire in October 2012 (see “Results of Operations—Rate Mechanisms—Conservation Tariff,” below). The failure of the OPUC to extend the conservation tariff in the future could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. We do not have a conservation tariff in Washington.

Operating risk. Transporting and storing natural gas involves numerous risks that may result in accidents and other operating risks and costs.

Our gas distribution activities are subject to a variety of operating hazards and risks that cannot be completely avoided, such as leaks, accidents, mechanical problems, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, storms, landslides and other adverse weather conditions and hazards, which could cause substantial financial losses. In addition, these risks could result in loss of human life, significant damage to property, environmental pollution and disruption of our operations, which in turn could lead to substantial losses. The occurrence of any of these events may not be covered by our insurance policies or be recoverable through rates, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Business continuity risk. We may be adversely impacted by national disasters, terrorist activities and other extreme events to which we may not able to promptly respond.

National disasters, terrorist activities and other extreme events are a threat to our assets and operations. Companies in our industry may face a heightened risk to exposure to actual acts of terrorism that could target or impact our natural gas distribution, transmission and storage facilities and result in a disruption in our operations and ability to meet customer requirements. In addition, the threat of terrorist activities could lead to increased economic instability and volatility in the price of natural gas that could affect our operations. Threatened or actual national disasters or terrorist activities may also disrupt capital markets and our ability to raise capital, or impact our suppliers or our customers directly. We maintain emergency planning and training programs to remain ready to respond to extreme events. However, a slow or inadequate response to extreme events may have an adverse affect on operations and earnings. We may not be able to obtain sufficient insurance to cover all risks associated with national disasters, terrorist activities and other extreme events, which could increase the risk that an event could adversely affect our operations or financial results.

Employee benefit risk. The cost of providing pension and postretirement healthcare benefits is subject to changes in pension asset values, changing demographics and actuarial assumptions which may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We provide pension plans and postretirement healthcare benefits to eligible full-time employees. Our costs of providing such benefits is subject to changes in the market value of our pension fund assets, changing demographics, including longer life expectancies of beneficiaries, an expected increase in the number of eligible former employees over the next five to 10 years, increases in healthcare costs, current and future legislative changes and various actuarial calculations and assumptions. The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, withdrawal rates, interest rates and other factors. These differences may result in a significant impact on the amount of pension expense or other postretirement benefit costs recorded in future periods. Sustained declines in equity markets and reductions in bond yields may have a material adverse effect on the value of our pension fund assets. In these circumstances, we may be required to recognize increased contributions and pension expense earlier than we had planned

25

to the extent that the value of pension assets is less than the total anticipated liability under the plans, which could have a negative impact on cash flows and results of operations.

Workforce risk. Our business is heavily dependent on being able to attract and retain qualified employees and to maintain a competitive cost structure with market-based salaries and employee benefits, and workforce disruptions could adversely affect our operations and results.

Our ability to implement our business strategy and serve our customers in our gas distribution business is dependent upon our continuing ability to attract and retain talented professionals and a technically skilled workforce, and being able to transfer the knowledge and expertise of our workforce to new employees as our aging employees retire. Without an appropriately skilled workforce, our ability to provide quality service to our customers and meet our regulatory requirements will be challenged and this could negatively impact our earnings. Additionally, a majority of our workers are represented by Office and Professional Employees International Union Local No.11 AFL-CIO (the Union) and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire May 31, 2009. The Company and the Union are expected to negotiate an agreement, but failure to reach an acceptable collective bargaining agreement with the Union in a timely manner could result in instability in our labor relationship and work stoppages that could impact the timely delivery of our product and services, which could strain relationships with customers and state regulators and cause a loss of revenues which could adversely affect our results of operations. The terms of a revised collective bargaining agreement may increase the cost of employing our workforce, affect our ability to continue offering market-based salaries and employee benefits, limit our flexibility in dealing with our workforce, and limit our ability to change work rules and practices and implement other efficiency-related improvements to successfully compete effectively in today’s competitive marketplace.

Legislative and taxing authority risk. We are subject to governmental regulation, and our compliance with local, state and federal requirements, including taxing requirements, and unforeseen changes in or interpretations of such requirements could affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities. We are required to comply with a variety of laws and regulations and to obtain authorizations, permits, approvals and certificates from governmental agencies in various aspects of our business. We cannot predict with certainty the impact of any future revisions or changes in interpretations of existing regulations or the adoption of new laws and regulations applicable to them. Changes in regulations or the imposition of additional regulations could negatively influence our operating environment and results of operations. For example, Oregon legislation that became effective in 2006, requires that utilities not collect in rates more income taxes than they actually pay to taxing authorities. If amounts paid differ from amounts we collect by more than $100,000 we are required to implement a rate schedule with an automatic adjustment clause to refund or surcharge the difference, which could be material.

Additionally, changes in federal, state or local tax laws and their related regulations, or differing interpretation or enforcement of applicable law by a federal, state or local taxing authority could negatively affect our results of operations. Tax law and its related regulations and case law are inherently complex. Disputes over interpretations of tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority in examination, upon appeal or through litigation. Our judgments may include reserves for potential adverse outcomes regarding tax positions that have been taken that may be subject to challenge by

26

taxing authorities. Unforeseen changes in laws, regulations or adverse judgments may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have no unresolved comments.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our natural gas distribution system consists of approximately 13,800 miles of distribution and transmission mains located in our service territory in Oregon and Washington. In addition, the distribution system includes service pipes, meters and regulators, and gas regulating and metering stations. The mains are located in municipal streets or alleys pursuant to valid franchise or occupation ordinances, in county roads or state highways pursuant to valid agreements or permits granted pursuant to statute, or on lands of others pursuant to valid easements obtained from the owners of such lands. We also hold all necessary permits for the crossing of the Willamette River and a number of smaller rivers by our mains.

We own service facilities in Portland, as well as various satellite service centers, garages, warehouses and other buildings necessary and useful in the conduct of our business. We lease office space in Portland for our corporate headquarters, which lease expires on May 31, 2018. Resource centers are maintained on owned or leased premises at convenient points in the distribution system. We own LNG storage facilities in Portland and near Newport, Oregon.

We hold interests in approximately 8,500 net acres of underground natural gas storage and approximately 1,600 net acres of oil and gas leases in Oregon. We own rights to depleted gas reservoirs near Mist, Oregon, that are continuing to be developed and operated as underground gas storage facilities. We also hold an option to purchase future storage rights in certain other areas of the Mist gas field in Oregon, as well as in California related to the Gill Ranch storage project.

In order to reduce risks associated with gas leakage in older parts of our system, we undertook an accelerated pipe replacement program under which we removed or replaced 100 percent of our cast iron mains by October 2000. In 2001, we initiated an accelerated pipe replacement program under which we expect to eliminate all bare steel mains and services in the system by 2021.

We consider all of our properties currently used in our operations, both owned and leased, to be well maintained, in good operating condition, and, along with planned additions, adequate for our present and foreseeable future needs.

Our Mortgage and Deed of Trust is a first mortgage lien on substantially all of the property constituting our utility plant.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Other than the proceedings disclosed in Note 12, we have only routine nonmaterial litigation in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

27

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(A)    Our common stock is listed and trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NWN.”

The high and low trades for our common stock during the past two years were as follows:

	2008				2007
Quarter Ended	High		Low		High		Low
March 31	$	50.74	$	41.07	$	46.34	$	39.79
June 30		48.22		43.08		52.85		44.05
September 30		55.23		43.66		49.37		40.98
December 31		53.71		36.61		50.89		44.28

The closing quotations for our common stock on December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $44.23 and $48.66, respectively.

(B)    As of December 31, 2008, there were 7,673 holders of record of our common stock.

(C)    We have paid quarterly dividends on our common stock in each year since the stock first was issued to the public in 1951. Annual common dividend payments per share, adjusted for stock splits, have increased each year since 1956. Dividends per share paid during the past two years were as follows:

Payment Date	2008		2007
February 15	$	0.375	$	0.355
May 15		0.375		0.355
August 15		0.375		0.355
November 15		0.395		0.375
Total per share	$	1.520	$	1.440

The amount and timing of dividends payable on our common stock are within the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors expects to continue paying cash dividends on our common stock on a quarterly basis. However, the declaration and amount of future dividends depend upon our earnings, cash flows, financial condition and other factors.

28

(D)    The following table provides information about purchases of our equity securities that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the quarter ended December 31, 2008:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

	(a)	(b)		(c)	(d)
Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)	Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (2)
Balance forward				2,124,528	$	16,732,648
10/01/08-10/31/08	1,645	$	43.88	-		-
11/01/08-11/30/08	21,275	$	47.83	-		-
12/01/08-12/31/08	1,349	$	44.01	-		-
Total	24,269	$	47.35	2,124,528	$	16,732,648

⁽¹⁾ During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, 22,005 shares of our common stock were purchased on the open market to meet the requirements of our Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, 2,264 shares of our common stock were purchased on the open market during the quarter under equity-based programs. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, no shares of our common stock were accepted as payment for stock option exercises pursuant to our Restated Stock Option Plan.

⁽²⁾ We have a share repurchase program for our common stock under which we purchase shares on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. We have Board authorization through May 31, 2009 to repurchase up to an aggregate of 2.8 million shares or up to an aggregate of $100 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, no shares of our common stock were purchased pursuant to this program. Since the program’s inception in 2000 we have repurchased 2.1 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $83.3 million.

29

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Thousands, except per share amounts and   ratio of earnings to fixed charges	For the year ended December 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2005		2004
Utility operating revenues:
Residential sales	$	566,840	$	555,312	$	536,468	$	471,502	$	383,067
Commercial sales		298,943		298,800		290,666		250,287		200,424
Industrial - firm sales		46,579		54,567		66,986		64,507		45,259
Industrial - interruptible sales		68,978		74,876		93,107		100,740		55,380
Total gas sales revenues		981,340		983,555		987,227		887,036		684,130
Transportation		14,288		14,191		12,800		10,755		12,655
Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid (1)		1,760		5,996		—		—		—
Other		21,784		12,228		161		2,862		4,160
Total gross utility operating revenues		1,019,172		1,015,970		1,000,188		900,653		700,945
Cost of gas sold		656,504		639,094		648,081		563,772		399,176
Revenue taxes		25,072		25,001		24,840		21,633		16,865
Utility net operating revenues		337,596		351,875		327,267		315,248		284,904
Non-utility net operating revenues		18,619		17,167		12,909		9,745		6,591
Net operating revenues	$	356,215	$	369,042	$	340,176	$	324,993	$	291,495
Net income	$	69,525	$	74,497	$	63,415	$	58,149	$	50,572
Average common shares outstanding:
Basic		26,438		26,821		27,540		27,564		27,016
Diluted		26,594		26,995		27,657		27,621		27,283
Earnings per share of common stock:
Basic	$	2.63	$	2.78	$	2.30	$	2.11	$	1.87
Diluted	$	2.61	$	2.76	$	2.29	$	2.11	$	1.86
Dividends paid per share of common stock	$	1.52	$	1.44	$	1.39	$	1.32	$	1.30
Total assets - at end of period	$	2,378,152	$	2,014,061	$	1,956,856	$	2,042,304	$	1,732,195
Long-term debt	$	512,000	$	512,000	$	517,000	$	521,500	$	484,027
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		3.76		3.92		3.40		3.32		3.02

⁽¹⁾ Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid is the result of the implementation of the utility regulation as described in Part II, Item 7., “Business Segments - Utility Operations - Regulatory Adjustment for Income Taxes Paid.”

30

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (continued)

Thousands, except customer and gas cost per therm data	For the year ended December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2005			2004
Capitalization - at end of period
Common stock equity	$	628,373		$	594,751		$	599,545		$	586,931		$	568,517
Long-term debt		512,000			512,000			517,000			521,500			484,027
Total capitalization	$	1,140,373		$	1,106,751		$	1,116,545		$	1,108,431		$	1,052,544
Gas sales and transportation deliveries (therms):
Residential		428,787			398,960			382,665			371,538			352,356
Commercial		265,531			249,659			242,683			233,987			222,875
Industrial - firm		47,340			52,340			66,971			74,880			62,843
Industrial - interruptible		87,484			89,128			112,736			149,106			104,278
Total gas sales		829,142			790,087			805,055			829,511			742,352
Transportation		431,609			424,882			387,594			328,056			389,514
Total volumes delivered		1,260,751			1,214,969			1,192,649			1,157,567			1,131,866
Customers (average for period):
Residential		594,481			580,346			564,700			545,163			525,976
Commercial		61,756			60,749			59,889			58,914			57,973
Industrial - firm		625			634			650			666			629
Industrial - interruptible		180			189			197			201			178
Transportation		136			128			99			78			106
Total customers		657,178			642,046			625,535			605,022			584,862
Customer statistics:
Heat requirements:
Actual degree days		4,576			4,374			4,089			4,178			3,853
Percent colder (warmer) than average		7	%		3	%		(4%	)		(2%	)		(10%	)
Average annual use per customer in therms:
Residential		721			687			678			682			670
Commercial		4,300			4,110			4,052			3,972			3,844
Gas purchased cost per therm - net (cents)		86.56			75.00			75.37			71.42			56.60

31

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is management’s assessment of Northwest Natural Gas Company’s (NW Natural) financial condition, including the principal factors that affect results of operations. The discussion refers to our consolidated activities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this discussion to “Notes” are to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NW Natural and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, NNG Financial Corporation (Financial Corporation) and Gill Ranch Storage, LLC (Gill Ranch), and an equity investment in a proposed natural gas pipeline. These accounts consist of our regulated local gas distribution business, our regulated gas storage business, and other regulated and non-regulated investments primarily in energy-related businesses. In this report, the term “Utility” is used to describe our regulated local gas distribution segment, and the term “Non-utility” is used to describe our gas storage segment (gas storage) and our other regulated and non-regulated investments and business activities (other segment) (see “Strategic Opportunities,” below, and Note 2).

In addition to presenting results of operations and earnings amounts in total, certain measures are expressed in cents per share. These amounts reflect factors that directly impact earnings. We believe this per share information is useful because it enables readers to better understand the impact of these factors on earnings. All references in this section to earnings per share are on the basis of diluted shares (see Note 1).

Executive Summary

Highlights of 2008:

• Consolidated net income was $69.5 million, or $2.61 per share;

• Net operating revenues decreased 3 percent from $369.0 million to $356.2 million, largely due to a $17.6 million swing in our utility’s sharing of higher gas costs;

• Operations and maintenance expense decreased 6 percent or $7.1 million;

• Cash flow from operations decreased $148.9 million due to temporary working capital requirements, while our credit and liquidity position remained strong;

• General rate case was approved in Washington with a $2.7 million increase in annual revenues, effective January 1, 2009;

• Permit applications were filed for our gas storage project in California and our gas transmission pipeline project in Oregon, keeping these strategic investment opportunities on track for potential development over the next few years;

• We ranked number one in the nation among gas utilities in the 2008 J.D. Power and Associates Gas Utility Residential Customer Satisfaction Survey; and

• We raised the quarterly common stock dividend by 5 percent to $0.395 per share in the fourth quarter of 2008, making this the 53^rd consecutive year of increasing dividends paid to shareholders.

Our business primarily consists of our regulated utility and gas storage operations. Factors critical to the success of the utility business include: maintaining a safe and reliable distribution system; acquiring an adequate supply of natural gas; providing distribution services at competitive prices; and being able to recover our operating and capital costs in the rates charged to customers in a

32

reasonable and timely manner. Our utility is regulated by two state commissions, the Oregon Public Utility Commission (OPUC) and the Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission (WUTC). Factors critical to the success of our gas storage business include: developing additional storage capacity at competitive market prices; retaining existing customers or being able to market storage capacity to new customers; planning for the replacement of capacity that is expected to be recalled by the utility to serve growing demands of its customers; obtaining timely approval of reasonable rate increases; and with respect to future development of gas storage projects, being able to obtain financing to fund future development. Our existing gas storage business charges rates that are approved by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) for interstate customers or the OPUC for intrastate customers. The Gill Ranch gas storage project currently under development will be subject to regulation by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC), upon completion of certain milestones (see “2009 Outlook—Strategic Opportunities—Gas Storage Development,” below).

2009 Outlook

In 2009, we intend to remain focused on improving our core businesses, enhancing our strategic position, advancing business development projects related to our primary businesses, and strengthening our organizational effectiveness. The following is a brief summary of management’s plans and objectives in these four areas.

Business Improvements. We are developing and implementing new technology into our operations while honing the new processes established by the changes to our operating model over the last several years. Our goal is to integrate, consolidate and streamline operations and support our employees with new technology tools that should enable us to become more effective and efficient. We intend to continue developing new technology such as: an enterprise resource planning system, which provides an integrated comprehensive suite of business application software to more efficiently process and manage information in all parts of our business; continued deployment of our new automated dispatching system throughout the business, which provides integrated planning and scheduling with global positioning capabilities to more effectively collect and distribute data to employees in remote locations; and completing the installation of our automated meter reading system, which will convert the remaining customer meters so that all of our meters can be read electronically by the end of 2009. We expect these and other new technologies to continue supporting our new operating model, which re-aligned our operating functions into key process areas such as customer services, energy supply and gas delivery, to help centralize and standardize all of our business operations. For further discussion, see “Strategic Opportunities,” below.

Strategic Position. In our rapidly changing business environment, we remain focused on creating shareholder value while balancing the interests of our customers, employees and the communities we serve. In doing so, we intend to develop and re-work plans in response to our changing business environment, including potential climate change legislation as well as ongoing economic, regulatory, business development and workforce challenges and opportunities. For further discussion, see “Issues, Challenges and Performance Measures,” and “Strategic Opportunities,” below.

Business Development. In addition to exploring new growth opportunities, we intend to continue advancing key natural gas infrastructure investments during 2009, including our gas transmission pipeline project in Oregon and our gas storage project in California. For further discussion of these two projects, see “Strategic Opportunities,” below.

Organizational Effectiveness. Our employees continue to be our most highly valued resource. We intend to continue supporting our employees with a positive work environment, providing

33

development training, and developing new technologies to achieve our goals and facilitate improvements to our operating model. For further discussion see “Strategic Opportunities,” below.

Issues, Challenges and Performance Measures

Managing the business in a period of gas price volatility. Our gas acquisition strategy is primarily designed to secure sufficient supplies of natural gas to meet the needs of our utility’s residential, commercial and industrial customers on firm service. Equally important, however, is our strategy to hedge gas prices for a significant portion of our annual purchase requirements based upon our utility’s gas load forecast for core utility customers. We have hedged gas prices for the majority of our gas purchases for the gas contract year that began on November 1, 2008, and we believe we have sufficient supplies of natural gas to meet the needs of our core utility customers. Although gas prices reached historically high levels during the third quarter of 2008, the price of natural gas has declined significantly in recent months and is currently below the prices embedded in our customers’ rates through our annual purchased gas adjustment (PGA). Gas costs lower or higher than those set in the PGA may positively or negatively impact earnings, respectively, due to an incentive sharing mechanism in Oregon. Higher gas costs are also likely to affect our competitive advantage because they could reduce our ability to add residential and commercial customers and potentially cause industrial customers to shift their energy needs to alternative fuel sources. In October 2008, the OPUC approved a change to the PGA incentive sharing mechanism that allows us to select a cost-sharing ratio annually. The PGA cost-sharing ratio, along with gas hedging strategies and inventories in storage, enables us to manage and reduce earnings risk exposure due to higher gas costs. We believe the modification to the Oregon PGA better aligns customer and shareholder interests. In Washington, where we recover 100 percent of our actual gas purchase costs from customers, there has been no change to the PGA mechanism (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” below).

Economic weakness and financial market stress. The overall weakness in the U.S. economy, including disruption in the global credit and financial markets, increasing numbers of foreclosures and bankruptcies, lower rates of new housing construction, and volatility in energy prices, has resulted in significant negative pressure on consumer demand and business spending. These conditions could have a negative impact on our financial results including certain key performance measures such as margins, customer growth rates, bad debt expense, and net interest charges. Our customer growth rate, which in recent years has slowed but continues at a rate above the national average, declined to 1.6 percent during 2008 compared to 2.4 percent in 2007. Based on current market conditions, we expect customer growth rates in 2009 to continue at or near 2008 levels, or possibly lower if economic conditions deteriorate further, but our growth rate should remain above the national average due to a relatively low market penetration of natural gas in our service territory, the forecasted population growth in our service territory, the potential for environmental initiatives in Oregon and Washington that could favor natural gas as an energy source, and our efforts to convert existing homes from other heating fuels to natural gas.

Our funding for strategic investment opportunities is dependent upon our ability to access capital markets and maintain working capital sufficient to meet operating requirements. We intend to continue focusing on: maintaining a strong balance sheet; providing sufficient liquidity resources; monitoring and managing critical business risks; and securing, as needed, proceeds from the issuance of equity or long-term debt securities in order to fund utility and business development capital expenditures. To help mitigate the effect of the negative economic and capital market trends referred to

34

above, we expect to manage costs, extend short-term debt maturities, maintain higher cash balances, increase the aggregate commitment amount under existing or new credit facilities as needed, and access capital markets to secure proceeds from the issuance of long-term securities for capital expenditure requirements. If we are unable to secure financing to fund certain strategic opportunities, we may look at potentially re-prioritizing the use of existing resources or consider delaying investments until market conditions improve.

We believe that, despite the current economic and credit market environment, our financial condition, including our liquidity position, is strong and we can access capital at reasonable costs. See Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” above and “Financial Condition—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” below.

Strategic Opportunities

Business Process Improvements. To address our economic and competitive challenges, we intend to re-assess business processes for continuous improvements. Our goal is to integrate, consolidate and streamline operations and support our employees with new technology tools that enable us to become more effective and efficient. In 2008, we implemented the first phase of our new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, and in February 2009 we implemented the second phase. This new ERP system provides a comprehensive suite of business application software that interfaces with our existing customer information and automated dispatching systems. We expect this new ERP system to improve overall operating efficiencies by automating:

• the integration of systems and data;

• the control procedures with auditable financial and operational workflows; and

• certain areas of our monthly closing and financial reporting process.

In 2006, we automated the reading of gas meters on approximately one-third of our customers’ meters. The meters equipped with this technology now electronically transmit usage data to receiving devices located in our vehicles as they are driven in the area, substantially reducing the labor costs associated with manually reading those customer meters. In 2008, we initiated a project to automate the reading of gas meters (AMR) for our remaining customers. The capital cost of this project is estimated to be $30 million, and in January 2009 we filed for regulatory recovery of this investment. Also in 2008, we initiated an automated dispatching system, which provides integrated planning and scheduling with global positioning system capabilities to more effectively collect and distribute data. These technology investments and other initiatives are expected to facilitate process improvements and contribute to long-term operational efficiencies throughout NW Natural.

Pipeline Diversification. Currently, we depend on a single interstate pipeline company to ship gas supplies to our system. Palomar Gas Transmission, LLC, (Palomar) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Palomar Gas Holdings, LLC, (PGH). PGH is owned 50 percent by NW Natural and 50 percent by TransCanada Gas Transmission Northwest’s (GTN). Palomar is seeking to build and operate a 217-mile natural gas transmission pipeline in Oregon to serve our utility and the growing markets in Oregon and other parts of the western United States. The Palomar pipeline would extend west from an interconnection with GTN’s existing interstate transmission mainline near Madras, Oregon to an interconnection with NW Natural’s gas distribution system near Molalla, Oregon and then extend further west to additional interconnections including a possible connection to one of the several liquefied natural gas (LNG) terminals proposed to be built on the Columbia River. Palomar would

35

diversify NW Natural’s delivery options and enhance the reliability of service to our utility customers by providing an alternate transportation path for gas purchases from different regions in western Canada and the U.S. Rocky Mountains. Palomar would also provide our utility customers with access to a new source of gas supply if an LNG terminal is built on the Columbia River. The Palomar pipeline would be regulated by the FERC. In December 2008, Palomar filed for a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity with the FERC.

Palomar continues to work on the planning and permitting phase of the project, which is expected to extend through 2010. The total cost for planning and permitting is estimated to be between $40 million and $45 million, 50 percent of which is our investment based on our ownership interest. At December 31, 2008, the amount we had invested was $14.2 million. The total cost estimate for the entire 217-mile pipeline, if constructed, is estimated to be between $700 million and $800 million, with our current 50 percent share estimated at between approximately $350 million and $400 million. During 2009 and 2010, PGH will continue to evaluate market conditions and project status to determine if and when to proceed with construction of all or some portion of the project. Palomar has executed binding precedent agreements with shippers, including our own utility, for a majority of the current design capacity on the pipeline. These agreements also provide commitments of credit support to the project. We will continue to assess project risks and evaluate the project costs and fair value of our investment on a quarterly basis, including a valuation of the available credit support.

Gas Storage Development. In September 2007, we announced a joint project with Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E) to develop an underground natural gas storage facility near Fresno, California. We formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Gill Ranch, to plan, develop and operate the facility. In July 2008, Gill Ranch filed an application with the CPUC for a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity. In December 2008, the CPUC indicated that our application qualified for a Mitigated Negative Declaration, which allows an expedited review process. We expect to establish the application review schedule with the CPUC early in 2009 and to receive a decision on our application by the end of 2009. Gill Ranch will become subject to CPUC regulation regarding various matters including, but not limited to, securities issuances, lien grants and sales of property. We estimate our share of the total cost of this project to be between $160 and $180 million. Our share represents 75 percent of the total cost of the initial phase of storage development for an estimated 20 Bcf of gas storage capacity and approximately 27 miles of gas transmission pipeline during the 2008 to 2010 period. The initial phase of gas storage at Gill Ranch is currently scheduled to be in-service by late 2010.

Earnings and Dividends

Net income was $69.5 million, or $2.61 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $74.5 million, or $2.76 per share, and $63.4 million, or $2.29 per share, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Returns on equity for these three years were 11.4 percent, 12.5 percent and 10.7 percent, respectively.

2008 compared to 2007:

Factors contributing to decreased earnings were:

• a $5.5 million loss in utility margin from our regulatory share of gas cost increases in 2008 compared to a margin gain of $12.1 million in 2007 from gas cost decreases;

• a $4.2 million decrease in utility margin from a lower customer surcharge related to regulatory adjustments for income taxes paid;

36

• a $3.8 million increase in depreciation expense primarily due to increased utility plant in service;

• a $2.9 million decrease in margin due to a temporary mark-to-market gain in 2007; and

• a $1.6 million decrease in utility margin from industrial customers due to weaker economic conditions.

Partially offsetting the above factors were:

• a $7.1 million increase in utility margin from higher sales volumes to residential and commercial customers due to colder weather and customer growth, after decoupling and weather mechanism adjustments;

• a $7.1 million decrease in operation and maintenance expense, partially due to higher costs in 2007 for strategic initiatives, and partially due to lower bonuses and employee benefit costs in 2008;

• a $3.4 million decrease in income tax expense due to lower taxable income;

• a $1.1 million after-tax gain from the sale of our investment in an aircraft leased to a commercial airline; and

• a $0.8 million increase in utility margin due to curtailment charges for use by a small number of industrial customers during cold weather.

2007 compared to 2006:

Positive factors contributing to increased earnings were:

• a $9.7 million increase in utility margin from higher sales volumes to residential and commercial customers due to customer growth;

• a $6.0 million increase in utility margin from a regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid;

• a $4.0 million increase in utility margin from our regulatory share of gas cost savings, up from $8.1 million in 2006 to $12.1 million in 2007;

• a $5.8 million increase in utility margin from temporary mark-to-market adjustments on derivative contracts, with a $2.9 million gain realized in 2007 and a $2.9 million loss realized in 2006; and

• a $4.2 million increase in margin from gas storage operations, due to an expansion of firm storage capacity and higher revenues sharing from asset optimization.

Partially offsetting the above positive factors were:

• a $3.9 million increase in depreciation expense, primarily related to increased utility plant in service;

• a $5.9 million increase in operations and maintenance expense due to higher bonuses tied to improved operating results and increases for certain strategic initiatives including utility maintenance projects and training; and

• a $7.8 million increase in income tax expense related to higher taxable income.

Dividends paid on our common stock were $1.52 a share in 2008, compared to $1.44 a share in 2007 and $1.39 a share in 2006. The current indicated annual dividend rate is $1.58 per share.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements using generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP), management exercises judgment in the selection and application of

37

accounting principles, including making estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures in the financial statements. Management considers our critical accounting policies to be those which are most important to the representation of our financial condition and results of operations and which require management’s most difficult and subjective or complex judgments, including accounting estimates that could result in materially different amounts if we reported under different conditions or used different assumptions. Our most critical estimates and judgments include accounting for:

• regulatory cost recovery and amortizations;

• revenue recognition;

• derivative instruments and hedging activities;

• pensions;

• income taxes; and

• environmental contingencies.

Management has discussed the estimates and judgments used in the application of critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of the Board. Within the context of our critical accounting policies and estimates, management is not aware of any reasonably likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different amounts being reported. For a description of recent accounting pronouncements that could have an impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, see Note 1.

Regulatory Accounting

We are regulated by the OPUC and WUTC, which establish our utility rates and rules governing utility services provided to customers, and, to a certain extent, set forth the accounting treatment for certain regulatory transactions. In general, we use the same accounting principles as non-regulated companies reporting under GAAP. However, certain accounting principles, primarily Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,” require different accounting treatment for regulated companies to show the effects of such regulation. For example, we account for the cost of gas using a PGA deferral and cost recovery mechanism, which is submitted for approval annually to the OPUC and WUTC (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms,” below). There are other expenses or revenues that the OPUC or WUTC may require us to defer for recovery or refund in future periods. SFAS No. 71 requires us to account for these types of deferred expenses (or deferred revenues) as regulatory assets (or regulatory liabilities) on the balance sheet. When we are allowed to recover these expenses from or required to refund them to customers, we recognize the expense or revenue on the income statement at the same time we realize the adjustment to amounts included in utility rates charged to customers.

The conditions we must satisfy to adopt the accounting policies and practices of SFAS No. 71, which are applicable to regulated companies, include:

• an independent regulator sets rates;

• the regulator sets the rates to cover specific costs of delivering service; and

• the service territory lacks competitive pressures to reduce rates below the rates set by the regulator.

We continue to apply SFAS No. 71 in accounting for our regulated utility operations. Future regulatory changes or changes in the competitive environment could require us to discontinue the

38

application of SFAS No. 71 for some or all of our regulated businesses. This would require the write-off of those regulatory assets and liabilities that would no longer be probable of recovery from or refund to customers. Based on current regulatory and competitive conditions, we believe that it is reasonable to expect continued application of SFAS No. 71 for our regulated activities, and that all of our regulatory assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are recoverable or refundable through future customer rates. See Note 1, “Industry Regulation.”

Revenue Recognition

Utility revenues, derived primarily from the sale and transportation of natural gas, are recognized when gas is delivered to and received by the customer. Revenues are accrued for gas delivered to customers, but not yet billed, based on estimates of gas deliveries from the last meter reading date to month end (accrued unbilled revenues). Accrued unbilled revenues are primarily based on a percentage estimate of our unbilled gas deliveries each month, which is dependent upon a number of factors, some of which require management’s judgment. These factors include total gas receipts and deliveries, customer meter reading dates, customer usage patterns and weather. Accrued unbilled revenue estimates are reversed the following month when actual billings occur. Estimated unbilled revenues at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $102.7 million and $78.0 million, respectively. The increase in accrued unbilled revenues at year-end 2008 was primarily due to higher volumes reflecting colder weather and higher gas prices included in customer rates. If the estimated percentage of unbilled volume at December 31, 2008 was adjusted up or down by 1 percent, then our unbilled revenues, net operating revenues and net income would have increased or decreased by an estimated $4.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Utility revenues may also include the recognition of a regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid. This revenue adjustment reflects an OPUC rule whereby we are required to implement a rate refund or a rate surcharge to utility customers. This refund or surcharge is accrued based on the estimated difference between income taxes paid and income taxes authorized to be collected in rates for the tax year (see “Results of Operations—Business Segments – Utility Operations—Regulatory Adjustment for Income Taxes Paid,” below).

Non-utility revenues, derived primarily from our gas storage business segment, are recognized upon delivery of the service to customers. Revenues from asset optimization, which are included in our gas storage segment, are recognized when services are provided by the independent energy marketing company in accordance with our contractual agreement. Our current asset optimization agreement includes guaranteed amounts which are recognized pro-rata on a monthly basis over the contract term.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Our financial derivatives and gas acquisition policies set forth guidelines for using financial derivative instruments to support prudent risk management strategies. These policies specifically prohibit the use of derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The accounting rules for determining whether a contract meets the definition of a derivative instrument or qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are complex. The contracts that meet the definition of a derivative instrument are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value. If certain regulatory conditions are met, then the fair value is recorded together with an offsetting entry to a regulatory asset or liability account pursuant to SFAS No. 71 (see Note 1, “Industry Regulation”), and no gain or loss is recognized in current income. The gain or loss from the fair value of a derivative instrument that is subject to regulatory deferral is

39

included in the recovery from, or refund to, utility customers in future periods (see “Regulatory Accounting,” above). If a derivative contract is not subject to regulatory deferral, then the accounting treatment for gains and losses is recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 138 and SFAS No. 149, collectively referred to as SFAS No. 133 (see Note 1, “Derivatives” and “Industry Regulation”). Derivative contracts outstanding at December 31, 2008 were measured at fair value using models or other market accepted valuation methodologies derived from observable market data. The estimate of fair value may change significantly from period-to-period depending on market conditions and prices. These changes may have an impact on our results of operations, but the impact would largely be mitigated due to the majority of our derivatives activities being subject to regulatory deferral treatment. For estimated fair values on unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 2008 and 2007, see Note 11.

Commodity-based derivative contracts entered into by the utility after our annual PGA filing for the current gas contract period are subject to a regulatory incentive sharing mechanism in Oregon (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” below). The portion not deferred to a regulatory account pursuant to that sharing agreement is recognized either in current income for contracts not qualifying for hedge accounting or in other comprehensive income for contracts qualifying for hedge accounting. Our interest rate swap qualifies for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, assuming the swap is highly effective.

Derivative hedge contracts are subject to a hedge effectiveness test to determine the financial statement treatment of each specific derivative. As of December 31, 2008, all of our derivatives were effective economic hedges and either qualified or were expected to qualify for regulatory deferral or hedge accounting treatment. We use the hypothetical derivative method under SFAS No. 133 to determine the hedge effectiveness of our interest rate swap which qualifies as a cash flow hedge. We extended the effective date of our interest rate swap from December 1, 2008 to April 1, 2009 which resulted in an ineffectiveness of $1.5 million. In accordance with SFAS No. 71, we have reclassified this amount to regulatory assets. The ineffectiveness for all other derivative contracts is determined using the dollar offset method under SFAS No. 133. The effectiveness test applied to financial derivatives is dependent on the type of derivative and its use.

The following table summarizes the amount of realized gains and losses from commodity price and currency hedge transactions for the last three years:

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Net gain (loss) on commodity-price swaps—utility	$	34,256		$	(41,954	)	$	(18,849	)
Net gain (loss) on commodity-price options—utility		1,527			(662	)		(1,160	)
Subtotal on commodity—utility		35,783			(42,616	)		(20,009	)
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency forward purchases—utility		(728	)		662			355
Total realized net gain (loss)	$	35,055		$	(41,954	)	$	(19,654	)

Realized gains (losses) from commodity hedges and foreign currency forward purchase contracts are recorded as reductions (increases) to the cost of gas and are included in the calculation of annual PGA rate changes. Realized gains (losses) from interest rate hedges are recorded as reductions (increases) to interest charges over the term of the underlying debt issuances. Unrealized gains and losses from commodity hedges, foreign currency contracts and interest rate hedges, which reflect quarterly mark-to-market valuations, are generally not recognized in current income or other comprehensive income, but are recorded as regulatory liabilities or regulatory assets, and are offset by a corresponding balance in non-trading derivative assets or liabilities (see Note 11).

40

Accounting for Pensions

We maintain two qualified non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a majority of our regular employees with more than one year of service, several non-qualified supplemental pension plans for eligible executive officers and certain key employees and other employee postretirement benefit plans. Only the two qualified defined benefit pension plans have plan assets, which are held in a qualified trust to fund retirement benefits. Effective January 1, 2007, the Retirement Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees and the Welfare Benefits Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees were closed to anyone hired or rehired. Instead, non-bargaining unit employees hired or re-hired after December 31, 2006 are provided an enhanced Retirement K Savings Plan benefit. Benefits provided to bargaining unit employees under the retirement plan for bargaining unit employees were not affected by these changes.

Net periodic pension costs (pension costs) and projected benefit obligations (benefit obligations) are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” using a number of key assumptions including discount rates, rate of compensation increases, retirement ages, mortality rates and the expected long-term return on plan assets (see Note 7). These key assumptions have a significant impact on the amounts reported. Pension costs consist of service costs, interest costs, the amortization of actuarial gains, losses and prior service costs, the expected returns on plan assets and, in part, on a market-related valuation of assets. The market-related valuation reflects differences between expected returns and actual investment returns, which are recognized over a three-year period from the year in which they occur, thereby reducing year-to-year volatility in pension costs.

SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension plans in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of tax, based on the fair value of plan assets compared to the actuarial value of future benefit obligations. However, the pension costs relating to certain NW Natural pension plans are recovered in utility rates based on SFAS No. 87, and as such we received regulatory approval from the OPUC pursuant to SFAS No. 71 to record the overfunded or underfunded status as a regulatory asset or regulatory liability, rather than including it as AOCI under common equity (see “Regulatory Accounting”, above, and Note 1, “Industry Regulation”).

A number of factors are considered in developing pension assumptions, including evaluations of relevant discount rates, an evaluation of expected long-term investment returns based on asset classes and target asset allocations, and expected changes in salaries and wages, analyses of past retirement plan experience and current market conditions and input from actuaries and other consultants. For the December 31, 2008 measurement date, we reviewed and updated:

• our pension discount rate assumptions from a range of 6.75 to 6.87 percent to a range of 6.44 to 6.72 percent. The new rate assumptions were determined for each plan based on a matching of the estimated cash flow, which reflects the timing and amount of future benefit payments, to the Citigroup Above Median Curve, which consists of high quality bonds rated AA- or higher by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) or Aa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s);

• our expected rate of future compensation increases from a range of 4.0 to 5.0 percent to a range of 3.5 to 5.0 percent;

• our expected long-term return on plan assets remained unchanged at 8.25 percent; and

• other key assumptions as needed.

41

At December 31, 2008, our net pension liability (benefit obligations minus market value of plan assets) for the two qualified defined benefit plans increased by $96.6 million compared to 2007. Poor equity and bond market performance had a significant impact on the fair value of plan assets resulting in the large increase in our unfunded pension liability. Changes in valuation assumptions impact our benefit obligations. Benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 increased $7.4 million due to a decrease in our discount rate assumptions and increased by $5.0 million due to updating our mortality tables.

We determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets by averaging the expected earnings for the target asset portfolio. In developing our expected rate of return assumption, we evaluate an analysis of historical actual performance and long-term return projections, which gives consideration to the current asset mix and our target asset allocation. As of December 31, 2008, the actual annualized returns on plan assets, net of management fees, for the past one-year, five-years, 10-years and since December 1980 were (27.18) percent, 1.82 percent, 2.97 percent and 10.10 percent, respectively.

We believe our pension assumptions to be appropriate based on plan design and an assessment of market conditions. However, the following shows the sensitivity of our pension costs and benefit obligations to future changes in certain actuarial assumptions:

Thousands, except percent	Change in Assumption		Impact on 2008 Pension Costs		Impact on Benefit Obligations at Dec. 31, 2008
Discount rate	(0.25	%)	$	785	$	7,809
Expected long-term return on plan assets	(0.25	%)	$	431		N/A

The impact of a change in pension costs on operating results would be less than the amounts shown above because only between 60 and 70 percent of our pension costs is charged to operations and maintenance expense. The remaining 30 to 40 percent is capitalized to construction accounts as payroll overhead and included in utility plant, which is amortized to expense over the useful life of the asset placed into service.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which require that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of recorded assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 109 and FIN 48 also require that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Our net long-term deferred tax liability totaled $257.8 million at December 31, 2008. This liability is estimated based on the expected future tax consequences of items recognized in the financial statements. After application of the federal statutory tax rate to book income, judgment is required with respect to the timing and deductibility of expense in our tax returns. For state income tax and other taxes, judgment is also required with respect to the apportionment among the various jurisdictions. A valuation allowance is recorded if we expect that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2008, we did not have a valuation allowance due to our expectation that all of these assets will be realized.

42

SFAS No. 109 also requires the recognition of additional deferred income tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences where regulators require us to flow through deferred income tax benefits or expenses in the ratemaking process of the regulated utility (regulatory tax assets and liabilities). This is consistent with the ratemaking policies of the OPUC and WUTC. Regulatory tax assets and liabilities are recorded to the extent we believe they will be recoverable from, or refunded to, customers in future rates. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had regulatory assets representing differences between book and tax basis related to pre-1981 property of $69.9 million and $68.6 million, respectively, and recorded an offsetting deferred tax liability for the same amounts (see Note 1, “Income Tax Expense”). We received authorization from the OPUC and WUTC in 2008 to accelerate the recovery of these pre-1981 regulatory assets through future utility rates (see “Regulatory Accounting,” above, and Notes 1 and 8).

Contingencies

Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” Estimates of loss contingencies, including estimates of legal defense costs when such costs are probable of being incurred and are reasonably estimable, and related disclosures are updated when new information becomes available. Estimating probable losses requires an analysis of uncertainties that often depend upon judgments about potential actions by third parties. Accruals for loss contingencies are recorded based on an analysis of potential results. When information is sufficient to estimate only a range of potential liabilities, and no point within the range is more likely than any other, we recognize an accrued liability at the low end of the range and disclose the range (see “Contingent Liabilities,” below). It is possible, however, that the range of potential liabilities could be significantly different than amounts currently accrued and disclosed, with the result that our financial condition and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in the assumptions or estimates related to these contingencies.

With respect to environmental liabilities and related costs we develop estimates based on a review of information available from recently completed studies and negotiations involving several sites. Using sampling data, feasibility studies, existing technology and enacted laws and regulations, we estimate that the total future expenditures for environmental investigation, monitoring and remediation are $35.9 million as of December 31, 2008. It is our policy to accrue the full amount of such liability when information is sufficient to reasonably estimate the amount of probable liability. When information is not available to reasonably estimate the probable liability, or when only the range of probable liabilities can be estimated and no amount within the range is more likely than another, then it is our policy to accrue at the lower end of the range. Accordingly, due to numerous uncertainties surrounding the course of environmental remediation and the preliminary nature of several site investigations, the range of potential loss beyond the amounts currently accrued, and the probabilities thereof, cannot be reasonably estimated. Therefore, we have recorded the liabilities at an amount that reflects the most likely estimate or the low end of the range.

We will continue to seek recovery of such costs through insurance and through customer rates, and we believe recovery of these costs is probable. If it is determined that both the insurance recovery and future rate recovery of such costs are not probable, the costs will be charged to expense in the period such determination is made (see Note 12).

43

Results of Operations

Regulatory Matters

Regulation and Rates

We are subject to regulation with respect to, among other matters, rates and systems of accounts by the OPUC, WUTC and FERC. The OPUC and WUTC also regulate our issuance of securities. In 2008, approximately 90 percent of our utility gas volumes were delivered to, and utility operating revenues were derived from, Oregon customers and the balance from Washington customers. Future earnings and cash flows from utility operations will be determined largely by the Oregon and Washington economies in general, and by the pace of growth in the residential and commercial markets in particular, and by our ability to remain price competitive, control expenses, and obtain reasonable and timely regulatory recovery for our utility gas costs, operating and maintenance costs and investments made in utility plant.

General Rate Cases

Oregon. In our most recent general rate increase in Oregon, which was effective September 1, 2003, the OPUC authorized rates to customers based on a return on shareholders’ equity (ROE) of 10.2 percent. In 2007, in connection with the renewal of our conservation tariff and weather normalization rate mechanism, the OPUC approved a stipulation that restricts us from filing a general rate case with the OPUC prior to September 1, 2011, subject to certain exceptions. Under the agreement, we would be allowed to file a general rate case if an extraordinary event occurs or significant investments are required on behalf of our customers and we are unable to reach agreement regarding alternative forms of cost recovery outside of a general rate case. These exceptions might include additional investments in our pipeline integrity management program. This agreement does not impact our ability to file annual rate adjustments to reflect changes in gas purchase costs under our PGA mechanism or our ability to collect or refund prior year’s gas cost deferrals. See “Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” below.

Washington. In December 2008, an all-party stipulated agreement regarding our Washington general rate case was approved by the WUTC. As part of the stipulation, the WUTC authorized rates to our customers based on a ROE of 10.1 percent, which was consistent with a rate of return on total long-term capitalization of 8.4 percent. These new customer rates went into effect on January 1, 2009. Under these new rates, our annual revenue requirements will increase by approximately $2.7 million, or 3 percent. Although we agreed not to file another general rate case in Washington before January 2010, the parties agreed that we may file separately for a decoupling mechanism upon completion of a trial program currently being conducted by another utility, which is expected to be completed during 2009.

Federal. We are required under our Mist interstate storage certificate authority and rate approval orders to file every three years either a petition for rate approval or a cost and revenue study to change or justify maintaining the existing rates for our interstate storage services. We filed a cost and revenue study and an associated petition for rate approval in April 2008. As a result of that proceeding, the current maximum cost-based rates for our interstate gas storage services were approved by FERC in August 2008, with our maximum rates unchanged from the levels approved by FERC in 2005. The maximum cost-based rates are designed to reflect updated costs related to the further development of the Mist gas storage facility from 2005 to 2008. Additionally, we made a filing

44

in December 2008 to obtain FERC approval to revise the depreciation rates associated with Mist assets used to derive the cost-based interstate storage rates. In that proceeding, which is currently pending, we are requesting FERC approval to revise the depreciation rates used for the Mist interstate storage services to match the depreciation rates for the same assets that were recently adjusted under state regulation. We do not expect the approval of these new depreciation rates to have a material impact on our maximum rates approved by FERC, or any immediate impact on the actual rates currently charged to interstate storage customers.

Rate Mechanisms

Purchased Gas Adjustment. Rate changes are established each year under PGA mechanisms in Oregon and Washington to reflect changes in the expected cost of natural gas commodity purchases, including contractual arrangements to hedge the purchase price with financial derivatives, interstate pipeline demand charges, the application of temporary rate adjustments to amortize balances in deferred regulatory accounts and the removal of temporary rate adjustments effective for the previous year.

In October 2008, the OPUC and WUTC approved rate changes effective on November 1, 2008 under our PGA mechanisms. The effect of the rate changes was to increase the average monthly bills of Oregon residential customers by 14 percent and those of Washington residential customers by 21 percent.

Additionally, in October 2008, the OPUC approved changes to our PGA incentive sharing mechanism. Under the Oregon PGA mechanism, we collect an amount for purchased gas costs based on estimates included in rates. If the actual purchased gas costs differ from the estimated amounts included in rates, then we are required to defer that difference and pass it on to customers as an adjustment to future rates. Under the prior Oregon PGA incentive sharing mechanism effective through October 31, 2008, 67 percent of the difference was to be deferred such that the impact on current earnings is either a charge to expense for 33 percent of the higher cost of gas sold, or a credit to expense for 33 percent of the lower purchased gas costs.

Under the new Oregon PGA incentive sharing mechanism, effective November 1, 2008, we are required to select, by August 1 of each year, either an 80 percent deferral or 90 percent deferral of higher or lower gas costs such that the impact on current earnings from the gas cost sharing is either 20 percent or 10 percent, respectively. As was the case under the prior mechanism, we will be subject to an annual earnings review to evaluate the utility’s financial performance. Under both the prior and the new sharing mechanism, if earnings exceed a threshold level, then 33 percent of the amount above the threshold will be deferred for future refund to customers. Under the prior Oregon PGA incentive mechanism, effective through the end of October 2008, the deferral was 67 percent of gas cost differences and the threshold level was equal to our authorized ROE of 10.2 percent plus 300 basis points. Under the new mechanism, if we select the 80 percent deferral, we retain all of our earnings up to 150 basis points above the currently authorized ROE, or if we select the 90 percent deferral, we retain all of our earnings up to 100 basis points above the currently authorized ROE. For the PGA year in Oregon beginning on November 1, 2008, we selected the 80 percent deferral of gas cost differences. The earnings threshold is currently subject to adjustment up or down each year depending on movements in long-term interest rates.

In 2008 and 2007, the earnings threshold after adjustment for long-term interest rates was 13.1 percent and 13.4 percent, respectively. No amounts were required to be refunded to customers as a

45

result of the 2007 earnings review, and we do not expect that any amounts will be required to be refunded to customers as a result of the 2008 earnings review, which will be approved by the OPUC during the second quarter of 2009. There has been no change to the Washington PGA mechanism under which we defer 100 percent of the higher or lower actual purchased gas costs and pass that difference through to customers as an adjustment to future rates.

Conservation Tariff. In October 2002, the OPUC authorized the implementation of a “conservation tariff,” which is a rate mechanism designed to adjust margin for changes in consumption patterns due to residential and commercial customers’ conservation efforts. The tariff is a decoupling mechanism that is intended to break the link between utility earnings and the quantity of gas consumed by customers, removing any financial incentive by the utility to discourage customers’ conservation efforts. In Washington, customer use is not covered by a conservation tariff, and as such our utility earnings are affected by increases and decreases in usage based on customers’ conservation efforts. Washington customers account for about 10 percent of our utility revenues.

The Oregon conservation tariff includes two components: (1) a price elasticity adjustment, which adjusts rates annually for increases or decreases from expected customer volumes due to annual changes in commodity costs or periodic changes in our general rates; and (2) a conservation adjustment calculated on a monthly basis to account for the difference between actual and expected volumes (also referred to as the decoupling adjustment). The margin adjustment resulting from differences between actual and expected volumes under the decoupling component is recorded to a deferral account, which is included in the next year’s annual PGA filing. Baseline consumption was determined by customer consumption data used in the 2003 Oregon general rate case and is adjusted annually for customer growth and the effect of the price elasticity adjustment discussed above. See “Results of Operations—Comparison of Gas Distribution Operations,” below.

In 2005, an independent study to measure the effectiveness of Oregon’s conservation tariff mechanism recommended continuation of the tariff with minor modifications, which the OPUC approved. In September 2007, the OPUC extended our conservation tariff through October 2012.

Weather Normalization. In Oregon, the OPUC approved our use of a weather normalization mechanism through October 2012. This mechanism is designed to help stabilize the collection of fixed costs by adjusting residential and commercial customer billings based on temperature variances from average weather, with rate decreases when the weather is colder than average and rate increases when the weather is warmer than average. The mechanism is applied to our residential and commercial customers’ bills between December 1 and May 15 of each heating season. The mechanism adjusts the margin component of customers’ rates to reflect average weather, which uses the 25-year average temperature for each day of the billing period. Daily average temperatures and 25-year average temperatures are based on a set point temperature of 59 degrees Fahrenheit for residential customers and 58 degrees Fahrenheit for commercial customers (see “Comparison of Gas Distribution Operations,” below). We do not have a weather normalization mechanism approved for our Washington customers, which account for about 10 percent of our utility revenues.

Regulatory and Insurance Recovery for Environmental Costs. In May 2003, the OPUC approved our request to defer unreimbursed environmental costs associated with certain named sites including those described in Note 12. Beginning in 2006, the OPUC authorized us to accrue interest on deferred environmental cost balances, subject to an annual demonstration that we have maximized our insurance recovery or made substantial progress in securing insurance recovery for unrecovered

46

environmental expenses. Through a series of extensions, this authorization has been extended through January 25, 2009. We have requested another extension through January 2010, and that request is currently pending. See Note 12.

Industrial Tariffs. In August 2006, the OPUC and WUTC approved tariff changes to the service options for our major industrial customers. The changes set forth additional parameters that give us more certainty in the level of gas supplies we will need to acquire to serve this customer group. The parameters include an annual election period, special pricing provisions for out-of-cycle changes and a requirement that customers on our annual weighted average cost of gas tariff complete the term of their service election.

System Integrity Program. In July 2004, the OPUC approved specific accounting treatment and cost recovery for our transmission pipeline integrity management program, a program mandated by the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 and the related rules adopted by the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration. We record these costs as either capital expenditures or regulatory assets, accumulate the costs over each 12 months ending September 30, and recover the costs, subject to audit, through rate changes effective with the annual PGA in Oregon. The rate treatment for these costs expired on September 30, 2008. In February 2009, the OPUC approved a stipulated agreement to create a new, consolidated system integrity program (SIP). The new SIP would integrate the older and the proposed programs into a single program. The SIP also includes a component for a proposed distribution integrity management program, which will be implemented following issuance of new federal regulations. Costs will be tracked into rates annually, with recovery to be sought after the first $3.3 million of capital costs which are our responsibility. An annual cap for expenditures will be approximately $12 million, with any extraordinary costs above the cap to be approved with written consent of all parties.

The SIP applies to costs incurred in Oregon during the period from October 2008 to October 2011, or until the effective date of new rates adopted in the company’s next general rate case. We do not have any special accounting or rate treatment for pipeline integrity costs incurred in the state of Washington.

AMR Deferral Application. In 2006, we automated the reading of gas meters on approximately one-third of our customers’ meters. In 2008, we initiated a project to automate the reading of gas meters for our remaining customers. The capital cost of our AMR project is estimated to be $30 million, and in January 2009 we filed for approval to defer the costs associated with the AMR project. This request is pending before the OPUC. If the request for deferral accounting is approved, we will then seek approval to recover the deferred costs in our next PGA filing.

Depreciation Study. In December 2008, the OPUC and WUTC approved our filed depreciation study and our request to change the amortization of our regulatory asset account balance on pre-1981 plant. These approvals specifically authorized the implementation of new depreciation rates in Oregon and Washington, with corresponding decrease to customer rates effective January 1, 2009. The new amortization rates on pre-1981 plant, with a corresponding increase to customer rates, became effective January 1, 2009 in Washington and will be effective November 1, 2009 in Oregon. The implementation of these new rates will have the effect of decreasing depreciation expense and increasing effective income tax expense rates, both of which will be offset by a corresponding change in utility operating revenues. In addition, in December 2008 we filed our depreciation study with FERC requesting approval to apply these same new depreciation rates for our gas storage business assets. If approved, we expect the new depreciation rates to be effective as of January 1, 2009. Our FERC filing is currently pending.

47

Business Segments - Utility Operations

Our utility margin results are affected by customer growth and to a certain extent by changes in weather and customer consumption patterns, with a significant portion of our earnings being derived from natural gas sales to residential and commercial customers. In Oregon, we have a conservation tariff that adjusts revenues to offset changes in margin resulting from increases or decreases in residential and commercial customer consumption. We also have a weather normalization mechanism that adjusts customer bills up or down to offset changes in margin resulting from above- or below-average temperatures during the winter heating season (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms,” above). Both mechanisms are designed to reduce the volatility of our utility earnings.

2008 compared to 2007:

Total utility margin decreased $14.3 million or 4 percent in 2008 compared to 2007 even though residential and commercial customers contributed an additional $7.1 million to margin in 2008, including the effects of the weather normalization and decoupling mechanisms. Total utility volumes sold and delivered in 2008 increased by 4 percent over last year due to the colder than average weather and 1.6 percent customer growth. The major factors contributing to the decline in utility margin were the $17.6 million swing in our regulatory share of higher gas costs, a $4.2 million decrease in regulatory adjustments for income taxes paid and a $1.6 million decrease in margin from industrial customers due to weaker economic conditions.

Our weather normalization mechanism offset residential and commercial margin gains by $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 based on weather that was 7 percent colder than average, compared to an offset increased residential and commercial margins of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 based on weather that was 3 percent colder than average. Our decoupling mechanism offset $4.9 million of residential and commercial margin losses in 2008, after adjusting for price elasticity in the annual Oregon PGA filing, compared to a margin increase of $0.5 million in 2007.

2007 compared to 2006:

Total utility margin increased $24.6 million or 8 percent in 2007 compared to 2006 with residential and commercial customers contributing an additional $9.7 million to margin in 2007, including the effects of the weather normalization and decoupling mechanisms. The $1.0 million decrease in margin from industrial customers in 2007 was partially offset by a decrease in other margin adjustments from regulatory deferrals and amortizations and miscellaneous fees. Total utility volumes sold and delivered in 2007 were about the same as in 2006. An increase in our regulatory share of gas cost savings of $4.0 million and a regulatory adjustment related to income taxes paid of $6.0 million also contributed to the increase in margin (see “Regulatory Adjustment for Income Taxes Paid,” and “Cost of Gas Sold,” below).

Our weather normalization mechanism offset residential and commercial margin gains by $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 based on weather that was 3 percent colder than average, compared to an increase of $2.3 million in added margin for the year ended December 31, 2006 based on weather that was 4 percent warmer than average. The decoupling mechanism added $0.5 million to residential and commercial margin in 2007, after adjusting for price elasticity in the annual Oregon PGA filing, compared to a margin decrease of $2.6 million in 2006.

48

The following table summarizes the composition of gas utility volumes and revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

Thousands except degree day and customer data	2008			2007			2006			Favorable/(Unfavorable)
										2008   vs. 2007			2007   vs. 2006
Utility volumes - therms:
Residential sales		428,787			398,960			382,665			29,827			16,295
Commercial sales		265,531			249,659			242,683			15,872			6,976
Industrial - firm sales		47,340			52,340			66,971			(5,000	)		(14,631	)
Industrial - firm transportation		184,832			161,790			150,153			23,042			11,637
Industrial - interruptible sales		87,484			89,128			112,736			(1,644	)		(23,608	)
Industrial - interruptible transportation		246,777			263,092			237,441			(16,315	)		25,651
Total utility volumes sold and delivered		1,260,751			1,214,969			1,192,649			45,782			22,320
Utility operating revenues-dollars:
Residential sales	$	566,840		$	555,312		$	536,468		$	11,528		$	18,844
Commercial sales		298,943			298,800			290,666			143			8,134
Industrial - firm sales		46,579			54,567			66,986			(7,988	)		(12,419	)
Industrial - firm transportation		6,370			5,927			4,901			443			1,026
Industrial - interruptible sales		68,978			74,876			93,107			(5,898	)		(18,231	)
Industrial - interruptible transportation		7,918			8,264			7,899			(346	)		365
Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid (1)		1,760			5,996			—			(4,236	)		5,996
Other revenues		21,784			12,228			161			9,556			12,067
Total utility operating revenues		1,019,172			1,015,970			1,000,188			3,202			15,782
Cost of gas sold		656,504			639,094			648,081			(17,410	)		8,987
Revenue taxes		25,072			25,001			24,840			(71	)		(161	)
Utility net operating revenues (utility margin)	$	337,596		$	351,875		$	327,267		$	(14,279	)	$	24,608
Utility margin: (2)
Residential sales	$	224,683		$	213,698		$	204,951		$	10,985		$	8,747
Commercial sales		90,402			85,960			83,334			4,442			2,626
Industrial - sales and transportation		29,771			31,333			32,383			(1,562	)		(1,050	)
Miscellaneous revenues		6,381			4,966			4,333			1,415			633
Gain (loss) from gas cost incentive sharing		(5,505	)		12,135			8,083			(17,640	)		4,052
Other margin adjustments		436			(229	)		(5,473	)		665			5,244
Margin before regulatory adjustments		346,168			347,863			327,611			(1,695	)		20,252
Weather normalization mechanism		(15,266	)		(2,496	)		2,282			(12,770	)		(4,778	)
Decoupling mechanism		4,934			512			(2,626	)		4,422			3,138
Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid (1)		1,760			5,996			—			(4,236	)		5,996
Utility margin	$	337,596		$	351,875		$	327,267		$	(14,279	)	$	24,608
Customers - end of period:
Residential customers		599,285			589,676			575,116			9,609			14,560
Commercial customers		62,115			61,397			60,523			718			874
Industrial customers		941			939			945			2			(6	)
Total number of customers - end of period		662,341			652,012			636,584			10,329			15,428
Actual degree days		4,576			4,374			4,089
Percent colder (warmer) than average (3)		7%			3%			(4%	)

⁽¹⁾ Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid is the result of the implementation of the utility regulation as described below under “Regulatory Adjustment for Income Taxes Paid.”

⁽²⁾ Amounts reported as margin for each category of customers are net of demand charges and revenue taxes.

⁽³⁾ Average weather represents the 25-year average degree days, as determined in our last Oregon general rate case.

49

Residential and Commercial Sales

Residential and commercial sales are impacted by customer growth, seasonal weather patterns, energy prices, competition from other energy sources and economic conditions in our service areas. Typically, 80 percent or more of our annual utility operating revenues are derived from gas sales to weather-sensitive residential and commercial customers. Although variations in temperatures between periods will affect volumes of gas sold to these customers, the effect on margin and net income is significantly reduced due to our weather normalization mechanism in Oregon where about 90 percent of our customers are served. Beginning in 2006, this mechanism became effective for the period from December 1 through May 15 of each heating season. Approximately 10 percent of our eligible Oregon customers have opted out of the mechanism. In Oregon, we also have a conservation decoupling mechanism that is intended to break the link between our earnings and the quantity of gas consumed by our customers, so that we do not have an incentive to encourage greater consumption contrary to customers’ energy conservation efforts. In Washington, where the remaining approximately 10 percent of our customers are served, we do not have a weather normalization or a conservation decoupling mechanism. As a result, we are not fully insulated from earnings volatility due to weather and conservation.

The primary factors that impact results of operations in the residential and commercial markets are customer growth, seasonal weather patterns, competition from other energy sources and economic conditions in our service territory.

2008 compared to 2007:

• operating revenues increased 1 percent due to a 7 percent increase in volumes, partially offset by lower customer rates of 8 to 10 percent over the first 10 months of 2008;

• volumes were 7 percent higher, primarily reflecting 1.6 percent customer growth and 5 percent colder weather; and

• margin was 2 percent higher, reflecting increased volumes from customer growth and from colder weather for customers not covered by weather normalization (see “Cost of Gas Sold,” below).

2007 compared to 2006:

• operating revenues increased 3 percent, primarily due to a 4 percent increase in volumes;

• volumes were 4 percent higher, primarily reflecting 2.4 percent customer growth and 7 percent colder weather; and

• margin before regulatory adjustments for weather normalization, decoupling and income taxes paid was 4 percent higher, reflecting increased volumes from customer growth and higher gas cost savings from our PGA incentive sharing mechanism in Oregon (see “Cost of Gas Sold,” below).

Industrial Sales and Transportation

Industrial operating revenues include the commodity cost component of gas sold under sales service but not to transportation service. Therefore, industrial customer switching between sales service and transportation service can cause swings in operating revenues but generally our margins are not affected because we do not mark up the cost of gas. As such, we believe margin is a better

50

measure of performance for the industrial sector. The primary factors that impact results of operations in industrial sales and transportation markets are as follows:

2008 compared to 2007:

• operating revenues decreased $13.8 million, or 10 percent, due to a transfer of customer volumes from sales service to transportation and to lower sales rates during the first 10 months in 2008;

• volumes delivered to industrial customers increased 0.1 million therms, or less than 1 percent, reflecting a reduction in sales volumes of 6.6 million therms offset by an increase in transportation volumes of 6.7 million therms; and

• margin decreased $1.6 million, or 5 percent, reflecting a shift in margin from higher margins to lower margin rate schedules and from customers that reduced their usage due to the current economic environment, but this decrease was partially offset by a margin gain of $0.8 million from curtailment charges for use by a small number of industrial customers during cold weather.

2007 compared to 2006:

• operating revenue decreased $29.3 million, or 17 percent, due to customers transferring from sales service to transportation service where cost of gas is not a component in operating revenues;

• volumes delivered to industrial customers decreased 1.0 million therms, or less than 1 percent, reflecting a reduction in sales volumes of 38.2 million therms offset by an increase in transportation volumes of 37.3 million therms; and

• margin decreased 3 percent, reflecting higher volumes under lower margin special contracts.

Several large industrial customers transferred from sales service back to transportation service in 2008. High natural gas prices can result from time to time in a number of our large industrial customers switching from transportation service, where they arrange for their own supplies through independent third parties, to sales service, where we sell them the gas commodity under regulatory tariffs. In such cases, our tariff requires us to charge the incremental cost of gas supply incurred to serve those customers.

Regulatory Adjustment for Income Taxes Paid

The Oregon legislature passed legislation, effective January 1, 2006, to ensure that regulated utility operations do not collect in rates more money for income taxes than the utility actually pays to taxing authorities. Under this legislation, if we pay less in income taxes than we collect from our Oregon utility customers, or if our consolidated taxes paid are less than the taxes we collect from our Oregon utility customers, then we are required to record a refund due to our Oregon utility customers. Conversely, if we pay more income taxes than we actually collect from our Oregon utility customers, as set forth under our most recent general rate case, then we are required to record a surcharge due from our Oregon utility customers.

For the 2006 tax year, we filed to recover $1.7 million through a surcharge to our Oregon utility customers. This surcharge was primarily driven by higher income taxes paid on gains from gas cost savings from our PGA incentive sharing mechanism in 2006 and strong operating results. The OPUC

51

approved our filing, and we collected a total of $1.9 million, representing a surcharge of $1.7 million plus accrued interest of $0.2 million, from customers in June 2008. For the 2007 tax year, we filed to recover $5.5 million through a surcharge to our Oregon utility customers. We have reached an agreement in principle with OPUC Staff and other parties on that surcharge and are in the process of finalizing a stipulation and supporting documentation. We expect to collect a total of $6.4 million, representing a surcharge of $5.5 million plus accrued interest of $0.9 million. Again, this surcharge was primarily driven by higher income taxes paid on gains from gas cost savings from our PGA incentive mechanism in 2007. For the 2008 tax year, we anticipate that the difference between income taxes paid and the amounts collected in rates will be less than $100,000, and in accordance with the rules, we have not recorded any adjustment for this year. However, in 2008 we recognized a combined adjustment for the 2006 and 2007 tax years of $1.8 million, based on revised estimates of our 2006 and 2007 tax surcharges, representing $1.2 million plus accrued interest of $0.6 million.

Other Revenues

Other revenues include miscellaneous fee income as well as revenue adjustments reflecting deferrals to, or amortizations from, regulatory asset or liability accounts other than deferrals relating to gas costs. Other revenues increased net operating revenues by $21.8 million in 2008, compared to $12.2 million in 2007 and $0.2 million in 2006.

2008 compared to 2007:

Other revenues in 2008 were $9.6 million higher than in 2007 primarily due to a $10.5 million refund to utility customers for the gas storage sharing mechanism revenues, partially offset by a $1.9 million surcharge for our rate adjustment for income taxes paid.

2007 compared to 2006:

Other revenues in 2007 were $12.1 million higher than in 2006 primarily due to a $3.1 million increase in deferrals under the decoupling mechanism (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms,” above), a $6.1 million decrease in amortization expense related to the decoupling deferrals from prior periods, a $1.7 million increase in interstate gas storage credits to customers reflecting higher regulatory sharing of net income from storage operations and a decrease of $1.3 million in amortization expense related to demand side management deferrals.

Cost of Gas Sold

The cost of gas sold includes current gas purchases, gas drawn from storage inventory, gains and losses from commodity hedges, pipeline demand charges, seasonal demand cost balancing adjustments, regulatory gas cost deferrals and company gas use. Our regulated utility does not generally earn a profit or incur a loss on gas commodity purchases. The OPUC and the WUTC require the natural gas commodity cost to be billed to customers at the same cost incurred or expected to be incurred by the utility. However, under the PGA mechanism in Oregon, our net income is affected by differences between actual and expected purchased gas costs primarily due to market fluctuations and volatility affecting unhedged purchases (see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” above). We use natural gas derivatives, primarily fixed-price commodity swaps, under the terms of our financial derivatives policies to help manage our exposure to rising gas prices. Gains and losses from financial hedge contracts are generally included in our PGA prices and normally do not impact net income as the hedges are usually 100 percent passed

52

through to customers in annual rate changes, subject to a regulatory prudency review. However, utility gas hedges entered into after the annual PGA filing in Oregon may impact net income to the extent of our share of any gain or loss under the PGA. In Washington, 100 percent of the actual gas costs, including hedge gains and losses, are passed through in customer rates (see “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” above, and Note 11).

2008 compared to 2007:

• total cost of gas sold increased $17.4 million or 3 percent;

• the average cost of gas sold decreased 2 percent from 81 cents per therm in 2007 to 79 cents in 2008, primarily reflecting our 8 to 10 percent PGA rate decreases effective November 1, 2007 and our 14 to 21 percent increases effective November 1, 2008; and

• net gains of $35.1 million were realized from our financial hedges and included in cost of gas sold, compared to $42.0 million of net losses in 2007.

2007 compared to 2006:

• total cost of gas sold decreased $9.0 million or 1 percent;

• the average cost of gas sold remained at 81 cents per therm; and

• net losses of $42.0 million were realized from our financial hedges, compared to $20.0 million of net losses in 2006.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our actual gas costs were higher than the gas costs embedded in rates, while during the same period in 2007 and 2006 our actual gas costs were significantly lower than gas costs embedded in rates. The effect on shareholders from the gas cost incentive sharing was a margin gain of $12.1 million and $8.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively, compared to a margin loss of $5.5 million in 2008. For a discussion of the change in our Oregon gas cost sharing incentive mechanism, effective November 1, 2008, see “Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” above.

Business Segments Other than Utility Operations

Gas Storage

Our gas storage segment primarily consists of the non-utility portion of our Mist underground storage facility, asset optimization and Gill Ranch. In 2008, we earned $8.4 million, or 31 cents per share, from our gas storage business segment, after regulatory sharing and income taxes. This compares to net income of $8.5 million, or 32 cents per share, in 2007 and $6.0 million, or 21 cents per share, in 2006. Earnings in 2008 and 2007 were higher than 2006 primarily because of increased revenues from additional contract storage and higher margins from optimization services under a contract with an independent energy marketing company.

In Oregon, we retain 80 percent of the pre-tax income from gas storage services as well as from optimization services when the costs of the capacity being used is not included in utility rates, or 33 percent of the pre-tax income from such storage and optimization services when the capacity being used is included in utility rates. The remaining 20 percent and 67 percent, respectively, are credited to a deferred regulatory account for refund to our core utility customers. We have a similar sharing

53

mechanism in Washington for pre-tax income derived from gas storage and optimization services. We are currently in the process of developing a second underground storage facility, Gill Ranch, and related pipeline near Fresno, California. Our Gill Ranch project is expected to serve the California and west coast market. See Note 2.

Other

Our other business segment consists of Financial Corporation, an equity investment in Palomar and other non-utility investments and business activities. Financial Corporation’s equity balance as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and our equity balance in the proposed Palomar transmission pipeline was $14.2 million and $6.0 million, respectively. In 2008 and 2007, we sold the last of our non-core assets, resulting in after-tax gains of $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The remaining investment balance at Financial Corporation reflects a non-controlling interest in the Kelso Beaver pipeline. The current equity balance in Palomar reflects our investment to date in a proposed 217-mile transmission pipeline.

Net income from our other business segment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.4 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The increase in 2008 compared to 2007 reflects the gain on sale of our investment in a Boeing 737-300 aircraft and income from our equity investment in Palomar. The increase in 2007 over 2006 reflects the sale of our limited partnership interest in two wind power electric generation projects in California. See Note 2.

Consolidated Operations

Operations and Maintenance

Operations and maintenance expenses decreased by $7.1 million in 2008, or 6 percent, compared to 2007. In 2007 operations and maintenance expense included additional costs for strategic initiatives. Operations and maintenance expense increased $5.9 million in 2007, or 5 percent, compared to 2006, also reflecting higher expenditures for strategic initiatives in 2007. The following summarizes the major factors that contributed to changes in operations and maintenance expense:

2008 compared to 2007:

• a $4.3 million decrease due to additional costs incurred in 2007 for strategic initiatives including maintenance projects, training and promotional and safety campaigns; and

• a $5.6 million decrease in employee compensation and benefit expense, primarily due to lower bonuses related to lower operating results which affected annual and long-term incentives.

Partially offsetting the above decreases were:

• a $2.0 million increase in costs related to serving a growing customer base and increased operating expenses during the December cold weather episode; and

• a $0.2 million, or 6 percent, increase in uncollectible expense reflecting higher revenues due to rate increases and sales volume increases. Delinquent account balances were $0.1 million higher than last year, compared to a $36.5 million, or 25 percent, increase in accounts receivable and unbilled revenues. Our bad debts as a percent of revenues remained consistent with 2007 at 0.3 percent.

54

2007 compared to 2006:

• a $3.8 million increase in employee compensation and benefit expense, primarily due to bonuses related to improved financial and operating results on annual and long-term incentive plan performance goals;

• a $1.9 million increase in costs for maintenance projects and geo-hazard repairs;

• a $0.9 million increase in training, maintenance and telecommunication expenses related to the implementation of the first phase of a new integrated information system; and

• a $0.3 million increase in start up expenses for the Smart Energy program.

Partially offsetting the above increases was:

• a $1.5 million decrease in severance expenses.

General Taxes

General taxes, which are principally comprised of property and payroll taxes and regulatory fees, increased $1.4 million, or 5 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007, and increased $0.9 million, or 4 percent, in 2007 compared to 2006. The major factors that contributed to changes in general taxes are:

2008 compared to 2007:

• a $1.3 million increase in property taxes related to higher tax rates and increased utility plant balances.

2007 compared to 2006:

• a $0.4 million increase in property taxes related to a 3 percent increase in utility plant balances;

• a $0.3 million increase in regulatory fees based on higher gross operating revenue; and

• a $0.2 million increase in other taxes due to an increase in the annual fee to the Oregon Department of Energy.

We have been involved in litigation with the Oregon Department of Revenue (ODOR) over whether natural gas inventories and appliance inventories held for resale are required to be taxed as personal property. In November 2007, the Oregon Tax Court ruled in our favor stating that these inventories were exempt from property tax. However, the ODOR appealed the judgment to the Oregon Supreme Court in August 2008. If we are successful in this litigation, we would be entitled to a refund of over $5.0 million for property taxes paid on inventories beginning with the 2002-2003 tax year, plus accrued interest. Due to the uncertain outcome of the proceeding, we have not recorded the recovery of property taxes paid on gas inventories or appliance inventories to recognize the potential gain contingency.

55

Depreciation and Amortization

The following table summarizes the increases in total plant and property and total depreciation and amortization for the three years ended December 31:

Thousands, except percentages	2008			2007			2006
Plant and property:
Utility plant:
Depreciable	$	2,101,900		$	2,013,191		$	1,925,837
Non-depreciable, including construction work in progress		41,088			38,970			37,661
		2,142,988			2,052,161			1,963,498
Non-utility property:
Depreciable		62,882			56,444			36,952
Non-depreciable, including construction work in progress		11,624			10,705			5,700
		74,506			67,149			42,652
Total plant and property	$	2,217,494		$	2,119,310		$	2,006,150
Depreciation and amortization:
Utility plant	$	70,691		$	67,410		$	63,552
Non-utility property		1,468			933			883
Total depreciation and amortization expense	$	72,159		$	68,343		$	64,435
Average depreciation rate - utility		3.4	%		3.4	%		3.4	%
Average depreciation rate - non-utility		2.5	%		2.1	%		2.5	%

Total depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3.8 million, or 6 percent, in 2008 and by $3.9 million, or 6 percent, in 2007. The increased expense for both years is primarily due to additional investments in utility plant to meet continuing customer growth and to make system improvements (see “Financial Condition—Cash Flows—Investing Activities,” below, and Note 9). New depreciation rates were approved by the OPUC and WUTC, effective January 1, 2009 (see “Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Depreciation Study,” above).

Other Income and Expense—Net

The following table provides details on other income and expense – net for the last three years:

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Gains from company-owned life insurance	$	2,190		$	1,939		$	2,609
Interest income		250			537			363
Income from equity investments		667			130			191
Net interest on deferred regulatory accounts		552			84			(177	)
Gain on sale of investments		1,737			1,544			-
Other		(1,650	)		(2,789	)		(852	)
Total other income and expense - net	$	3,746		$	1,445		$	2,134

2008 compared to 2007:

Other income and expense–net increased by $2.3 million in 2008 over 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million in other non-operating income (expense), reflecting the

56

additional start-up expenses in 2007 for business development and other strategic initiatives, and by a $0.2 million increase from gain on sale of investments, reflecting the gains on sales of the aircraft in 2008 and the two wind power electric generation projects in 2007, and a $0.5 million increase in income from equity investments, primarily related to Palomar.

2007 compared to 2006:

Other income and expense–net declined by $0.7 million in 2007 over 2006. The decline was primarily due to a decrease of $0.7 million in gains from company-owned life insurance, reflecting lower policy benefits realized during 2007, and a net increase of $1.9 million in other non-operating expenses, reflecting expenses for business development and other strategic initiatives. These negative changes were partially offset by an increase in earnings from equity investments of Financial Corporation of $1.5 million, reflecting the gain on sale of its limited partnership interests in two wind power electric generation projects, and an increase of $0.3 million in net interest charges on deferred regulatory accounts, reflecting lower net credit balances outstanding in these accounts.

Interest Charges—Net of Amounts Capitalized

Interest charges—net of amounts capitalized in 2008 decreased by $0.2 million, or less than 1 percent, compared to 2007, reflecting lower balances on long-term debt outstanding due to the redemption of $5 million of medium-term notes (MTNs) in July 2008, with increased costs due to higher short-term debt balances offset by lower interest rates on short-term debt. In 2007, interest charges—net of amounts capitalized was $1.4 million, or 4 percent, lower than in 2006, reflecting lower balances on long-term debt outstanding due to the redemption of $20 million of MTNs in March 2007 and $9.5 million of MTNs in May 2007. The average interest crediting rate for the allowance for funds used during construction, comprised of short-term and long-term borrowing rates, as appropriate, was 3.6 percent in 2008, 5.4 percent in 2007 and 4.7 percent in 2006.

Income Tax Expense

The decrease in income tax expense of $3.4 million or 8 percent in 2008, compared to 2007 was primarily due to lower consolidated earnings and a slightly lower effective tax rate of 36.9 percent in 2008 compared to 37.2 percent in 2007. The decrease in our effective tax rate was primarily the result of a higher non-taxable gain on company-owned life insurance. Income tax expense increased by $7.8 million or 22 percent in 2007, as compared to total income tax expense of $36.2 million in 2006, and the effective tax rate increased slightly from an effective rate of 36.4 percent in 2006. For more information on our income taxes, including a reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective rate, see Note 1 and Note 8.

Financial Condition

Capital Structure

Our goal is to maintain a strong consolidated capital structure, generally consisting of 45 to 50 percent common stock equity and 50 to 55 percent long-term and short-term debt. When additional capital is required, debt or equity securities are issued depending upon both the target capital structure and market conditions. These sources also are used to fund long-term debt redemption requirements and short-term commercial paper maturities (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” below, and Notes 5 and 6). Achieving the target capital structure and maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet operating

57

requirements are necessary to maintain attractive credit ratings and have access to capital markets at reasonable costs. Our consolidated capital structure was as follows:

December 31,	2008		2007		2006
Common stock equity	45.3	%	47.4	%	48.1	%
Long-term debt	36.8	%	40.8	%	41.5	%
Short-term debt, including current maturities of long-term debt	17.9	%	11.8	%	10.4	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2008, we had $6.9 million of cash and cash equivalents compared to $6.1 million at December 31, 2007. Short-term liquidity is provided by cash balances, internal cash flow from operations, proceeds from the sale of commercial paper notes, unsecured credit facilities, including multi-year commitments which are primarily used to back-up commercial paper (see “Credit Agreement,” below), an ability to borrow from cash surrender value in company-owned life insurance policies, and proceeds from the sale of long-term debt. We use long-term debt proceeds to finance capital expenditures and refinance maturing short-term or long-term debt.

Our senior long-term debt ratings are AA- and A2 from S&P and Moody’s, respectively, while our short-term debt ratings are A-1+ and P-1 from S&P and Moody’s, respectively. The capital markets, including the commercial paper market, have experienced significant volatility and tight credit conditions in recent months, as reflected by increased spreads and limited access to new financing. As a result of these market conditions, we delayed a planned fourth quarter 2008 debt issuance until the first quarter of 2009. In lieu of the delayed debt issuance, we entered into two $15 million bilateral bank lines of credit with maturities of one and three months, and borrowed from corporate-owned life insurance policies to provide added liquidity. With our current debt ratings we have been able to issue commercial paper notes at attractive rates and have not had to borrow from our $250 million back-up facility. In the event that we are not able to issue commercial paper or other debt instruments due to market conditions, we expect that our liquidity needs can be met by using cash balances or drawing upon our committed credit facility (see “Credit Agreements,” below). We also have a universal shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the issuance of secured and unsecured debt or equity securities, market conditions permitting.

In the event that our senior secured long-term debt credit ratings are downgraded below investment grade, our counterparties under derivative contracts could require us to post cash, a letter of credit or other form of collateral, which could expose us to additional costs and may trigger significant increases in draws from our borrowing facilities.

Based on our current credit ratings, our experience with issuing commercial paper, our current cash reserves, the availability and size of our committed credit facilities and our ability to issue long-term debt and equity securities under the universal shelf registration statement, we believe our liquidity is sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements, including the contractual obligations and investing and financing activities discussed below.

Dividend Policy

We have paid quarterly dividends on our common stock in each year since the stock was first issued to the public in 1951. Annual common dividend payments per share, adjusted for stock splits, have increased each year since 1956. The amount and timing of dividends payable on our common

58

stock is within the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors expects to continue paying cash dividends on common stock on a quarterly basis. However, the declarations and amount of future dividends will be dependent upon our earnings, cash flows, financial condition and other factors.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except for certain lease and purchase commitments (see “Contractual Obligations,” below), we have no material off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table shows our contractual obligations at December 31, 2008 by maturity and type of obligation.

	Payments Due in Years Ending December 31,										Thereafter		Total
Thousands	2009		2010		2011		2012		2013
Commercial paper	$	248,000	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	248,000
Long-term debt maturities		-		35,000		10,000		40,000		-		427,000		512,000
Interest on long-term debt		33,417		33,406		30,858		28,536		27,625		285,432		439,274
Postretirement benefit payments(1)		26,839		19,126		19,556		20,394		21,571		116,388		223,874
Capital leases		599		461		163		21		-		-		1,244
Operating leases		4,129		4,127		4,080		4,230		4,268		26,501		47,335
Gas purchase contracts(2)		229,804		89,079		34,835		21,277		21,277		17,731		414,003
Gas pipeline commitments		80,670		61,114		64,175		49,067		41,602		87,826		384,454
Other purchase commitments		53,081		5,154		762		-		-		-		58,997
Total	$	676,539	$	247,467	$	164,429	$	163,525	$	116,343	$	960,878	$	2,329,181

⁽¹⁾ The majority of postretirement benefit payment obligations are related to our qualified defined benefit pension plans, which are funded by plan assets and future cash contributions. See Note 7.

⁽²⁾ All gas purchase contracts use price formulas tied to monthly index prices. Commitment amounts are based on index prices at December 31, 2008.

Other purchase commitments primarily consist of remaining balances under existing purchase orders. These and other contractual obligations are financed through cash from operations and from the issuance of short-term debt, which is periodically refinanced through the sale of long-term debt or equity securities.

Holders of one long-term debt issue have a put option that, if exercised, would require the repurchase of up to $20 million principal amount in 2009. If repurchased prior to maturity, then the interest obligation shown in the above table would be reduced in future years. The interest rate on this long-term debt issue with a put option is 6.65 percent.

In February 2008, we extended the term of an agreement with Northwest Pipeline for approximately 350,000 therms per day of firm transportation capacity from the U.S. Rocky Mountain region through 2044. Also in February 2008, we executed an agreement with a third party to take

59

assignment of their firm transportation contract starting no earlier than 2012 and no later than 2017, with the term extending through 2046. This contract consists of 120,000 therms per day on Northwest Pipeline from the U.S. Rocky Mountain region.

Approximately 700 of our utility employees are members of the Office and Professional Employees International Union, Local No. 11. These employees are covered by a labor agreement (Joint Accord) with respect to wages, benefits and working conditions. This Joint Accord will expire on May 31, 2009. Each party has served notice of intent to negotiate the terms of an agreement prior to the May 31, 2009 expiration date.

Commercial Paper

Our primary source of short-term liquidity is from internal cash flows and the sale of commercial paper notes payable. In addition to issuing commercial paper to meet seasonal working capital requirements, including the financing of gas inventories and accounts receivable, short-term debt may be used to temporarily fund capital requirements. Commercial paper is periodically refinanced through the sale of long-term debt or equity securities. Our outstanding commercial paper, which is sold through two commercial banks under an issuing and paying agency agreement, is supported by one or more unsecured revolving credit facilities (see “Credit Agreement,” below and Note 6). Our commercial paper program did not experience any liquidity disruptions as a result of the recent credit problems that affected issuers of asset-backed commercial paper and certain other commercial paper programs. At December 31, 2008 and 2007 we had commercial paper outstanding of $248.0 million and $143.1 million, respectively (see Note 6). This year’s outstanding balances were higher than last year primarily due to gas cost deferrals associated with higher gas purchases, higher balances in gas inventories and accounts receivable, commodity hedge payments, and delaying the issuance of long-term debt.

Credit Agreements

We have a syndicated line of credit for unsecured revolving loans totaling $250 million available and committed for a term expiring on May 31, 2012, with $210 million of that commitment amount extended through May 31, 2013. Additionally, we entered into two committed bilateral bank lines of credit totaling $30 million in November 2008, of which $15 million expired December 31, 2008 and $15 million expired February 27, 2009. The lenders under our syndicated and bilateral credit agreements are major financial institutions with committed balances and investment grade credit ratings as of December 31, 2008 as follows:

Lender rating, by category	Amount Committed (in $000’s)
AAA/Aaa	$	135,000
AA/Aa		45,000
A/A		85,000
BBB/Baa		-
Total	$	265,000

Based on recent conditions in the credit markets, it is possible that one or more lending commitments could be unavailable to us if the lender defaulted due to lack of funds or insolvency. However, based on our current assessment of the lenders’ creditworthiness, including a review of capital ratios, credit default swap spreads and credit ratings, we believe the risk of lender default is minimal.

60

Pursuant to the terms of our credit agreement for the syndicated line of credit, we may request maturity extensions for additional one-year periods subject to lender approval. We extended commitments with six of the seven lenders under the syndicated credit agreement, with commitments totaling $210 million, to May 31, 2013. The credit agreement also allows us to request increases in the total commitment amount from time to time, up to a maximum amount of $400 million, and to replace any lenders who decline to extend the terms of the credit agreement. The credit agreement also permits the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to the applicable total borrowing commitment. Any principal and unpaid interest owed on borrowings under the credit agreement are due and payable on or before the expiration date. There were no outstanding balances under this credit agreement at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The credit agreement also requires us to maintain a consolidated indebtedness to total capitalization ratio of 70 percent or less. Failure to comply with this covenant would entitle the lenders to terminate their lending commitments and accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding. We were in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2008 and 2007, with our consolidated indebtedness to total capitalization ratios of 54.7 percent, and 52.7 percent, respectively.

The credit agreement requires that we maintain credit ratings with S&P and Moody’s and notify the lenders of any change in our senior unsecured debt ratings by such rating agencies. A change in our debt ratings is not an event of default, nor is the maintenance of a specific minimum level of debt rating a condition of drawing upon the credit agreement. However, interest rates on any loans outstanding under the credit agreement are tied to debt ratings, which would increase or decrease the cost of any loans under the credit agreement when ratings are changed.

Credit Ratings

The table below summarizes our credit ratings from two rating agencies, S&P and Moody’s.

	S&P	Moody’s
Commercial paper (short-term debt)	A-1+	P-1
Senior secured (long-term debt)	AA-	A2
Senior unsecured (long-term debt)	A+	A3
Ratings outlook	Negative	Stable

Both rating agencies have assigned investment grade credit ratings to NW Natural. These credit ratings are dependent upon a number of factors, both qualitative and quantitative, and are subject to change at any time. The disclosure of these credit ratings is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold NW Natural securities. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. During the fourth quarter of 2008, our ratings outlook was changed from stable to negative by S&P and from positive to stable by Moody’s.

Redemptions of Long-Term Debt

We redeemed MTNs during 2008, 2007 and 2006 as follows:

Thousands	Redeemed in 2008		Redeemed in 2007		Redeemed in 2006
Medium-Term Notes
6.05% Series B due 2006	$	-	$	-	$	8,000
6.31% Series B due 2007		-		20,000		-
6.80% Series B due 2007		-		9,500		-
6.50% Series B due 2008		5,000		-		-

61

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Year-over-year changes in our operating cash flows are primarily affected by net income, changes in working capital requirements and other cash and non-cash adjustments to operating results. In 2008, cash flow from net income and operating activity adjustments, excluding working capital changes, decreased $37.9 million compared to 2007. Working capital changes in 2008 decreased cash flow by $111.0 million compared to 2007. The majority of these working capital changes, particularly those related to accounts receivable, unbilled revenues inventories, income taxes receivable and accounts payable, will reverse over the next six months reflecting changes in seasonal working capital. The overall change in cash flow from operating activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was a decrease of $148.9 million. The significant factors contributing to the cash flow changes between 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

2008 compared to 2007:

• an increase in cash flow of $55.4 million in deferred income taxes and investment tax credits primarily from additional accelerated depreciation and a net operating loss (see Note 8);

• a decrease in cash flows of $84.0 million in deferred gas costs, $30.4 million in accounts payable and a $14.3 million in inventories, primarily due to the higher gas cost prices in 2008 compared to 2007;

• a decrease in cash flow of $20.8 million in income taxes receivable primarily due to bonus depreciation and an estimate for a future pension contribution, for which we saw an increase in deferred income taxes; and

• a decrease in cash flow of $58.5 million in accounts receivable and accrued unbilled revenue due to the colder weather in December 2008 and our November 1, 2008 rate increase (see Results of Operations—Regulatory Matters—Rate Mechanisms—Purchased Gas Adjustment,” above).

In December 2008, we filed an application for a change in tax accounting method in connection with routine repairs and maintenance of gas pipeline that are currently being capitalized and depreciated. We anticipate that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) will consent to this change during the first quarter of 2009. If consented to by the IRS, then we expect to claim a deduction and record current tax benefits that will result in a cash refund of taxes paid. If approved, we estimate the tax refund amount in 2009 for prior years’ taxes paid to be in excess of $15 million related to the routine repairs and maintenance.

In 2007, cash flow from net income and operating activity adjustments, excluding working capital changes, increased by $23.0 million, primarily due an increase in cash collections from deferred gas costs and improved operating results. Working capital changes in 2007 increased cash flow by $12.1 million. The overall change in cash flow from operations in 2007 was an increase of $35.1 million compared to 2006. The significant factors contributing to the cash flow changes between 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

2007 compared to 2006:

• an increase in cash of $11.2 million in deferred income taxes and investment tax credits related to a smaller reduction in 2007 than 2006;

62

• an increase in cash of $17.9 million in deferred gas costs and an increase in cash of $27.5 million in accounts payable, reflecting deferral activity between the two years with respect to purchased gas cost savings and off-system gas sales under our PGA;

• a decrease in cash of $17.5 million due to the change in deferred regulatory and other costs;

• an increase in cash of $25.8 million in accounts receivable and accrued unbilled revenue, due to decreased rates in 2007 and weather that was warmer at the end of the year;

• a decrease in cash of $13.2 million in income taxes receivable resulting from income tax refunds received during 2006; and

• a decrease in cash of $16.7 million in accrued interest and taxes due to higher cash payments in 2007.

We have lease and purchase commitments relating to our operating activities that are financed with cash flows from operations (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations,” above and Note 12).

Investing Activities

Cash requirements for investing activities in 2008 totaled $109.8 million, down from $117.5 million in 2007. Cash requirements for the acquisition and construction of utility plant were $96.6 million in 2008, up slightly from $93.8 million in 2007. Cash requirements for investments in non-utility property were $7.4 million in 2008, primarily related to investments in Gill Ranch, compared to $24.4 million in 2007, primarily due to investments made related to the Mist gas storage expansion. Cash used in other investing activities in 2008 totaled $5.8 million compared to cash collected of $0.7 million in 2007. The change in 2008 is primarily due to a $7.5 million investment in the Palomar project and a $5.0 million restricted cash balance in Gill Ranch, partially offset by $6.8 million of proceeds received from the sale of our investment in a Boeing 737-300 aircraft.

Cash requirements for investing activities in 2007 totaled $117.5 million, up from $90.6 million in 2006. Cash requirements for the acquisition and construction of utility plant were $93.8 million in 2007, down slightly from $95.3 million in 2006. Cash requirements for investments in non-utility property increased to $24.4 million in 2007, compared to $1.8 million in 2006, primarily related to investments in Mist gas storage, Gill Ranch and Palomar.

In 2009, utility capital expenditures are estimated to be between $100 and $110 million, and non-utility capital investments are expected to be between $50 and $70 million for business development projects that are currently in process (see “2009 Outlook,” above).

Over the five-year period 2009 through 2013, utility construction expenditures are estimated at between $450 and $500 million. The estimated level of capital expenditures over the next five years reflects continued customer growth, gas storage development at Mist, technology improvements and utility system improvements, including requirements under the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002. Most of the required funds are expected to be internally generated over the five-year period and any remaining funding will be obtained through the issuance of long-term debt or equity securities, with short-term debt providing liquidity and bridge financing.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities in 2008 totaled $75.9 million, as compared to cash used of $65.8 million in 2007. Factors contributing to the $141.7 million net increase in cash include share

63

repurchases of $44.6 million in 2007 compared to no repurchases in 2008, long-term debt retired of $5.0 million in 2008 compared to $29.5 million in 2007, and an increase in short-term debt balances of $74.7 million in 2008, including borrowings from the cash surrender value in company-owned life insurance policies, compared to 2007.

Cash used in financing activities in 2007 totaled $65.8 million, as compared to $59.4 million in 2006. Factors contributing to the $6.4 million net increase in cash used include an increase in share repurchases of $28.7 million, an increase in long-term debt retired of $21.5 million, and a reduction in long-term debt issuances of $25.0 million, offset by an increase in cash from the change in short-term debt balances of $69.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006.

In October 2007, we entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap with a notional principal amount of $50 million. This fixed-rate forward-starting swap is intended to mitigate a substantial portion of the interest rate exposure associated with our anticipated issuance of MTNs in the first quarter of 2009 when we would expect to cash settle this contract. The associated gain or loss on settlement will be recorded as a regulatory asset or liability and amortized in accordance with regulatory requirements. We did not issue any new long-term debt during 2007 or 2008.

In December 2006, we sold $25 million of 5.15 percent Series B, secured MTNs due 2016 and used the proceeds to reduce short-term indebtedness and to fund utility construction.

In 2000, we announced a program to repurchase up to 2 million shares, or up to $35 million in value, of our common stock through a repurchase program. In 2006 that program was modified to 2.6 million shares and $85 million in value, and the program was further modified in 2007 to authorize the repurchase of up to 2.8 million shares or up to $100 million and was extended through May 2009. The purchases are made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. No repurchases were made in 2008. Repurchases in 2007 totaled 963,428 shares or $44.2 million; and in 2006 totaled 395,500 shares or $16.0 million. Since the program’s inception, we have repurchased an aggregate 2.1 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $83.3 million (see Part II, Item 5, “Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” above).

In 2008, we produced negative free cash flow of $115.3 million, compared to free cash flow of $27.5 million in 2007 and $19.7 million in 2006. Free cash flow is the amount of cash remaining after the payment of all cash expenses, capital expenditures (investment activities) and dividends. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure, but we believe this supplemental information enables the reader of the financial statements to better understand our cash generating ability and to benefit from seeing cash flow results from management’s perspective in addition to the traditional GAAP presentation. We monitor free cash flow as one measure of our return on investments. Provided below is a reconciliation from cash provided by operations (GAAP basis) to our non-GAAP free cash flow.

Thousands (year ended December 31)	2008			2007			2006
Cash provided by operating activities	$	34,721		$	183,640		$	148,566
Cash used in investing activities		(109,825	)		(117,479	)		(90,567	)
Cash dividend payments on common stock		(40,178	)		(38,613	)		(38,298	)
Free cash flow	$	(115,282	)	$	27,548		$	19,701

The free cash flow information presented above is not intended to be a substitute for, nor is it meant to be a better measure of, cash flow results prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the

64

non-GAAP measure we provide may be calculated differently by other companies that present a similar non-GAAP financial measure for free cash flow.

Pension Cost and Funding Status of Qualified Retirement Plans

Pension costs are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 87 (see “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Accounting for Pensions,” above). Pension costs for our two qualified defined benefit plans, which are allocated between operations and maintenance expense and capital accounts based on employee payroll distributions, totaled $4.3 million in 2008, a decrease of $2.4 million over 2007.

The fair market value of the assets in these two plans decreased to $163.1 million at December 31, 2008 down from $241.4 million at December 31, 2007. The decrease was due to a negative return on plan assets of $63.3 million and benefit payments of $15.0 million net of contributions.

We make contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plans based on actuarial assumptions and estimates, tax regulations and funding requirements under federal law. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act) established new funding requirements for defined benefit plans. The Act establishes a 100 percent funding target for plan years beginning after December 31, 2008. However, a delayed effective date of 2011 may apply if the pension plan meets the funding targets of 92 percent in 2008, 94 percent in 2009 and 96 percent in 2010. Our qualified defined benefit pension plans are currently underfunded by $98.4 million at December 31, 2008, and we expect to make at least the minimum contribution required pursuant to the Act, which is currently estimated at $8 million. We plan to make additional contributions during 2009, which could bring our total contributions in 2009 up to $40 million. We would need to make a total contribution of at least $17 million during 2009 to avoid any restrictions on benefit payments. For more information, see Note 7.

Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, our ratios of earnings to fixed charges, computed using the Securities and Exchange Commission method, were 3.76, 3.92 and 3.40, respectively. For this purpose, earnings consist of net income before taxes plus fixed charges, and fixed charges consist of interest on all indebtedness, the amortization of debt expense and discount or premium and the estimated interest portion of rentals charged to income.

Contingent Liabilities

Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable in accordance with SFAS No. 5 (see “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Contingencies,” above). At December 31, 2008, a cumulative $66.1 million in environmental costs was recorded as a regulatory asset, consisting of $30.1 million of costs paid to-date, $30.0 million for additional environmental accruals for costs expected to be paid in the future and accrued regulatory interest of $6.0 million. If it is determined that both the insurance recovery and future customer rate recovery of such costs was not probable, then the costs will be charged to expense in the period such determination is made. For further discussion of contingent liabilities, see Note 12.

65

New Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recent accounting pronouncements that may have an impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, see Note 1.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various forms of market risk including commodity supply risk, commodity price risk, interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and weather risk. The following describes our exposure to these risks.

Commodity Supply Risk

We enter into spot, short-term and long-term natural gas supply contracts, along with associated pipeline transportation contracts, to manage our commodity supply risk. Historically, we have arranged for physical delivery of an adequate supply of gas, including gas in storage facilities, to meet the expected requirements of our core utility customers. Our gas purchase contracts are primarily index-based and subject to monthly re-pricing, a strategy that is intended to reflect market price trends during the upcoming year. Our PGA mechanisms in Oregon and Washington provide for the recovery from customers of actual commodity costs, except that, for Oregon customers, we currently absorb 20 percent of the higher cost of gas sold, or retain 20 percent of the lower cost, in either case as compared to the annual PGA price built into customer rates.

Commodity Price Risk

Natural gas commodity prices are subject to fluctuations due to unpredictable factors including weather, pipeline transportation congestion, potential market speculation and other factors that affect short-term supply and demand. Commodity-price financial swap and option contracts (financial hedge contracts) are used to convert certain natural gas supply contracts from floating prices to fixed or capped prices. These financial hedge contracts are generally included in our annual PGA filing for recovery, subject to a regulatory prudence review. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, notional amounts under these financial hedge contracts totaled $393.0 million and $287.6 million, respectively. If all of the commodity-based financial hedge contracts had been settled on December 31, 2008, a loss of about $139.2 million would have been realized and recorded to a deferred regulatory account (see Note 11). We monitor the liquidity of our financial hedge contracts. Based on the existing open interest in the contracts held, we believe existing contracts to be liquid. All of our financial hedge contracts settle by or are extendible to October 31, 2010. The $139.2 million unrealized loss is an estimate of future cash flows based on forward market prices that are expected to be paid as follows: $130.3 million in the next 12-month period, and $8.9 million in the following 12-month period. The amount realized will change based on market prices at the time contract settlements are fixed.

Natural gas commodity prices early in the third quarter of 2008 were higher than prices embedded in the corresponding PGA for unhedged purchases. To the extent that we purchase gas volumes where the price is not hedged and the current market prices are above those embedded in rates for current customer consumption (i.e. not for storage injections), our earnings are negatively impacted because either 10 to 20 percent of any difference between the actual purchase gas costs and the gas costs embedded in Oregon rates are recognized in current income. In 2008, we recognized a loss of $5.5 million due to higher gas prices.

66

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk associated with new debt financing needed to fund capital requirements, including future contractual obligations and maturities of long-term and short-term debt. Interest rate risk is primarily managed through the issuance of fixed-rate debt with varying maturities. We may also enter into financial derivative instruments, including interest rate swaps, options and other hedging instruments, to manage and mitigate interest rate exposure. During the fourth quarter of 2007, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50 million to hedge the interest rate on our next long-term debt issuance, which was expected to occur in the latter part of 2008. However, due to credit market conditions, the swap was extended to the second quarter of 2009. This swap is with an A+/Aa2 rated counterparty and qualifies as a cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 138 and SFAS No. 149 (collectively referred to as SFAS No. 133). The mark-to-market unrealized loss at December 31, 2008 related to this interest rate swap was $11.9 million.

Holders of certain long-term debt have put options that, if exercised, would accelerate maturities by $20 million in 2009 (see Note 5).

Foreign Currency Risk

The costs of certain natural gas commodity supplies and certain pipeline services purchased from Canadian suppliers are subject to changes in the value of the Canadian currency in relation to the U.S. currency. Foreign currency forward contracts are used to hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates with respect to purchases of natural gas from Canadian suppliers. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, notional amounts under foreign currency forward contracts totaled $5.2 million and $6.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, no foreign currency forward contracts were outstanding with a maturity date after November 30, 2009. If all of the foreign currency forward contracts had been settled on December 31, 2008, a loss of $0.4 million would have been realized (see Note 11).

Credit Risk

Credit exposure to suppliers. Certain suppliers that sell us gas have either relatively low credit ratings or are not rated by major credit rating agencies. To manage this supply risk, we purchase gas from a number of different suppliers at liquid exchange points. We evaluate and monitor suppliers’ creditworthiness and maintain the ability to require additional financial assurances, including deposits, letters of credit or surety bonds, in case a supplier defaults. In the event of a supplier’s failure to deliver contracted volumes of gas, the regulated utility would need to replace those volumes at prevailing market prices, which may be higher or lower than the original transaction prices. We believe these costs would be subject to the PGA sharing mechanism discussed above. Since most of our commodity supply contracts are priced at the monthly market index price tied to liquid exchange points, and we have significant storage flexibility, we believe that it is unlikely that a supplier default would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Credit exposure to financial derivative counterparties. Based on estimated fair value at December 31, 2008, our credit exposure relating to commodity hedge contracts reflected an amount we owed of $130.3 million to our finance derivative counterparties. Our financial derivatives policy requires counterparties to have a minimum investment-grade credit rating at the time the derivative instrument is entered into, and specific limits on the contract amount and duration based on each counterparty’s credit rating. Some counterparties were recently downgraded but continue to maintain investment grade ratings (see table below). Due to current market conditions and credit concerns, we

67

continue to enforce strong credit requirements. We actively monitor our derivative credit exposure and place counterparties on hold for trading purposes or require letters of credit or guarantees as circumstances warrant. Our actual derivative credit exposure, which reflects amounts that financial derivative counterparties owe to us, is under contracts that expire or are expected to settle on or before October 31, 2010.

The following table summarizes our credit exposure, based on estimated fair value, and the corresponding counterparty credit ratings. The table uses credit ratings from S&P and Moody’s, reflecting the higher of the S&P or Moody’s rating or a middle rating if the entity is split-rated with more than one rating level difference:

	Financial Derivative Position by Credit Rating         Unrealized Fair Value Gain (Loss)
Thousands	Dec. 31, 2008			Dec. 31, 2007
AAA/Aaa	$	(16,827	)	$	(309	)
AA/Aa		(122,287	)		(13,941	)
A/A		(12,006	)		123
BBB/Baa		-			-
Total	$	(151,120	)	$	(14,127	)

To mitigate the credit risk of financial derivatives we have master netting arrangements with our counterparties that provide for making or receiving net cash settlements. Generally, transactions of the same type in the same currency that have a settlement on the same day with a single counterparty are netted and a single payment is delivered or received depending on which party is due funds.

Additionally we have master contracts in place with each of our derivative counterparties that include provisions for posting or calling for collateral. Generally we can obtain cash or marketable securities as collateral with one day’s notice. We use various collateral management strategies to reduce liquidity risk. The collateral provisions vary by counterparty but are not expected to result in the significant posting of collateral, if any. We have performed stress tests on the portfolio and concluded that the liquidity risk from collateral calls is not material. Our derivative credit exposure is primarily with investment grade counterparties rated AA-/Aa3 or higher. Contracts are diversified across counterparties to reduce credit and liquidity risk.

Weather Risk

We are exposed to weather risk primarily from our regulated utility business. A large percentage of our utility margin is volume driven, and current rates are based on an assumption of average weather. In 2003, the OPUC approved a weather normalization mechanism for residential and commercial customers. This mechanism affects customer bills between December 1 through May 15 of each winter heating season, increasing or decreasing the margin component of customers’ rates to reflect gas usage based on “average” weather using the 25-year average temperature for each day of the billing period. The mechanism is intended to stabilize the recovery of our utility’s fixed costs and reduce fluctuations in customers’ bills due to colder or warmer than average weather. Customers in Oregon are allowed to opt out of the weather normalization mechanism. As of December 31, 2008, less than 10 percent of our Oregon customers had opted out. In addition to the Oregon customers opting out, our Washington residential and commercial customers account for approximately 10 percent of our total customer base and are not covered by weather normalization. The combination of Oregon and Washington customers not covered by a weather normalization mechanism is less than 20 percent of all residential and commercial customers.

68

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Table of Contents

		Page
1.	Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	70
2.	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	71
3.	Consolidated Financial Statements:
	Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	72
	Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007	73
	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	75
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	76
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	77
4.	Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)	114
5.	Supplementary Data for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
	Financial Statement Schedule
	Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves	115

Supplemental Schedules Omitted

All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included elsewhere in the financial statements.

69

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions involving company assets;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the Board of Directors; and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements or fraud. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of NW Natural’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on our assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that NW Natural maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this annual report.

/s/ Gregg S. Kantor

Gregg S. Kantor

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ David H. Anderson

David H. Anderson

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 27, 2009

70

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Northwest Natural Gas Company:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying table of contents present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northwest Natural Gas Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying table of contents presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for fair value measurements in 2008. As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans effective December 31, 2006.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Portland, Oregon

February 27, 2009

71

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Thousands, except per share amounts (year ended December 31)	2008		2007		2006
Operating revenues:
Gross operating revenues	$	1,037,855	$	1,033,193	$	1,013,172
Less: Cost of sales		656,568		639,150		648,156
Revenue taxes		25,072		25,001		24,840
Net operating revenues		356,215		369,042		340,176
Operating expenses:
Operations and maintenance		113,360		120,488		114,560
General taxes		26,660		25,288		24,419
Depreciation and amortization		72,159		68,343		64,435
Total operating expenses		212,179		214,119		203,414
Income from operations		144,036		154,923		136,762
Other income and expense - net		3,746		1,445		2,134
Interest charges - net of amounts capitalized		37,579		37,811		39,247
Income before income taxes		110,203		118,557		99,649
Income tax expense		40,678		44,060		36,234
Net income	$	69,525	$	74,497	$	63,415
Average common shares outstanding:
Basic		26,438		26,821		27,540
Diluted		26,594		26,995		27,657
Earnings per share of common stock:
Basic	$	2.63	$	2.78	$	2.30
Diluted	$	2.61	$	2.76	$	2.29

-------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

72

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Thousands (December 31)	2008			2007
Assets:
Plant and property:
Utility plant	$	2,142,988		$	2,052,161
Less accumulated depreciation		659,123			615,533
Utility plant - net		1,483,865			1,436,628
Non-utility property		74,506			67,149
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		9,314			7,904
Non-utility property - net		65,192			59,245
Total plant and property		1,549,057			1,495,873
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		6,916			6,107
Accounts receivable		81,288			69,442
Accrued unbilled revenue		102,688			78,004
Allowance for uncollectible accounts		(2,927	)		(2,890	)
Regulatory assets		147,319			17,598
Fair value of non-trading derivatives		4,592			2,903
Inventories:
Gas		86,134			71,079
Materials and supplies		9,933			8,865
Income taxes receivable		20,811			-
Prepayments and other current assets		24,216			25,569
Total current assets		480,970			276,677
Investments, deferred charges and other assets:
Regulatory assets		288,470			175,938
Fair value of non-trading derivatives		146			324
Other investments		54,132			54,070
Other		5,377			11,179
Total investments, deferred charges and other assets		348,125			241,511
Total assets	$	2,378,152		$	2,014,061

-------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

73

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Thousands (December 31)	2008			2007
Capitalization and liabilities:
Capitalization:
Common stock	$	336,754		$	331,595
Earnings invested in the business		296,005			266,658
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(4,386	)		(3,502	)
Total common stock equity		628,373			594,751
Long-term debt		512,000			512,000
Total capitalization		1,140,373			1,106,751
Current liabilities:
Notes payable		248,000			143,100
Long-term debt due within one year		-			5,000
Accounts payable		94,422			119,731
Taxes accrued		12,455			13,137
Interest accrued		2,785			2,827
Regulatory liabilities		20,456			61,326
Fair value of non-trading derivatives		136,735			14,829
Other current and accrued liabilities		36,467			29,794
Total current liabilities		551,320			389,744
Deferred credits and other liabilities:
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits		257,831			206,340
Regulatory liabilities		228,157			213,764
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities		138,229			41,619
Fair value of non-trading derivatives		21,646			3,758
Other		40,596			52,085
Total deferred credits and other liabilities		686,459			517,566
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 12)		-			-
Total capitalization and liabilities	$	2,378,152		$	2,014,061

-------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

74

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Thousands	Common Stock and Premium			Earnings Invested in the Business			Unearned Stock Compensation			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Shareholders’ Equity			Comprehensive Income
Balance at Dec. 31, 2005	$	383,805		$	205,687		$	(650	)	$	(1,911	)	$	586,931
Net Income		-			63,415			-			-			63,415		$	63,415
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of $52 of tax		-			-			-			(81	)		(81	)		(81	)
Change in non-qualified employee benefit plan liability, net of $232 of tax		-			-			-			(364	)		(364	)
Restricted stock amortizations		298			-			-			-			298
Dividends paid on common stock		-			(38,298	)		-			-			(38,298	)
Tax benefits from employee stock option plan		317			-			-			-			317
Stock-based compensation		555			-			-			-			555
Restricted stock reclassification		(650	)		-			650			-			-
Issuance of common stock		2,773			-			-			-			2,773
Common stock repurchased		(15,971	)		-			-			-			(15,971	)
Common stock expense		-			(30	)		-			-			(30	)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2006		371,127			230,774			-			(2,356	)		599,545		$	63,334
Net Income		-			74,497			-			-			74,497		$	74,497
Change in unrealized loss from price risk management activities		-			-			-			(41	)		(41	)		(41	)
Change in non-qualified employee benefit plan liability, net of $487 of tax		-			-			-			(1,232	)		(1,232	)		(1,232	)
Amortization of non-qualified employee benefit plan liability, net of ($81) of tax		-			-			-			127			127			127
Restricted stock amortizations		285			-			-			-			285
Dividends paid on common stock		-			(38,613	)		-			-			(38,613	)
Tax benefits from employee stock option plan		536			-			-			-			536
Stock-based compensation		2,094			-			-			-			2,094
Issuance of common stock		2,180			-			-			-			2,180
Common stock repurchased		(44,627	)		-			-			-			(44,627	)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2007		331,595			266,658			-			(3,502	)		594,751		$	73,351
Net Income		-			69,525			-			-			69,525		$	69,525
Change in unrealized loss from
price risk management activities		-			-			-			41			41			41
Change in non-qualified employee benefit plan liability, net of $731 of tax		-			-			-			(1,145	)		(1,145	)		(1,145	)
Amortization of non-qualified employee benefit plan liability, net of ($86) of tax		-			-			-			220			220			220
Restricted stock amortizations		275			-			-			-			275
Dividends paid on common stock		-			(40,178	)		-			-			(40,178	)
Tax benefits from employee stock option plan		282			-			-			-			282
Stock-based compensation		1,523			-			-			-			1,523
Issuance of common stock		3,079			-			-			-			3,079
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$	336,754		$	296,005		$	-		$	(4,386	)	$	628,373		$	68,641

-------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

75

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Thousands (year ended December 31)	2008			2007			2006
Operating activities:
Net income	$	69,525		$	74,497		$	63,415
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization		72,159			68,343			64,435
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits		50,192			(5,252	)		(16,440	)
Undistributed gains from equity investments		(667	)		(130	)		(191	)
Deferred gas costs - net		(45,291	)		38,665			20,752
Gain on sale of non-utility investments		(1,737	)		(1,544	)		(495	)
Income from life insurance investments		(2,190	)		(1,939	)		(2,609	)
Non-cash expenses related to qualified defined benefit pension plans		2,855			4,387			5,500
Deferred environmental expenditures		(8,179	)		(8,842	)		(6,675	)
Deferred regulatory costs and other		(9,347	)		(2,940	)		14,533
Changes in working capital:
Accounts receivable and accrued unbilled revenue - net		(36,493	)		22,029			(3,722	)
Inventories of gas, materials and supplies		(16,123	)		(1,816	)		8,033
Income taxes receivable		(20,811	)		-			13,234
Prepayments and other current assets		363			(6,528	)		2,952
Accounts payable		(24,540	)		5,841			(21,708	)
Accrued interest and taxes		(724	)		(8,190	)		8,511
Other current and accrued liabilities		5,729			7,059			(959	)
Cash provided by operating activities		34,721			183,640			148,566
Investing activities:
Investment in utility plant		(96,582	)		(93,785	)		(95,307	)
Investment in non-utility property		(7,416	)		(24,442	)		(1,773	)
Proceeds from sale of non-utility investments		7,531			2,628			2,517
Proceeds from life insurance		208			881			4,009
Contributions to non-utility equity investments		(7,450	)		(5,413	)		-
Other		(6,116	)		2,652			(13	)
Cash used in investing activities		(109,825	)		(117,479	)		(90,567	)
Financing activities:
Common stock issued, net of expenses		2,310			2,180			3,913
Common stock repurchased		-			(44,627	)		(15,971	)
Long-term debt issued		-			-			25,000
Long-term debt retired		(5,000	)		(29,500	)		(8,000	)
Change in short-term debt - net		117,751			43,000			(26,600	)
Cash dividend payments on common stock		(40,178	)		(38,613	)		(38,298	)
Other		1,030			1,739			581
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities		75,913			(65,821	)		(59,375	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		809			340			(1,376	)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		6,107			5,767			7,143
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	6,916		$	6,107		$	5,767
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	37,669		$	38,508		$	39,294
Income taxes paid	$	12,300		$	56,215		$	31,270

-------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

76

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Organization and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Northwest Natural Gas Company (NW Natural), which primarily consist of our regulated gas distribution business and our regulated gas storage business, which includes our wholly-owned subsidiary Gill Ranch Storage, LLC (Gill Ranch), and other investments and business activities, which primarily consist of our wholly-owned subsidiary NNG Financial Corporation (Financial Corporation) and an equity investment in a natural gas transmission pipeline (See Note 2).

In this report, the term “utility” is used to describe the gas distribution business and the term “non-utility” is used to describe the gas storage business and other non-utility investments and business activities (see Note 2). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated, except for transactions required by regulatory accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,” not to be eliminated.

Investments in corporate joint ventures and partnerships in which our ownership interest is 50 percent or less and over which we do not exercise control are accounted for by the equity method or the cost method.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates and changes would be reported in future periods. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used are reasonable.

Industry Regulation

Our principal businesses are the distribution of natural gas, which is regulated by the Oregon Public Utility Commission (OPUC), and Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission (WUTC), and gas storage services, which are regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and to a certain extent by the OPUC. Accounting records and practices of our regulated businesses conform to the requirements and uniform system of accounts prescribed by these regulatory authorities in accordance with SFAS No. 71. Our businesses are authorized by the OPUC, WUTC and the FERC to earn a reasonable return on invested capital.

In applying SFAS No. 71, we capitalize or defer certain costs and revenues as regulatory assets and liabilities pursuant to orders of the OPUC or WUTC issued to provide for recovery of revenues or expenses from, or refunds to, utility customers in future periods, including a return or a carrying charge.

77

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amounts deferred as regulatory assets and liabilities were as follows:

	Current				Non-Current
Thousands	2008		2007		2008		2007
Regulatory assets:
Unrealized loss on non-trading derivatives(1)	$	136,735	$	14,788	$	21,646	$	3,758
Income tax asset		-		-		69,948		68,649
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations(2)		8,074		1,912		113,869		27,152
Environmental costs - paid(3)		-		-		36,135		27,956
Environmental costs - accrued but not yet paid(3)		-		-		29,969		35,098
Other(4)		2,510		898		16,903		13,325
Total regulatory assets	$	147,319	$	17,598	$	288,470	$	175,938
Regulatory liabilities:
Gas costs payable	$	5,284	$	46,153	$	1,868	$	6,290
Unrealized gain on non-trading derivatives(1)		4,592		2,903		146		324
Accrued asset removal costs		-		-		223,716		204,886
Other(4)		10,580		12,270		2,427		2,264
Total regulatory liabilities	$	20,456	$	61,326	$	228,157	$	213,764

⁽¹⁾ An unrealized gain or loss on non-trading derivatives does not earn a rate of return or a carrying charge. These amounts, when realized at settlement, are recoverable through utility rates as part of the purchased gas adjustment mechanism.

⁽²⁾ Qualified pension plan and other postretirement benefit obligations are approved for regulatory deferral. Such amounts are recoverable in rates, including an interest component, when recognized in net periodic benefit cost (see Note 7).

⁽³⁾ Environmental costs are related to those sites that are approved for regulatory deferral. We earn the authorized rate of return as a carrying charge on amounts paid, whereas the amounts accrued but not yet paid do not earn a rate of return or a carrying charge until expended.

⁽⁴⁾ Other primarily consists of deferrals and amortizations under other approved regulatory mechanisms. The accounts being amortized typically earn a rate of return or carrying charge.

We believe that continued application of SFAS No. 71 for regulated activities is appropriate and consistent with the current regulatory environment, and that all regulated assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 will be recoverable or refundable through future utility rates. We annually review all regulatory assets for recoverability and more often if circumstances warrant. If we should determine that all or a portion of these regulatory assets or liabilities no longer meet the criteria for continued application of SFAS No. 71, then we would be required to write off the net unrecoverable balances against earnings.

New Accounting Standards

Adopted Standards

Fair Value Measurements. In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement indicates, among other things, that a fair value measurement assumes that a transaction to sell

78

an asset or transfer a liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value based upon an exit price model.

Relative to SFAS No. 157, the FASB issued FASB Staff Positions (FSP) 157-1, 157-2 and 157-3. FSP 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of the application of SFAS No. 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities except for those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP 157-3, issued and effective on October 10, 2008, clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 when relevant observable inputs in active markets are not available.

We adopted SFAS No. 157, FSP 157-1 and FSP 157-3 as of January 1, 2008, and adopted FSP 157-2 as of January 1, 2009. The adoption of these new accounting standards did not have, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities. In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which permits, but does not require, entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS No. 159 became effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We elected not to implement SFAS No. 159 because the majority of our assets and liabilities are regulated by the OPUC and the WUTC, both of which generally allow us to earn a reasonable return on invested capital based on original cost rather than current market value.

Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. On January 1, 2008, we adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards,” which provides the accounting requirements for recognizing income tax benefits received on dividends paid to employees holding equity-classified nonvested shares, equity-classified nonvested share units or equity-classified outstanding share options, and how these benefits are charged to retained earnings under SFAS No. 123R, “Share Based Payment.” The adoption of EITF 06-11 did not have, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Offsetting Amounts Related to Certain Contracts. On January 1, 2008, we adopted FSP FASB Interpretation No. FIN 39-1 (FSP FIN39-1), “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts.” FSP FIN 39-1 requires disclosure when a reporting entity offsets fair value amounts from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under master netting arrangements. Our disclosures on FSP FIN 39-1 are included in Note 11. The adoption and implementation of FSP FIN 39-1 did not have, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our financial statement disclosures.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities. In December 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140-4 and FIN 46R-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities,” effective immediately for periods ending after December 15, 2008. SFAS No. 140-4 and FIN 46R-8 require additional

79

disclosures related to the nature of, involvement in and judgments made when transferring assets or liabilities to variable interest entities. The adoption and implementation of SFAS No. 140-4 and FIN 46R-8 did not have, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our financial statement disclosures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Business Combinations. In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations.” This statement amends the principles and requirements for how an acquiror accounts for and discloses its business combinations. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Based on our preliminary assessment, this statement is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements. In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements.” This statement amends the reporting requirements of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 for noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries to improve the relevance, comparability and transparency of the financial information disclosed. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Based on the nature of this new statement and our current organizational structure, adoption of this statement is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which requires enhanced disclosures of derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for reporting periods beginning after November 15, 2008.

SFAS No. 161 will expand current disclosures by adding qualitative disclosures about our hedging objectives and strategies, fair value gains and losses, and credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The disclosures are intended to provide an enhanced understanding of:

• how and why we use derivative instruments;

• how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and its related interpretations; and

• how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The adoption of SFAS No. 161 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statement disclosures.

Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities. In June 2008, the FASB issued final FSP No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities.” This statement requires nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents on unvested share-based payment to be included in the computation of earnings per share under the two-class method. This statement will be effective for fiscal years beginning

80

after December 15, 2008. Based on our preliminary assessment, the adoption of FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Pensions. In December 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” which requires enhanced disclosures of plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plan. SFAS No. 132R-1 is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2009. The disclosures are intended to provide an enhanced understanding of:

• how investment allocation decisions are made;

• the major categories of plan assets;

• the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets;

• the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 input from SFAS No. 157) on changes in plan assets for the period; and

• significant concentration or risk within plan assets.

The adoption of SFAS No. 132R-1 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statement disclosures.

Plant and Property and Accrued Asset Removal Costs

Plant and property is stated at cost, including capitalized labor, materials and overhead (see Note 9). In accordance with SFAS No. 71, the cost of constructing utility plant and gas storage assets generally includes an allowance for funds used during construction (AFUDC). AFUDC represents the net financing cost during the period the funds are used for construction purposes (see “Allowance for Funds Used During Construction,” below). When gas storage assets under construction are expected to be subject to market based rates, then the cost of construction will include capitalized interest in accordance with GAAP, not regulatory AFUDC.

Our provision for depreciation of utility property is computed under the straight-line, age-life method in accordance with external engineering studies and as approved by regulatory authorities. The weighted average depreciation rate for plant in service was approximately 3.4 percent for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, reflecting the approximate average economic life of the property.

In accordance with long-standing industry practice, we accrue for future asset removal costs on many long-lived assets through a charge to depreciation expense allowed in rates and accumulate such amounts in regulatory liabilities. At the time removal costs are incurred, accumulated depreciation is charged with the costs of removal and the book cost of the asset. Our estimate of accumulated removal costs is based on rates using approved depreciation studies. No gain or loss is recognized upon normal retirement. In the rate setting process, the accrued asset removal costs are treated as a reduction to net rate base.

Allowance for Funds Used During Construction

Certain additions to utility plant include AFUDC, which represents the net cost of borrowed or other funds used during construction and is calculated using actual current interest rates and authorized rates for return on equity, if applicable. If borrowings are less than the total costs of

81

construction work in progress, then a composite rate of interest on all debt, shown as a reduction to interest charges, and a return on equity funds, shown as other income, is used to compute the AFUDC. While cash is not realized currently from AFUDC, it is realized in future years through increased revenues from rate recovery resulting from higher rate base and higher depreciation expense. Our composite AFUDC rates were 3.6 percent in 2008, 5.4 percent in 2007 and 4.7 percent in 2006.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and highly liquid temporary investments with original maturity dates of three months or less. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, book overdrafts of $1.0 million and $4.9 million, respectively, were included within accounts payable.

Revenue Recognition and Accrued Unbilled Revenues

Utility revenues, derived primarily from the sale and transportation of gas, are recognized when the gas is delivered to and received by the customer. Revenues include accruals for gas delivered but not yet billed to customers based on estimates of gas deliveries from meter reading dates to month end (accrued unbilled revenues). Accrued unbilled revenues are dependent upon a number of factors that require management’s judgment, including total gas receipts and deliveries, customer use by billing cycle and weather. Accrued unbilled revenues are reversed the following month when actual billings occur. Our accrued unbilled revenues at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $102.7 million and $78.0 million, respectively.

Utility operating revenues also include the recognition of a regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid. This revenue adjustment reflects an OPUC rule whereby we are required to implement a rate refund or a rate surcharge to utility customers. This automatic refund or surcharge is accrued based on the estimated difference between income taxes paid and income taxes authorized to be collected in rates for each tax year.

Non-utility revenues, derived primarily from gas storage services, are recognized as services are provided by the independent energy marketing company in accordance with our contractual agreement. Our current asset optimization agreement includes guaranteed amounts which are recognized pro-rata on a monthly basis over the contact term. See Note 2.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due for gas sales and transportation services to core utility customers, plus amounts due for gas storage services and other miscellaneous receivables. With respect to these trade receivables, including accrued unbilled revenues, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts (allowance) based on the aging of receivables, collection experience of current past due accounts including payment plans, and historical trends of write-offs as a percent of revenues. With respect to large individual customer receivables, a specific allowance is established and added to the general allowance when amounts are identified as unlikely to be partially or fully recovered. Inactive accounts are written-off against the allowance after they are 120 days past due or when deemed to be uncollectible. Differences between our estimated allowance and actual write-offs will occur based on changes in general economic conditions, customer credit issues and the level of

82

natural gas prices. Each quarter the allowance for uncollectible accounts is adjusted, as necessary, based on the most current information available.

Inventories

Inventories, which consist primarily of natural gas in storage for the utility, are generally stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value. The regulatory treatment of gas inventories provides for cost recovery in customer rates. All gas that is injected into storage is priced into inventory based on actual purchases. All gas that is withdrawn from inventory is charged to cost of gas during the current period at the weighted average cost of inventory. Material and supplies inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value.

Derivatives

In accordance with SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities,” and SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (collectively referred to as SFAS No. 133), we measure derivatives at fair value and recognize them as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the fair value of a derivative be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. SFAS No. 133 provides an exception for contracts intended for normal purchases and normal sales for which physical delivery is probable. In addition, certain derivatives contracts are approved by regulatory authorities for recovery or refund through customer rates. Accordingly, the changes in fair value of these contracts are deferred as regulatory assets or liabilities pursuant to SFAS No. 71. Derivatives contracts entered into for core utility customer requirements after the purchased gas adjustment (PGA) rate has been set are subject to the PGA incentive sharing mechanism. Under our PGA sharing mechanism in effect prior to November 1, 2008, 67 percent of the changes in fair value were deferred as regulatory assets or liabilities and the remaining 33 percent was recorded to the income statement for derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, and to Other Comprehensive Income for hedges that do qualify for hedge accounting. A modified PGA sharing mechanism was approved in Oregon, effective on November 1, 2008, under which we are required to select, by August 1 of each year, either an 80 percent deferral or 90 percent deferral of higher or lower gas costs such that the impact on current earnings from the gas cost sharing is either 20 percent or 10 percent, respectively. For the PGA year in Oregon beginning November 1, 2008, we selected the 80 percent deferral of gas cost differences. See Note 11.

Our financial derivatives policies set forth the guidelines for using selected financial derivative products to support prudent risk management strategies within designated parameters. Our objective for using derivatives is to decrease the volatility of earnings and cash flows and to prevent speculative risk. The use of derivatives is permitted only after the risk exposures have been identified, are determined to exceed acceptable tolerance levels and are considered to be unavoidable because they are necessary to support normal business activities. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes and we believe that any increase in market risk created by holding derivatives should be offset by the exposures they modify.

Fair Value

In accordance with SFAS No. 157, we use fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. When developing

83

fair value measurements, it is our policy to use quoted market prices whenever available, or to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when quoted market prices are not available. Fair values are primarily developed using industry-standard models that consider various inputs including: (a) quoted future prices for commodities; (b) forward currency prices; (c) time value; (d) volatility factors; (e) current market and contractual prices for underlying instruments; (f) market interest rates and yield curves; and (g) credit spreads, as well as other relevant economic measures. See Note 10.

Revenue Taxes

We account for revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental entities as a separate cost collected from customers for remittance to those governmental entities. Therefore, revenue taxes are accounted for as a cost of sale and presented separately on the income statement.

Income Tax Expense

NW Natural and its wholly-owned subsidiaries file consolidated federal and state income tax returns. Current income taxes are allocated based on each entity’s respective taxable income or loss and investment tax credits as if each entity filed a separate return. We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse (see Note 8).

SFAS No. 109 also requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences where regulators prohibit deferred income tax treatment for ratemaking purposes. We have recorded a deferred tax liability equivalent to $69.9 million and $68.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, to recognize future taxes payable resulting from transactions that have previously been reflected in the financial statements for these temporary differences. Regulatory assets or liabilities corresponding to such additional deferred income tax assets or liabilities may be recorded to the extent we believe they will be recoverable from or payable to customers through the ratemaking process. Pursuant to SFAS No. 71, a corresponding regulatory asset has been recorded which represents the probable future revenue that will result from inclusion in rates charged to customers of taxes which will be paid in the future. The probable future revenue to be recorded takes into consideration the additional future taxes which will be generated by that revenue. Amounts applicable to income taxes due from customers primarily represent differences between the book and tax basis of net utility plant in service and actual removal costs incurred.

Deferred investment tax credits on utility plant additions and leveraged leases, which reduce income taxes payable, are deferred for financial statement purposes and amortized over the life of the related plant or lease.

Other Income and Expense—Net

Other income and expense—net consists of income from company-owned life insurance, interest on deferred regulatory account balances and short-term debt cash investments, income

84

from equity investments, gain on sale of investments, non-operating expenses related to our proposed pipeline project and other miscellaneous income and expense from merchandise sales, rents, leases and other items.

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Gains from company-owned life insurance	$	2,190		$	1,939		$	2,609
Interest income		250			537			363
Income from equity investments		667			130			191
Net interest on deferred regulatory accounts		552			84			(177	)
Gain on sale of investments		1,737			1,544			-
Other		(1,650	)		(2,789	)		(852	)
Total other income and expense - net	$	3,746		$	1,445		$	2,134

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding each year. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential effects of the exercise of stock options and other stock-based compensation. Diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows:

Thousands, except per share amounts	2008		2007		2006
Net income	$	69,525	$	74,497	$	63,415
Average common shares outstanding - basic		26,438		26,821		27,540
Effect on shares from stock based compensation		156		174		117
Average common shares outstanding - diluted		26,594		26,995		27,657
Earnings per share of common stock - basic	$	2.63	$	2.78	$	2.30
Earnings per share of common stock - diluted	$	2.61	$	2.76	$	2.29

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 1,248 shares, 442 shares and 4,681 shares, respectively, represent the number of stock options which were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the effect was antidilutive.

2.          CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY OPERATIONS AND SEGMENT INFORMATION:

We operate in two primary reportable business segments, local gas distribution and gas storage. We also have other investments and business activities not specifically related to one of these two reporting segments which we aggregate and report as Other. We also refer to our local gas distribution business as the “utility,” and our “gas storage” and “other” business segments as “non-utility.” Our gas storage segment includes Gill Ranch, LLC (Gill Ranch), and our “other” segment includes our equity investment in a natural gas transmission pipeline and our Financial Corporation subsidiary.

Local Gas Distribution

Our local gas distribution segment is a regulated utility principally engaged in the purchase, sale and delivery of natural gas, including related services, to customers in Oregon and southwest Washington. As a regulated utility, we are responsible for building and maintaining a safe and reliable pipeline distribution system, purchasing sufficient gas supplies from producers

85

and marketers, contracting for firm and interruptible transportation of gas over interstate pipelines to bring gas from the supply basins into our service territory, and re-selling the gas to customers subject to rates, terms and conditions approved by the OPUC or by the WUTC. Gas distribution also includes taking customer-owned gas and transporting it from interstate pipeline connections, or city gates, to the customers’ end-use facilities for a fee, also approved by the OPUC or WUTC. Approximately 90 percent of our customers are located in Oregon and 10 percent are in Washington. On an annual basis, residential and commercial customers typically account for about 55 percent of our utility’s total volumes delivered and about 85 percent of gross operating revenues, while industrial customers account for about 45 percent of volumes and about 13 percent of gross revenues. The remaining 2 percent of gross operating revenues is derived from miscellaneous services and other regulatory charges.

Industrial customers we serve include: pulp, paper and other forest products; the manufacture of electronic, electrochemical and electrometallurgical products; the processing of farm and food products; the production of various mineral products; metal fabrication and casting; the production of machine tools, machinery and textiles; the manufacture of asphalt, concrete and rubber; printing and publishing; nurseries; government and educational institutions; and electric generation. No individual customer or industry group accounts for a significant portion of our revenues or margins.

Gas Storage

Our gas storage business segment includes natural gas storage services provided to interstate and intrastate customers in the Pacific Northwest using underground gas storage and pipeline facilities we own and operate. We also use an independent energy marketing company to provide asset optimization services for the utility under a contractual arrangement, the results of which are included in this business segment. For each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, this business segment derived a majority of its revenues from a few large storage customers who provide energy related services, including natural gas distribution, electric generation and energy marketing companies. Five storage customers currently account for over 90 percent of our existing contract storage capacity, with the largest customer accounting for about half of that total capacity. These five customers have contracts that expire at various dates through March 2015, with the largest customer’s contract expiring in March 2015.

Results for the gas storage segment include revenues, net of amounts shared with core utility customers, from a contract with an independent energy marketing company that optimizes the use of our utility assets when not needed to serve core utility customers. In Oregon, we retain 80 percent of the pre-tax income from these services when the costs of the capacity have not been included in utility rates, or 33 percent of the pre-tax income when the costs have been included in utility rates. The remaining 20 percent and 67 percent, respectively, are credited to a deferred regulatory account for crediting back to core utility customers. We have a similar sharing mechanism in Washington for revenue derived from storage and third party optimization.

In September 2007, we announced a joint project with Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E) to develop a new underground natural gas storage facility at Gill Ranch near Fresno, California. We formed a wholly-owned subsidiary of NW Natural to develop and operate the

86

facility. Gill Ranch Storage, LLC, will initially own 75 percent of the project, and PG&E will own 25 percent. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our investment balance in Gill Ranch was $13.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Other

We have non-utility investments and other business activities which are aggregated and reported as a business segment called “other.” Although in the aggregate these investments and activities are not material, we identify and report them as a stand-alone segment based on our current organizational structure and decision-making process because these business investments and activities are not specifically related to our utility or gas storage segments. This segment primarily consists of an equity method investment in a joint venture to build and operate an interstate gas transmission pipeline in Oregon (Palomar) and other pipeline assets in Financial Corporation. This segment also includes some operating and non-operating expenses of the parent company that cannot be charged to utility operations. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our investment balance in Palomar was $14.2 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The total cost estimate for the entire 217-mile pipeline, if constructed, is estimated to be between $700 million and $800 million, with our current 50 percent share estimated at between approximately $350 million and $400 million. Palomar has executed binding precedent agreements with shippers, including our own utility, for a majority of the current design capacity on the pipeline. These agreements also provide commitments of credit support to the project. Our maximum loss exposure related to Palomar at December 31, 2008 would be limited to our investment balance of $14.2 million less any commitments or credit support from third parties.

In April 2008, NW Natural sold its investment in a Boeing 737-300 aircraft for approximately $6.8 million total including accrued rents. We purchased the aircraft in 1987 and leased it to Continental Airlines for the entire time it was owned by NW Natural. As a result of the sale, we recognized an after-tax gain of $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2008. In 2007, we sold our limited partnership interest in two wind power electric generation projects in California for $2.1 million, which resulted in an after-tax net gain on sale of $0.9 million.

Financial Corporation holds certain non-utility financial investments, but its assets primarily consist of an active, wholly-owned subsidiary which owns a 10 percent interest in an 18-mile interstate natural gas pipeline. Financial Corporation’s total assets were $1.3 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

87

Segment Information Summary

The following table presents summary financial information about the reportable segments for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006. Inter-segment transactions are insignificant.

Thousands	Utility		Gas Storage		Other		Total
2008
Net operating revenues	$	337,596	$	18,459	$	160	$	356,215
Depreciation and amortization		70,690		1,469		-		72,159
Income from operations		128,957		14,943		136		144,036
Net income		58,739		8,363		2,423		69,525
Total assets at Dec. 31, 2008		2,289,601		72,073		16,478		2,378,152
2007
Net operating revenues	$	351,875	$	16,999	$	168	$	369,042
Depreciation and amortization		67,410		933		-		68,343
Income from operations		140,434		14,481		8		154,923
Net income		64,938		8,454		1,105		74,497
Total assets at Dec. 31, 2007		1,940,722		62,651		10,688		2,014,061
2006
Net operating revenues	$	327,267	$	12,761	$	148	$	340,176
Depreciation and amortization		63,552		883		-		64,435
Income from operations		126,366		9,870		526		136,762
Net income		56,653		5,982		780		63,415

3.          CAPITAL STOCK:

Common Stock

At the annual meeting of shareholders, held on May 22, 2008, our shareholders approved an amendment to our Restated Articles of Incorporation increasing the total number of authorized shares of common stock from 60 million to 100 million. At December 31, 2007, we had 60 million common shares authorized.

As of December 31, 2008, we had reserved for issuances 203,533 shares of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), 577,713 shares under our Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan and 1,318,810 shares under our Restated Stock Option Plan (Restated SOP).

In connection with the restatement of our Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective May 31, 2006, the par value of our common stock was eliminated. As a result, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, our “common stock” and “premium on common stock” account balances are reflected on the balance sheet as “common stock.”

Stock Repurchase Program

We have a share repurchase program for our common stock under which we purchase shares on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. We have Board authorization through May 2009 to repurchase up to an aggregate of 2.8 million shares, or up to $100.0 million. No shares of common stock were repurchased pursuant to this program in 2008. Since inception in 2000, a total of 2.1 million shares have been repurchased at a total cost of $83.3 million.

88

Summary of Changes in Common Stock

The following table shows the changes in the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006:

	Shares		Premium on common stock (thousands)
Balance, Dec. 31, 2005	27,579,296		$	296,471
Sales to employees	31,397			-
Exercise of stock options - net	68,548			285
Repurchase	(395,500	)		(1,461	)
Change to no-par common stock	-			(295,295	)
Balance, Dec. 31, 2006	27,283,741		$	-
Sales to employees	21,373			n/a
Exercise of stock options - net	75,850			n/a
Repurchase	(973,616	)		n/a
Balance, Dec. 31, 2007	26,407,348		$	-
Sales to employees	19,500			n/a
Exercise of stock options - net (1)	74,340			n/a
Repurchase	-			n/a
Balance, Dec. 31, 2008	26,501,188		$	-

⁽¹⁾ For further details, see Restated SOP in Note 4.

4.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:

We have the following stock-based compensation plans: the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP); the Restated SOP; the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP); and the Non-Employee Directors Stock Compensation Plan (NEDSCP). These plans are designed to promote stock ownership in NW Natural by employees and officers and, in the case of the NEDSCP, by non-employee directors.

Long-Term Incentive Plan. The LTIP is intended to provide a flexible, competitive compensation program for eligible officers and key employees. An aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock was authorized for grants under the LTIP as stock bonus, restricted stock or performance-based stock awards. Shares awarded under the LTIP may be purchased on the open market.

At December 31, 2008, 247,898 shares of common stock were available for award under the LTIP, assuming that performance based grants currently outstanding are awarded at the target level. The LTIP stock awards are compensatory awards for which compensation expense is recognized based on the fair value of performance-based stock awards earned, or a pro rata amortization over the vesting period for the outstanding awards of restricted stock.

Performance-based Stock Awards. Since the LTIP’s inception in 2001, performance-based stock awards have been granted annually based on three-year performance periods. At December 31, 2008, certain performance-based stock award measures had been achieved for

89

the 2006-08 award period. Accordingly, participants are estimated to receive 61,654 shares of common stock and a dividend equivalent cash payment equal to the number of shares of common stock received on the award payout multiplied by the aggregate cash dividends paid per share during the performance period. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we awarded 66,666 and 40,446 shares of common stock, respectively, for the 2005-07 and 2004-06 award periods, plus a dividend equivalent cash payment equal to the number of shares of common stock received on the award payout multiplied by the aggregate cash dividends paid per share during the performance period. During 2008, we accrued and expensed $0.5 million related to the 2006-08 performance-based stock award, and on a cumulative basis we accrued a total $2.0 million related to the 2006-08 performance period. In 2007 and 2006, we accrued and expensed $0.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to the 2005-07 and 2004-06 performance-based stock award periods, and on a cumulative basis we accrued a total of $2.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the aggregate number of performance-based shares granted and outstanding at the threshold, target and maximum levels were as follows:

Year Awarded	Performance Period	Performance Share Awards Outstanding
		Threshold	Target	Maximum
2007	2007-09	7,980	42,000	84,000
2008	2008-10	9,215	48,500	97,000
	Total	17,195	90,500	181,000

The threshold level estimates future payout assuming the minimum award payable is reached for each component of the formula in the LTIP. For each of these performance periods, awards will be based on total shareholder return relative to a peer group of gas distribution companies over the three-year performance period and on performance results achieved relative to specific core and non-core strategies. Compensation expense is recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, based on performance levels achieved and an estimated fair value using a Black-Scholes or binomial model. The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of unvested shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $14.73 and $25.45, respectively. The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of shares vested during the year was $38.40 and granted during the year was $10.89. In 2008, under these LTIP grants we accrued $1.0 million and expensed $0.9 million, while in 2007, we accrued $2.7 million and expensed $2.3 million and in 2006 we accrued and expensed $1.0 million.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards also have been granted under the LTIP. A restricted stock award was granted in 2004 consisting of 5,000 shares that will vest ratably over the period 2005-09, and a restricted stock award was granted in 2006 consisting of 6,500 shares that will vest ratably over the period 2007-09. A total of 8,334 restricted stock award shares were vested at December 31, 2008. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

Restated Stock Option Plan. A total of 2,400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Restated SOP. Options under the Restated SOP may be granted only to officers and key employees designated by a committee of our Board of Directors. All options are granted at an option price not less than the market value on the date of grant and may be exercised for a period not exceeding 10 years and 7 days from the date of grant. Option holders

90

may exchange shares they have owned for at least six months, at the current market price, to purchase shares at the option price. We use original issue shares upon exercise of options under the plan.

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions and outcomes:

	February 2008	September 2008	2007	2006
Risk-free interest rate	2.8%	3.0%	4.7%	4.5%
Expected life (in years)	4.7	4.7	6.2	6.2
Expected market price volatility factor	18.4%	18.4%	17.2%	22.8%
Expected dividend yield	3.5%	2.9%	3.2%	4.0%
Forfeiture rate	3.8%	3.9%	4.4%	3.3%
Weighted average grant date fair value	$5.34	$7.05	$7.66	$6.29
Present value of options granted	$37.95	$44.50	$33.38	$26.00

The expected life of the 2008 grants was calculated based on our actual experience with previously exercised option grants. The simplified formula for “plain vanilla” options was used in 2007 and 2006 to determine the expected life as defined and permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a life equal to the expected life of the options. Historical data was employed in order to estimate the volatility factor, measured on a daily basis, for a period equal to the duration of the expected life of the option awards. The dividend yield was based on management’s current estimate for dividend payout at the time of grant. We expense the total cost of stock option awards granted to retirement eligible employees at the date of grant in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and the retirement vesting provisions of our option agreements.

91

Information regarding the Restated SOP activity for the three years ended December 31, 2008 is summarized as follows:

			Price per Share
	Option Shares		Range	Weighted - Average Exercise Price		Intrinsic Value (In millions)
Balance outstanding, Dec. 31, 2005	308,500		$20.25 - 38.30	$	29.26		n/a
Granted	97,800		34.29		34.29		n/a
Exercised	(69,300	)	20.25 - 31.34		27.15	$	0.8
Forfeited	(3,000	)	31.34 - 34.29		32.52		n/a
Balance outstanding, Dec. 31, 2006	334,000		20.25 - 38.30		31.14		n/a
Granted	100,600		44.48		44.48		n/a
Exercised	(75,850	)	20.25 - 34.95		28.73		1.4
Forfeited	(1,000	)	44.48		44.48		n/a
Balance outstanding, Dec. 31, 2007	357,750		20.25 - 44.48		35.36		4.8
Granted	119,050		43.29 - 51.09		43.62		n/a
Exercised	(74,340	)	20.25 - 44.48		30.70		1.3
Forfeited	(6,050	)	26.30 - 44.48		41.56		n/a
Balance outstanding, Dec. 31, 2008	396,410		$20.25 - 51.09	$	38.62	$	2.3
Shares available for grant
Dec. 31, 2006							1,135,000
Dec. 31, 2007							1,035,400
Dec. 31, 2008							922,400

In the year ended December 31, 2008, cash of $2.3 million was received for option shares exercised and a $0.3 million related tax benefit was realized. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total fair value of options that vested was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008:

	Outstanding		Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Stock Options	Weighted- Average Remaining Life in Years	Stock Options		(In millions) Aggregate Intrinsic Value		Weighted- Average Exercise Price	Weighted- Average Remaining Life in Years
$20.25 - 51.09	396,410	7.47	167,410	$	1.8	$	33.77	6.04

As of December 31, 2008, there was $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested portion of outstanding stock option awards expected to be recognized over a period extending through 2011.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The ESPP allows employees to purchase common stock at 85 percent of the closing price on the trading day immediately preceding the initial offering date, which is set annually. Each eligible employee may purchase up to $24,000 worth of stock through payroll deductions over a 12-month period. We use original issue shares for shares purchased under the plan.

92

In accordance with SFAS No. 123R, stock-based compensation expense is recognized as operations and maintenance expense or is capitalized as part of construction overhead. The following table summarizes the allocations of stock-based compensation grants under our LTIP, Restated SOP and ESPP:

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Operations and maintenance expense, for stock-based compensation	$	1,598		$	2,986		$	2,304
Income tax effect		(623	)		(1,165	)		(898	)
Net stock-based compensation effect on net income	$	975		$	1,821		$	1,406
Amounts capitalized	$	282		$	479		$	407

Non-Employee Directors Stock Compensation Plan. In February 2004, the NEDSCP was amended to permit non-employee directors to receive stock awards either in cash or in stock. As a result of modifications to the directors’ compensation arrangements, the NEDSCP was further amended in September 2004 to eliminate any further awards, either in cash or stock, on and after January 1, 2005.

Prior to the September 2004 amendment to the NEDSCP, if non-employee directors elected to receive their awards in stock, approximately $100,000 worth of common stock was awarded upon joining the Board. These stock awards were subject to vesting and to restrictions on sale and transferability. The shares vested in monthly installments over the five calendar years following the award. On January 1 of each year following the initial award, non-employee directors who elected to receive their awards in stock were awarded an additional $20,000 worth of restricted stock, which vested in monthly installments in the fifth year following the award (after the previous award had fully vested). We hold the certificates for the restricted shares until the non-employee director ceases to be a director. Participants receive all dividends and have full voting rights on both vested and unvested shares. All awards vest immediately upon the death of a director or upon a change in control of the Company. Any unvested shares are considered to be unearned compensation, and thus are forfeited if the recipient ceases to be a director. The shares were purchased in the open market at the time of the award. At December 31, 2008, all shares were fully vested.

5.          COST AND FAIR VALUE BASIS OF LONG-TERM DEBT:

The issuance of first mortgage debt, including secured medium-term notes, under the Mortgage and Deed of Trust (Mortgage), is limited by eligible property, including property additions, adjusted net earnings and other provisions of the Mortgage. The Mortgage constitutes a first mortgage lien on substantially all of our utility property.

93

The maturities on the long-term debt outstanding for each of the 12-month periods through December 31, 2013 amount to: none in 2009; $35 million in 2010; $10 million in 2011; $40 million in 2012; and none in 2013. Holders of certain long-term debt have put options that, if exercised, would accelerate the maturities by $20 million in 2009.

Thousands (December 31)	2008		2007		2006
Medium-Term Notes
First Mortgage Bonds:
6.31 % Series B due 2007(1)	$	-	$	-	$	20,000
6.80 % Series B due 2007(2)		-		-		9,500
6.50% Series B due 2008(3)		-		5,000		5,000
4.11% Series B due 2010		10,000		10,000		10,000
7.45% Series B due 2010		25,000		25,000		25,000
6.665% Series B due 2011		10,000		10,000		10,000
7.13% Series B due 2012		40,000		40,000		40,000
8.26% Series B due 2014		10,000		10,000		10,000
4.70% Series B due 2015		40,000		40,000		40,000
5.15% Series B due 2016		25,000		25,000		25,000
7.00% Series B due 2017		40,000		40,000		40,000
6.60% Series B due 2018		22,000		22,000		22,000
8.31% Series B due 2019		10,000		10,000		10,000
7.63% Series B due 2019		20,000		20,000		20,000
9.05% Series A due 2021		10,000		10,000		10,000
5.62% Series B due 2023		40,000		40,000		40,000
7.72% Series B due 2025		20,000		20,000		20,000
6.52% Series B due 2025		10,000		10,000		10,000
7.05% Series B due 2026		20,000		20,000		20,000
7.00% Series B due 2027		20,000		20,000		20,000
6.65% Series B due 2027		20,000		20,000		20,000
6.65% Series B due 2028		10,000		10,000		10,000
7.74% Series B due 2030		20,000		20,000		20,000
7.85% Series B due 2030		10,000		10,000		10,000
5.82% Series B due 2032		30,000		30,000		30,000
5.66% Series B due 2033		40,000		40,000		40,000
5.25% Series B due 2035		10,000		10,000		10,000
		512,000		517,000		546,500
Less long-term debt due within one year		-		5,000		29,500
Total long-term debt	$	512,000	$	512,000	$	517,000

⁽¹⁾ Redeemed at maturity in March 2007.

⁽²⁾ Redeemed at maturity in May 2007.

⁽³⁾ Redeemed at maturity in July 2008.

No long-term debt was issued during 2008 and 2007. In 2006, we issued and sold $25 million of 5.15 percent Series B secured medium term notes due 2016. Proceeds from this sale were used, in part, to repay short-term debt and fund our ongoing utility construction program.

Because we elected not to implement SFAS No. 159, we do not adjust our long-term debt balance to fair value. The following table provides an estimate of the fair value of our long-term debt, using market prices in effect on the valuation date. Interest rates for debt with similar

94

credit ratings, terms and remaining maturities were used to estimate fair value for long-term debt issues.

	Dec. 31, 2008				Dec. 31, 2007
Thousands	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value(1)		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value(1)
Long-term debt including amounts due within one year	$	512,000	$	505,828	$	517,000	$	557,916

⁽¹⁾  This estimate is calculated net of commission fees.

6.          NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITIES:

Our primary source of short-term funds is from the sale of commercial paper notes payable. In addition to issuing commercial paper to meet seasonal working capital requirements, including the financing of gas purchases, gas inventories and accounts receivable, short-term debt is used temporarily to fund capital requirements. Commercial paper is periodically refinanced through the sale of long-term debt or equity securities. Our commercial paper program is supported by one or more committed credit facilities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amounts and average interest rates of commercial paper debt outstanding were $248.0 million and 1.6 percent and $143.1 million and 4.4 percent, respectively.

We have a multi-year $250 million syndicated credit agreement, pursuant to which we may extend commitments for additional one-year periods subject to lender approval. We extended commitments with six of the seven lenders under this credit agreement, with commitments totaling $210 million, to May 31, 2013. The credit agreement also allows us to request increases in the total commitment amount from time to time, up to a maximum amount of $400 million, and to replace any lenders who decline to extend the terms of the credit agreement. The credit agreement also permits the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to the applicable total borrowing commitment. Any principal and unpaid interest owed on borrowings under the credit agreement are due and payable on or before the expiration date, which is May 31, 2013 for all except one lender, which has a commitment amount totaling $40 million that is due and payable on or before May 31, 2012. Additionally, we entered into two committed bilateral bank lines of credit totaling $30 million in November 2008, of which $15 million expired December 31, 2008 and $15 million expired February 27, 2009. There were no outstanding balances under this credit agreement and no letters of credit issued or outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

The syndicated credit agreement requires that we maintain credit ratings with Standard & Poor’s (S&P) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) and notify the lenders of any change in our senior unsecured debt ratings by such rating agencies. A change in our debt ratings is not an event of default, nor is the maintenance of a specific minimum level of debt rating a condition of drawing upon the credit facility. However, interest rates on any loans outstanding under the credit facility are tied to debt ratings, which would increase or decrease the cost of any loans under the credit facility when ratings are changed.

The syndicated credit agreement also requires us to maintain a consolidated indebtedness to total capitalization ratio of 70 percent or less. Failure to comply with this covenant would entitle the lenders to terminate their lending commitments and accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding. We were in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2008 and

95

2007, with a consolidated indebtedness to total capitalization ratio of 54.7 percent, and 52.7 percent, respectively.

7.          PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS:

We maintain two qualified non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, several non-qualified supplemental pension plans for eligible executive officers and certain key employees, and other postretirement benefit plans for certain employees. Only the two qualified defined benefit pension plans have plan assets, which are held in a qualified trust to fund retirement benefits. Effective January 1, 2007, the qualified defined benefit plan and the postretirement welfare plans for non-bargaining unit employees were closed to new employees. Instead, non-bargaining unit employees hired or re-hired after December 31, 2006 are currently provided an enhanced Retirement K Savings Plan (RKSP) benefit. Benefits provided to bargaining unit employees under the Retirement Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees are not affected by these changes.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets, as applicable, for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans over the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and a summary of the funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets using measurement dates of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

	Postretirement Benefits
	Pension Benefits									Other Benefits
Thousands	2008			2007			2006			2008			2007			2006
Reconciliation of change in benefit obligation:
Obligation at January 1	$	260,561		$	269,410		$	267,854		$	22,186		$	22,436		$	20,398
Service cost		6,141			8,708			7,745			521			505			555
Interest cost		17,373			16,057			14,901			1,403			1,293			1,184
Benefits paid		(16,247	)		(15,924	)		(13,183	)		(1,259	)		(1,299	)		(1,015	)
Plan amendments		5			3,887			-			-			-			15
Change in assumptions		9,146			(23,916	)		(9,208	)		839			(645	)		133
Net actuarial (gain) or loss		4,291			2,339			1,301			173			(104	)		1,166
Liability transfer		(143	)		-			-			-			-			-
Obligation at December 31	$	281,127		$	260,561		$	269,410		$	23,863		$	22,186		$	22,436
Reconciliation of change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at January 1	$	241,417		$	236,518		$	218,555		$	-		$	-		$	-
Actual return on plan assets		(63,267	)		19,658			30,088			-			-			-
Employer contributions		1,211			1,166			1,058			1,259			1,298			1,015
Benefits paid		(16,247	)		(15,924	)		(13,183	)		(1,259	)		(1,298	)		(1,015	)
Fair value of plan assets at December 31	$	163,114		$	241,418		$	236,518		$	-		$	-		$	-
Funded status:
Funded status at December 31	$	(118,013	)	$	(19,143	)	$	(32,892	)	$	(23,863	)	$	(22,186	)	$	(22,436	)
Unrecognized transition obligation		-			-			-			1,646			2,058			2,469
Unrecognized prior service cost		6,963			8,212			5,512			1,669			1,866			2,063
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		116,239			20,995			45,862			2,525			1,514			2,288
Net amount recognized	$	5,189		$	10,064		$	18,482		$	(18,023	)	$	(16,748	)	$	(15,616	)

96

We adopted SFAS No. 158 effective December 31, 2006. Under SFAS No. 158, any actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations that were not recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) under common stock equity, net of tax, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. We consider the recognition of the underfunded status of the qualified defined benefit plans and postretirement benefit plans to be subject to regulatory deferral under SFAS No. 71. The unrecognized net gains and losses, prior service costs and transition obligations relating to our qualified defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans are recognized as regulatory assets. An estimated $8.1 million for the qualified plans, consisting of $6.2 million of actuarial losses, $1.5 million of prior service costs and transition obligations of $0.4 million, will be amortized from the regulatory asset account to net periodic benefit cost in 2009. The gains and losses, prior service costs and transition obligations related to our non-qualified supplemental pension plans are recognized in AOCI, net of tax, under common stock equity because these expenses are not the basis for regulatory recovery; however, these amounts are not material. In 2008, an estimated $0.4 million consisting of actuarial losses of $0.4 million and negligible prior service costs for the non-qualified plans were amortized from AOCI to net periodic benefit cost.

Our qualified defined benefit pension plans had an aggregate projected benefit obligation of $261.5 million, $243.1 million and $255.5 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and the fair value of plan assets was $163.1 million, $241.4 million and $236.5 million, respectively. Changes in valuation assumptions impact our projected benefit obligations. Benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 increased $7.4 million due to a decrease in our discount rate assumptions and increased by $5.0 million due to updating our mortality tables. The projected benefit obligations at December 31, 2007 decreased $23.9 million due to an increase in the discount rate assumptions and increased by $3.4 million due to an increase in the benefit payments for certain retirees. The combination of investment returns and future cash contributions by the company is expected to provide sufficient funds to cover all future benefit obligations of the plans.

An assumed discount rate was determined independently for each pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan based on the Citigroup Above Median Curve (discount rate curve) using high quality bonds (i.e. rated AA- or higher by Standard & Poor’s or Aa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service). The discount rate curve was then applied to match the estimated cash flows to reflect the timing and amount of expected future benefit payments for these plans.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was developed as a weighted average of the expected earnings for the target asset portfolio. In developing the expected long-term rate of return assumption, consideration was given to the historical performance of each asset class in which the plans’ assets are invested and the target asset allocation for plan assets.

Our investment strategy and policies for the qualified pension plan assets held in the Retirement Trust Fund were approved by our retirement committee, which is composed of senior management employees. The policies set forth the guidelines and objectives governing the investment of plan assets. Plan assets are invested for total return with appropriate consideration for liquidity and portfolio risk. All investments are expected to satisfy the requirements of the rule of prudent investments as set forth under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The approved asset classes are cash and short-term investments,

97

fixed income, common stock and convertible securities, absolute and real return strategies, real estate and investments in our common stock. Plan assets may be invested in separately managed accounts or in commingled or mutual funds. Re-balancing will take place periodically as needed, or when significant cash flows occur, in order to maintain the allocation of assets within the stated target ranges. Our expected long-term rate of return is based upon historical index returns by asset class, adjusted by a factor based on our historical return experience and active portfolio management by professional investment managers. The Retirement Trust Fund is not currently invested in any NW Natural securities.

Our pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the target allocation and expected long-term rate of return by asset category, are as follows:

	Percentage of Plan Assets Dec. 31,		Target Allocation	Expected Long-term Rate of Return
Asset Category	2008	2007
US Large Cap Equity	14.3%	18.1%	20%	8.50%
US Small/Mid Cap Equity	9.6%	13.1%	15%	9.50%
Non-US Equity	17.9%	24.9%	20%	8.75%
Fixed Income	21.2%	13.3%	15%	5.50%
Real Estate	11.3%	8.9%	8%	7.75%
Absolute Return Strategy	18.9%	16.3%	15%	9.00%
Real Return Strategy	6.8%	5.4%	7%	7.75%
Weighted Average				8.25%

Our non-qualified supplemental defined benefit pension plans’ benefit obligations were $19.6 million, $17.5 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These plans are not subject to regulatory deferral and the changes in actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations are recognized in AOCI under common stock equity, net of tax, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. Although the plans are unfunded plans with no plan assets due to their nature as non-qualified plans, we indirectly fund our obligations with company- and trust-owned life insurance.

Our plans for providing postretirement benefits other than pensions also are unfunded plans, but are subject to regulatory deferral. The gains and losses, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations for these plans were recognized as a regulatory asset. The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for those plans was $23.9 million, $22.2 million and $22.4 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Net periodic benefit cost consists of service costs, interest costs, the amortization of actuarial gains and losses, the expected returns on plan assets and, in part, on a market-related valuation of assets. The market-related valuation reflects differences between expected returns and actual investment returns, which are recognized over a three-year period from the year in which they occur, thereby reducing year-to-year net periodic benefit cost volatility.

98

The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost for the qualified and non-qualified pension and other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the assumptions used in measuring these costs and benefit obligations:

	Pension Benefits									Other Postretirement Benefits
Thousands		2008			2007			2006			2008		2007		2006
Service cost	$	6,141		$	8,708		$	7,745		$	521	$	505	$	556
Interest cost		17,373			16,057			14,901			1,403		1,293		1,184
Expected return on plan assets		(19,087	)		(18,490	)		(17,611	)		-		-		-
Amortization of transition obligations		19			-			-			411		411		411
Amortization of prior service costs		1,253			1,188			979			197		197		195
Amortization of net loss		385			2,123			3,520			-		25		1
Net periodic benefit cost	$	6,084		$	9,586		$	9,534		$	2,532	$	2,431	$	2,347
Assumptions for net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate		6.76%-6.87%			6.0%-6.05%			5.75%			6.56%		5.91%		5.75%
Rate of increase in compensation		3.5%-5.0%			4.0%-5.0%			4.0%-5.0%			n/a		n/a		n/a
Expected long-term rate of return		8.25%			8.25%			8.25%			n/a		n/a		n/a
Assumptions for funded status:
Discount rate		6.44%-6.72%			6.76%-6.87%			6.0%-6.05%			7.12%		6.56%		5.91%
Rate of increase in compensation		3.5%-5.0%			4.0%-5.0%			4.0%-5.0%			n/a		n/a		n/a
Expected long-term rate of return		8.25%			8.25%			8.25%			n/a		n/a		n/a

The assumed annual increase in trend rates used in measuring other postretirement benefits as of December 31, 2008 were 9.5 percent for medical and 11.5 percent for prescription drugs. Medical costs were assumed to decrease gradually each year to a rate of 5.0 percent by 2017, while prescription drug costs were assumed to decrease gradually each year to a rate of 5.0 percent by 2022.

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

Thousands	1% Increase		1% Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement health care benefit cost	$	51	$	(45	)
Effect on health care cost component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation	$	732	$	(646	)

99

The following table provides information regarding employer contributions and benefit payments for the two qualified pension plans, the non-qualified pension plans and the other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and estimated future payments:

Thousands
Employer Contributions by Plan Year		Pension Benefits		Other Benefits
2007	$	1,606	$	1,298
2008		1,645		1,259
2009 (estimated)		10,391		2,063
Benefit Payments
2006	$	13,183	$	1,015
2007		15,924		1,298
2008		16,247		1,259
Estimated Future Payments
2009	$	16,476	$	2,063
2010		17,030		2,096
2011		17,385		2,171
2012		18,293		2,101
2013		18,761		2,810
2014-2018		106,004		10,384

We make contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plans based on actuarial assumptions and estimates, tax regulations and funding requirements under federal law. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act) established new funding requirements for defined benefit plans. The Act establishes a 100 percent funding target for plan years beginning after December 31, 2008. However, a delayed effective date of 2011 may apply if the pension plan meets the funding targets of 92 percent in 2008, 94 percent in 2009 and 96 percent in 2010. Our qualified defined benefit pension plans are currently underfunded by $98 million at December 31, 2008, and we expect to make at least the minimum contribution required pursuant to the Act, which is currently estimated at $8 million. We plan to make an additional contribution during 2009, which could bring the total contribution in 2009 up to $40 million. We would need to make a total contribution in 2009 of at least $17 million to avoid any restrictions on benefit payments.

Our RKSP is a qualified defined contribution plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k). We also have non-qualified deferred compensation plans for eligible officers and senior managers. These plans are designed to enhance the retirement program of employees and to assist them in strengthening their financial security by providing an incentive to save and invest regularly. Our matching contributions to these plans totaled $2.1 million in 2008, $1.9 million in 2007, and $1.8 million in 2006. The RKSP includes an Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In addition, we make contributions on behalf of each union employee to the Western States Office and Professional Employees Pension Fund, a multi-employer plan. Our contributions totaled $0.4 million in 2008 and 2007 and $0.5 million in 2006.

100

8.          INCOME TAXES:

A reconciliation between income taxes calculated at the statutory federal tax rate and the provision for income taxes reflected in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

Thousands, except percentages	2008			2007			2006
Income taxes at federal statutory rate	$	38,571		$	41,495		$	34,877
Increase (decrease):
Current state income tax, net of federal tax benefit		4,100			4,566			3,655
Amortization of investment and energy tax credits		(646	)		(881	)		(994	)
Differences required to be flowed-through by regulatory commissions		(704	)		(704	)		(704	)
Gains on company and trust-owned life insurance		(767	)		(679	)		(913	)
Other - net		124			263			313
Total provision for income taxes	$	40,678		$	44,060		$	36,234
Federal statutory tax rate		35.0%			35.0%			35.0%
Increase (decrease):
Current state income tax, net of federal tax benefit		3.7%			3.9%			3.7%
Amortization of investment and energy tax credits		-0.6%			-0.7%			-1.0%
Differences required to be flowed-through by regulatory commissions		-0.6%			-0.6%			-0.7%
Gains on company and trust-owned life insurance		-0.7%			-0.6%			-0.9%
Other - net		0.1%			0.2%			0.3%
Effective tax rate		36.9%			37.2%			36.4%

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Current
Federal	$	(7,970	)	$	41,086		$	44,785
State		(437	)		7,764			7,836
		(8,407	)		48,850			52,621
Deferred
Federal		42,862			(4,107	)		(14,180	)
State		6,223			(683	)		(2,207	)
		49,085			(4,790	)		(16,387	)
Total provision for income taxes	$	40,678		$	44,060		$	36,234
Total income taxes paid	$	12,300		$	56,215		$	31,270

101

The following table summarizes the total provision (benefit) for income taxes for the regulated utility and other non-utility business segments for the three years ended December 31, 2007:

Thousands	2008			2007			2006
Regulated utility:
Current	$	(13,034	)	$	43,587		$	48,469
Deferred		48,790			(3,856	)		(14,810	)
Deferred investment and energy tax credits		(646	)		(713	)		(756	)
		35,110			39,018			32,903
Non-utility business segments:
Current		4,627			5,263			4,152
Deferred		941			(53	)		(583	)
Deferred investment and energy tax credits		0			(168	)		(238	)
		5,568			5,042			3,331
Total provision for income taxes	$	40,678		$	44,060		$	36,234

The following table summarizes the tax effect of significant items comprising our deferred income tax accounts for the two years ended December 31:

Thousands	2008			2007
Deferred tax liabilities:
Plant and property	$	183,462		$	159,506
Regulatory adjustment for income taxes paid		2,374			2,356
Regulatory income tax assets		69,948			68,649
Regulatory liabilities		8,145			478
Non-regulated deferred tax liabilities		426			249
Total		264,355			231,238
Deferred tax assets:
Regulatory assets		(4,335	)		(25,973	)
Unfunded pension and postretirement obligations		(2,709	)		(2,118	)
Non-regulated deferred tax assets		(471	)		-
Loss and credit carryforwards		(1,557	)		-
Total		(9,072	)		(28,091	)
Deferred income tax liabilities - net		255,283			203,147
Deferred investment tax credits		2,548			3,193
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits	$	257,831		$	206,340

We have determined that we are more likely than not to realize all recorded deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008.

102

The following is a reconciliation of the change in our deferred tax balance for the year ended December 31:

Thousands	2008
Deferred tax expense, above	$	49,731
Increase in differences required to be flowed-through		1,299
Decrease in minimum pension liability included in AOCI		(591	)
Decrease in deferred taxes associated with asset held for sale		1,698
Decrease in deferred investment tax credits		(646	)
Change in deferred income tax accounts	$	51,491

We calculate our deferred tax assets and liabilities under SFAS No. 109, whereby deferred income taxes are generally determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax provisions are not recorded in the income statement for certain temporary differences where regulators require that we flow through deferred income tax benefits or expenses in the utility ratemaking process.

On February 13, 2008, the Economic Stimulus Act (ESA) was enacted providing an additional first-year tax deduction for depreciation equal to 50 percent of the adjusted basis of “qualified property.” The extra 50 percent depreciation deduction in the first year is an acceleration of depreciation deductions that otherwise would have been taken in the later years of an asset’s recovery period. The accelerated depreciation provisions provided by the ESA is expected to expire at December 31, 2008. During 2008, we reduced income taxes currently payable by an estimated $13.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an estimated net operating loss (NOL) for federal and Oregon income tax purposes of $19.2 million and $23.8 million, respectively, primarily due to the effects of accelerated tax depreciation provided by the ESA. The federal NOL will be carried back to 2006 for a refund of taxes paid in prior years and the Oregon NOL will be carried forward to reduce future taxable income. We anticipate that we will be able to use all loss carryforwards in future years. The 2008 Oregon NOL will expire in 2023.

In July 2006, FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 requires the use of a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. First, a tax position should only be recognized when it is more likely than not, based on technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. Second, a tax position that meets the recognition threshold should be measured at the largest amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being sustained. We adopted FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, and had no material unrecognized tax benefits upon adoption or for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. As a result, no interest or penalties were accrued for unrecognized tax benefits during the year. The IRS has completed and closed its examination of the Company’s 2002, 2003 and 2004 tax years. The years after 2004 remain open to further examination by the IRS.

103

9.          PROPERTY AND INVESTMENTS:

The following table sets forth the major classifications of our utility plant and accumulated depreciation at December 31:

	2008					2007
Thousands, except percentages	Amount			Weighted Average Depreciation Rate		Amount			Weighted Average Depreciation Rate
Transmission and distribution	$	1,810,747		3.3	%	$	1,735,934		3.3	%
Utility storage		116,035		2.5	%		112,984		2.6	%
General		100,838		3.2	%		96,612		3.0	%
Intangible and other		77,650		9.0	%		71,044		8.8	%
Gas stored long-term		14,133		0.0	%		14,232		0.0	%
Utility plant in service		2,119,403		3.4	%		2,030,806		3.4	%
Construction work in progress		23,585					21,355
Total utility plant		2,142,988					2,052,161
Less accumulated depreciation		(659,123	)				(615,533	)
Utility plant-net	$	1,483,865				$	1,436,628

Accumulated depreciation does not include the accumulated provision for asset removal costs of $223.7 million and $204.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These accrued asset removal costs are reflected on the balance sheets as regulatory liabilities (see Note 1, “Plant and Property and Accrued Asset Removal Costs”).

The following table summarizes our investments in non-utility plant at December 31:

	2008					2007
Thousands, except percentages	Amount			Weighted Average Depreciation Rate		Amount			Weighted Average Depreciation Rate
Non-utility storage	$	60,515				$	54,083
Other		4,886					4,881
Non-utility plant in service		65,401		2.5	%		58,964		2.1	%
Construction work in progress		9,105					8,185
Total non-utility plant		74,506					67,149
Less accumulated depreciation		(9,314	)				(7,904	)
Non-utility plant - net	$	65,192				$	59,245

104

The following table summarizes other long-term investments, including financial investments in life insurance policies accounted for at fair value and equity investments in certain partnerships and joint ventures accounted for under the equity or cost methods, at December 31:

Thousands	2008		2007
Life insurance investments	$	35,427	$	46,294
Note receivable		518		518
Investment in gas pipeline joint venture		15,214		7,258
Other		2,973		-
Total other investments	$	54,132	$	54,070

Life Insurance Investment. We have invested in key person life insurance contracts to provide an indirect funding vehicle for certain long-term employee benefit plan liabilities. The amount in the above table is reported as cash surrender value, net of policy loans.

Investment in Gas Pipeline Joint Venture. A wholly-owned subsidiary of Financial Corporation, KB Pipeline Company, owns a 10 percent interest in an 18-mile interstate natural gas pipeline. Also, in 2007, we entered into an agreement with TransCanada’s Gas Transmission Northwest (GTN) for the purpose of designing, permitting, constructing and owning a pipeline that would connect GTN’s interstate transmission pipeline to our local gas distribution system to serve markets in Oregon and the western United States. As of December 31, 2008, our investment balance in Palomar was $14.2 million, primarily related to planning and permitting.

Variable Interest Entities. FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” provides guidance for determining whether consolidation is required for entities known as variable interest entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights or entities that do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit financing its activities without additional financial support. We currently have a variable interest in Palomar, which is accounted for as an equity investment and not consolidated as we are not the primary beneficiary. See Note 2.

10.        FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. As of December 31, 2008, we recorded our derivatives at fair value according to SFAS No. 157. As we elected not to implement SFAS No. 159, we did not measure our long-term debt at fair value (see Note 1).

In accordance with SFAS No. 157, we use the following fair value hierarchy for determining our derivative fair value measurements:

• Level 1: Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets;

• Level 2: Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market; and

105

• Level 3: Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability.

When developing fair value measurements, it is our policy to use quoted market prices whenever available, or to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when quoted market prices are not available. Derivative contracts outstanding at December 31, 2008 were measured at fair value using models or other market-accepted valuation methodologies derived from observable market data. These quoted prices are primarily industry-standard models that consider various inputs including: (a) quoted future prices for commodities; (b) forward currency prices; (c) time value; (d) volatility factors; (e) current market and contractual prices for underlying instruments; (f) market interest rates and yield curves; and (g) credit spreads, as well as other relevant economic measures.

In accordance with SFAS No. 157, we include nonperformance risk in calculating fair value adjustments. This includes a credit risk adjustment based on the credit spreads of our counterparties when we are in an unrealized gain position, or on our own credit spread when we are in an unrealized loss position. Our assessment of nonperformance risk is generally derived from the credit default swap market and from bond market credit spreads. The impact of the credit risk adjustments for all outstanding derivatives was immaterial to the fair value calculation at December 31, 2008.

The following table provides the fair value hierarchy of our derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008:

Thousands	Fair Value Measurements
Hierarchy	Description of Derivative Inputs	Fair Value, net
Level 1	Quoted prices in active markets	$              -
Level 2	Significant other observable inputs	(153,643)
Level 3	Significant unobservable inputs	-
		$(153,643)

11.        USE OF FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES:

We have entered into swaps, options and combinations of options for the purchase of natural gas and for the forecasted issuance of fixed-rate debt that qualify as derivative instruments under SFAS No. 133. We primarily use derivative financial instruments to manage commodity prices related to our natural gas requirements and to manage interest rate risk exposure related to our long-term debt issuances.

In the normal course of business, we enter into indexed-price physical forward natural gas commodity purchase (gas supply) contracts to meet the requirements of core utility customers. We also enter into financial derivatives, up to prescribed limits, to hedge price variability related to the physical contracts. Derivatives entered into prudently for future gas years prior to our annual PGA filing receive SFAS No. 71 regulatory deferral treatment. Derivatives contracts entered into for core utility customer requirements after the annual PGA rate has been set are subject to the PGA incentive sharing mechanism, whereby 80 percent of the changes in fair value are deferred as regulatory assets or liabilities and the remaining 20 percent is recorded to

106

the income statement for contracts not qualifying for hedge accounting and to Other Comprehensive Income for contracts qualifying for hedge accounting.

Certain natural gas purchases from Canadian suppliers are payable in Canadian dollars, including both commodity and demand charges, which expose us to adverse changes in foreign currency rates. Foreign currency forward contracts are used to hedge the fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates for our commodity and commodity-related demand charges paid in Canadian dollars. Foreign currency contracts for commodity costs are purchased on a month-to-month basis because the Canadian cost is priced at the average noon-day exchange rate for each month. Foreign currency contracts for demand costs have terms ranging up to 12 months. The gains and losses on the shorter-term currency contracts for commodity costs are recognized immediately in cost of gas. The gains and losses on the currency contracts for demand charges are not recognized in current income but are subject to a regulatory deferral tariff and, as such, are recorded as a regulatory asset or liability. These forward contracts qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133. The mark-to-market adjustment at December 31, 2008 was an unrealized loss of $0.4 million. This unrealized loss is subject to regulatory deferral and, as such, was recorded as a derivative liability, which is offset by recording a corresponding amount to a regulatory asset account.

In 2007, we entered into a 10-year, $50 million fixed-price forward starting interest rate swap contract to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the forecasted issuance of long-term debt. This interest rate swap is an effective cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133.

The unrealized mark-to-market value at December 31, 2008 for all derivative contracts outstanding was a total loss of $153.6 million consisting of the following: a $141.3 million unrealized loss on natural gas commodity hedge and derivative contracts, a $11.9 million unrealized loss on the interest rate swap contract and a $0.4 million unrealized loss on the foreign exchange forward contracts.

Derivative hedge contracts are subject to a hedge effectiveness test to determine the financial statement treatment of each specific derivative. As of December 31, 2008, all of our derivatives were effective economic hedges and either qualified or were expected to qualify for regulatory deferral, or hedge accounting treatment. We use the hypothetical derivative method under SFAS No. 133 to determine the hedge effectiveness of our interest rate swap which qualifies as a cash flow hedge. We extended the effective date of our interest rate swap from December 1, 2008 to April 1, 2009 which resulted in an ineffectiveness of $1.5 million. In accordance with SFAS No. 71, we have reclassified this amount from AOCI to regulatory assets. The ineffectiveness for all other derivative contracts is determined using the dollar offset method under SFAS No. 133. The effectiveness test applied to financial derivatives is dependent on the type of derivative and its use.

107

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the unrealized gains or losses from mark-to-market valuations of our derivative instruments were primarily recorded as regulatory liabilities or regulatory assets because the realized gains or losses at settlement are either included, or are expected to be included, in utility rates pursuant to regulatory deferral mechanisms. The estimated fair values of unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments outstanding, determined using a discounted cash flow model for swaps and a Black-Scholes model for options, were as follows:

	Fair Value Gains (Losses)
Thousands	Dec. 31, 2008						Dec. 31, 2007
	Current			Non-Current			Current			Non-Current
Natural gas commodity-based derivative instruments:
Natural gas commodity hedge contracts	$	(131,698	)	$	(9,588	)	$	(12,099	)	$	(2,104	)
Interest rate hedge contract		-			(11,912	)		-			(1,330	)
Foreign currency forward purchase contracts		(445	)		-			173			-
Total	$	(132,143	)	$	(21,500	)	$	(11,926	)	$	(3,434	)

In 2008 and 2007, we realized net gains of $35.1 million and net losses of $42.0 million, respectively, from the settlement of fixed-price natural gas financial swap contracts which were recorded as decreases and increases to the cost of gas, respectively. Realized losses in 2007 were offset by lower gas purchase costs from the underlying hedged item, which were floating rate physical supply contracts. The currency exchange rate in all foreign currency forward purchase contracts is included in our cost of gas at settlement; therefore, no gain or loss was recorded from the settlement of those contracts. There were no realized gains or losses on the interest rate swap during 2008.

As of December 31, 2008, all of our natural gas financial hedge contracts mature on or before October 2010. The maturity date on our interest rate swap contract is in April 2019.

12.        COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Lease Commitments

We lease land, buildings and equipment under agreements that expire in various years through 2095. Rental expense under operating leases was $4.7 million, $4.6 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The table below reflects the future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable leases at December 31, 2008. Such payments total $47.3 million for operating leases. The net present value of payments on capital leases less imputed interest was $1.2 million. These commitments relate principally to the lease of our office headquarters, underground gas storage facilities, vehicles and computer equipment.

Thousands	2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		Later years
Operating leases	$	4,129	$	4,127	$	4,080	$	4,230	$	4,268	$	26,501
Capital leases		599		461		163		21		-		-
Minimum lease payments	$	4,728	$	4,588	$	4,243	$	4,251	$	4,268	$	26,501

108

Gas Purchase and Pipeline Capacity Purchase and Release Commitments

We have signed agreements providing for the reservation of firm pipeline capacity under which we are required to make fixed monthly payments for contracted capacity. The pricing component of the monthly payment is established, subject to change, by U.S. or Canadian regulatory bodies. In addition, we have entered into long-term sale agreements to release firm pipeline capacity. We also enter into short-term and long-term gas purchase agreements. The aggregate amounts of these agreements were as follows at December 31, 2008:

Thousands	Gas Purchase Agreements		Pipeline Capacity Purchase Agreements		Pipeline Capacity Release Agreements
2009	$	229,804	$	84,798	$	4,128
2010		89,079		64,554		3,440
2011		34,835		64,175		-
2012		21,277		49,067		-
2013		21,277		41,602		-
2014 through 2028		17,731		87,826		-
Total		414,003		392,022		7,568
Less: Amount representing interest		7,698		27,861		56
Total at present value	$	406,305	$	364,161	$	7,512

Our total payments of fixed charges under capacity purchase agreements in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $85.7 million, $90.1 million and $69.2 million, respectively. Included in the amounts were reductions for capacity release sales of $5.0 million for 2008, $5.3 million for 2007 and $3.7 million for 2006. In addition, per-unit charges are required to be paid based on the actual quantities shipped under the agreements. In certain take-or-pay purchase commitments, annual deficiencies may be offset by prepayments subject to recovery over a longer term if future purchases exceed the minimum annual requirements.

Environmental Matters

We own, or previously owned, properties that may require environmental remediation or action. We accrue all material loss contingencies relating to these properties that we believe to be probable of assertion and reasonably estimable. We continue to study the extent of our potential environmental liabilities, but due to the numerous uncertainties surrounding the course of environmental remediation and the preliminary nature of several environmental site investigations, the range of potential loss beyond the amounts currently accrued, and the probabilities thereof, cannot be reasonably estimated. We regularly review our remediation liability for each site where we may be exposed to remediation responsibilities. The costs of environmental remediation are difficult to estimate. A number of steps are involved in each environmental remediation effort, including site investigations, remediation, operations and maintenance, monitoring and site closure. Each of these steps may, over time, involve a number of alternative actions, each of which can change the course of the effort. In certain cases, in addition to us, there are a number of other potentially responsible parties, each of which, in proceedings and negotiations with other potentially responsible parties and regulators, may influence the course of the remediation effort. The allocation of liabilities among the potentially responsible parties is often subject to dispute and can be highly uncertain. The events giving

109

rise to environmental liabilities often occurred many decades ago, which complicates the determination of allocating liabilities among potentially responsible parties. Site investigations and remediation efforts often develop slowly over many years. In addition, disputes may arise between potentially responsible parties and regulators as to the severity of particular environmental matters and what remediation efforts are appropriate. These disputes could lead to adversarial administrative proceedings or litigation, with uncertain outcomes.

To the extent reasonably estimable, we estimate the costs of environmental liabilities using current technology, enacted laws and regulations, industry experience gained at similar sites and an assessment of the probable level of involvement and financial condition of other potentially responsible parties. Unless there is a better estimate within this range of probable cost, we record the liability at the lower end of this range. It is likely that changes in these estimates will occur throughout the remediation process for each of these sites due to uncertainty concerning our responsibility, the complexity of environmental laws and regulations and the selection of compliance alternatives. The status of each of the sites currently under investigation is provided below.

Gasco site. We own property in Multnomah County, Oregon that is the site of a former gas manufacturing plant that was closed in 1956 (the Gasco site). The Gasco site has been under investigation by us for environmental contamination under the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality’s (ODEQ) Voluntary Clean-Up Program. In June 2003, we filed a Feasibility Scoping Plan and an Ecological and Human Health Risk Assessment with the ODEQ, which outlined a range of remedial alternatives for the most contaminated portion of the Gasco site. In May 2007, we completed a revised Upland Remediation Investigation Report and submitted it to the ODEQ for review. In November 2007 we submitted a Focused Feasiblity Study to DEQ for groundwater source control. We have a net liability accrued of $20.1 million at December 31, 2008 for the Gasco site, which is estimated at the low end of the range of potential liability because no amount within the range is considered to be more likely than another and the high end of the range cannot reasonably be estimated.

Siltronic site. We previously owned property adjacent to the Gasco site that now is the location of a manufacturing plant owned by Siltronic Corporation (the Siltronic site). We are currently implementing an investigation of manufactured gas plant wastes on the uplands at this site for the DEQ. The net liability accrued at December 31, 2008 for the Siltronic site is $1.0 million, which is at the low end of the range of potential liability because no amount within the range is considered to be more likely than another and the high end of the range cannot reasonably be estimated.

Portland Harbor site. In 1998, the ODEQ and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) completed a study of sediments in a 5.5-mile segment of the Willamette River (Portland Harbor) that includes the area adjacent to the Gasco and Siltronic sites. The Portland Harbor was listed by the EPA as a Superfund site in 2000 and we were notified that we are a potentially responsible party. We then joined with other potentially responsible parties, referred to as the Lower Willamette Group, to fund environmental studies in the Portland Harbor. Subsequently, the EPA approved a Programmatic Work Plan, Field Sampling Plan and Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Portland Harbor Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS), completion of which is currently expected in 2010. The EPA and the Lower Willamette Group are conducting focused studies on approximately nine miles of the lower Willamette River, including the 5.5-mile segment previously studied by the EPA. In 2008, we received a

110

revised estimate and updated our estimate for additional expenditures related to RI/FS development and environmental remediation. In August 2008, we signed a cooperative agreement to participate in a phased natural resource damage assessment, with the intent to identify what, if any, additional information is necessary to estimate further liabilities sufficient to support an early restoration-based settlement of natural resource damage claims. As of December 31, 2008, we have a net liability accrued of $13.2 million for this site, which is at the low end of the range of the potential liability because no amount within the range is considered to be more likely than another and the high end of the range cannot reasonably be estimated.

In April 2004, we entered into an Administrative Order on Consent providing for early action removal of a deposit of tar in the river sediments adjacent to the Gasco site. We completed the removal of the tar deposit in the Portland Harbor in October 2005, and on November 5, 2005 the EPA approved the completed project. The total cost of removal, including technical work, oversight, consultant fees, legal fees and ongoing monitoring, was about $10.8 million. To date, we have paid $10.1 million on work related to the removal of the tar deposit. As of December 31, 2008, we have a net liability accrued of $0.7 million for our estimate of ongoing costs related to the tar deposit removal.

Central Service Center site. In 2006, we received notice from the ODEQ that our Central Service Center in southeast Portland (the Central Service Center site) was assigned a high priority for further environmental investigation. Previously there were three manufactured gas storage tanks on the premises. The ODEQ believes there could be site contamination associated with releases of condensate from stored manufactured gas as a result of historic gas handling practices. In the early 1990s, we excavated waste piles and much of the contaminated surface soils and removed accessible waste from some of the abandoned piping. In early 2007, we received notice that this site was added to the ODEQ’s list of sites where releases of hazardous substances have been confirmed and its list where additional investigation or cleanup is necessary. We are currently performing an environmental investigation of the property with the ODEQ’s Independent Cleanup Pathway. As of December 31, 2008, we have recorded an estimated liability of $0.5 million for investigation at this site. The estimate is at the low end of the range of potential liability because no amount within the range is considered to be more likely than another and the high end of the range cannot reasonably be estimated.

Front Street site. The Front Street site was the former location of a gas manufacturing plant we operated. Although it is outside the geographic scope of the current Portland Harbor site sediment studies, the EPA directed the Lower Willamette Group to collect a series of surface and subsurface sediment samples off the river bank adjacent to where that facility was located. Based on the results of that sampling, the EPA notified the Lower Willamette Group that additional sampling would be required. As the Front Street site is upstream from the Portland Harbor site, the EPA agreed that it could be managed separately from the Portland Harbor site under ODEQ authority. As of December 31, 2008, we accrued an estimated liability of $0.3 million for the study of the site, which will include investigation of sediments and provide a report of historical upland activities. The estimate is at the low end of the range of potential liability because no amount within the range is considered to be more likely than another and the high end of the range cannot reasonably be estimated.

111

Oregon Steel Mills site. See “Legal Proceedings,” below.

Accrued Liabilities Relating to Environmental Sites. The following table summarizes the accrued liabilities relating to environmental sites at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

	Current Liabilities				Non-Current Liabilities
Thousands		2008		2007		2008		2007
Gasco	$	6,012	$	6,901	$	14,071	$	14,342
Siltronic		682		-		332		1,540
Portland Harbor		277		-		13,642		14,821
Central Service Center		-		-		526		529
Front Street		-		-		294		2
Other		-		-		80		165
Total	$	6,971	$	6,901	$	28,945	$	31,399

Regulatory and Insurance Recovery for Environmental Costs. In May 2003, the OPUC approved our request to defer unreimbursed environmental costs associated with certain named sites, including those described above. Beginning in 2006, the OPUC authorized us to accrue interest on deferred environmental cost balances, subject to an annual demonstration that we have maximized our insurance recovery or made substantial progress in securing insurance recovery for unrecovered environmental expenses. Through a series of extensions, this authorization has been extended through January 25, 2009. We have requested another extension through January 2010, and that request is currently pending.

On a cumulative basis, we have recognized a total of $70.9 million for environmental costs, including legal, investigation, monitoring and remediation costs. Of this total, $35.0 million has been spent to date and $35.9 million is recorded as an outstanding liability. At December 31, 2008, we had a regulatory asset of $66.1 million, which includes $30.1 million of total paid expenditures to date, $30.0 million for additional environmental costs expected to be paid in the future and accrued interest of $6.0 million. We believe the recovery of these deferred charges is probable through the regulatory process. We intend to pursue recovery of an insurance receivable and environmental regulatory deferrals from insurance carriers under our general liability insurance policies, and the regulatory asset will be reduced by the amount of any corresponding insurance recoveries. We consider insurance recovery of most of our environmental costs probable based on a combination of factors including: a review of the terms of our insurance policies; the financial condition of the insurance companies providing coverage; a review of successful claims filed by other utilities with similar gas manufacturing facilities; and Oregon law that allows an insured party to seek recovery of “all sums” from one insurance company. We have initiated settlement discussions with a majority of our insurers but continue to anticipate that our overall insurance recovery effort will extend over several years.

112

As such we have classified our regulatory assets for environmental cost deferrals as non-current. The following table summarizes the non-current regulatory assets relating to environmental sites at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

	Non-Current Regulatory Assets
Thousands		2008		2007
Gasco	$	30,707	$	29,042
Siltronic		2,327		2,227
Portland Harbor		31,791		30,869
Central Service Center		545		545
Front Street		338		1
Other		396		370
Total	$	66,104	$	63,054

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the final outcome of any of these legal proceedings, including the matter described below, cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that the ultimate disposition of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Oregon Steel Mills site. In 2004, NW Natural was served with a third-party complaint by the Port of Portland (Port) in a Multnomah County Circuit Court case, Oregon Steel Mills, Inc. v. The Port of Portland. The Port alleges that in the 1940s and 1950s petroleum wastes generated by our predecessor, Portland Gas & Coke Company, and 10 other third-party defendants were disposed of in a waste oil disposal facility operated by the United States or Shaver Transportation Company on property then owned by the Port and now owned by Oregon Steel Mills. The complaint seeks contribution for unspecified past remedial action costs incurred by the Port regarding the former waste oil disposal facility as well as a declaratory judgment allocating liability for future remedial action costs. No date has been set for trial and discovery is ongoing. We do not expect that the ultimate disposition of this matter will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

113

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

	Quarter ended
Thousands, except per share amounts	March 31		June 30		Sept. 30			Dec. 31		Total
2008
Operating revenues	$	387,694	$	191,254	$	109,702		$	349,205	$	1,037,855
Net operating revenues		132,423		62,572		43,549			117,671		356,215
Net income (loss)		43,168		3,297		(10,120	)		33,180		69,525
Basic earnings (loss) per share		1.63		0.12		(0.38	)		1.25		2.63	(1)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		1.63		0.12		(0.38	)		1.25		2.61	(1)
2007
Operating revenues	$	394,091	$	183,249	$	124,245		$	331,608	$	1,033,193
Net operating revenues		139,008		64,118		49,663			116,253		369,042
Net income (loss)		48,075		2,617		(5,908	)		29,713		74,497
Basic earnings (loss) per share		1.77		0.10		(0.22	)		1.12		2.78	(1)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		1.76		0.10		(0.22	)		1.11		2.76	(1)

⁽¹⁾ Quarterly earnings (loss) per share are based upon the average number of common shares outstanding during each quarter. Because the average number of shares outstanding has changed in each quarter shown, the sum of quarterly earnings (loss) per share may not equal earnings per share for the year. Variations in earnings between quarterly periods are due primarily to the seasonal nature of our business.

114

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

COLUMN A	COLUMN B		COLUMN C				COLUMN D		COLUMN E
	Balance at beginning of period		Additions				Deductions		Balance at end of period
			Charged to costs and expenses		Charged to other accounts		Net Write-offs
Thousands (year ended Dec. 31)
2008
Reserves deducted in balance sheet from assets to which they apply:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	2,890	$	3,145	$	-	$	3,108	$	2,927
2007
Reserves deducted in balance sheet from assets to which they apply:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	3,033	$	2,978	$	-	$	3,121	$	2,890
2006
Reserves deducted in balance sheet from assets to which they apply:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	3,067	$	3,036	$	-	$	3,070	$	3,033

115

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has completed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us and included in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. The statements contained in Exhibit 31.1 and Exhibit 31.2 should be considered in light of, and read together with, the information set forth in this Item 9A.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appear under Item 8.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

116

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information concerning our Board of Directors, its Committees and the Audit Committee financial expert contained in NW Natural’s definitive Proxy Statement for the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference. The information concerning “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference.

Name	Age at Dec. 31, 2008	Positions held during last five years
Mark S. Dodson	63	Chief Executive Officer (2007-2008); President and Chief Executive Officer (2003-2007).
Gregg S. Kantor	51	President and Chief Executive Officer (2009-    ); President and Chief Operating Officer (2007 - 2008); Executive Vice President (2006-2007); Senior Vice President, Public and Regulatory Affairs (2003-2006).
David H. Anderson	47	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2004- ); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, TXU Gas Company (2004); Senior Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer and Controller TXU Corp. (2003-2004).
Margaret D. Kirkpatrick	54	Vice President and General Counsel (2005-    ); Partner, Stoel Rives LLP (1991- 2005).
Lea Anne Doolittle	53	Senior Vice President (2008-    ); Vice President, Human Resources (2000-2007).
J. Keith White	55	Vice President, Business Development and Energy Supply (2007-    ); Managing Director, Gas Operations and Wholesale Services (2005-2006); Managing Director and Chief Strategic Officer (2003-2005).
David R. Williams	55	Vice President, Utility Services (2007-    ); Director, Acquire Customers (2006); Director, Gas Operations (2005-2006); General Manager, Utility Operations (1999-2004).
Grant M. Yoshihara	53	Vice President, Utility Operations (2007-    ); Managing Director, Utility Services (2005-2006); General Manager, Consumer Services (2003-2004).
C. Alex Miller	51	Vice President, Finance and Regulation (2009-        ); General Manager of Rates and Regulatory Affairs (2002-2009).
Stephen P. Feltz	53	Treasurer and Controller (1999-    ).
MardiLyn Saathoff	52	Chief Governance Officer and Corporate Secretary (2008-    ); Chief Compliance Officer and Assistant General Counsel, Tektronix, Inc. (2005-2008); General Counsel to Oregon Governor Kulongoski and Business and Economic Development Advisor (2003-2005).

Each executive officer serves successive annual terms; present terms end on May 28, 2009. There are no family relationships among our executive officers, directors or any person chosen to become one of our officers or directors.

117

NW Natural has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer, and a Financial Code of Ethics that applies to senior financial employees, both of which are available on our website at www.nwnatural.com. We intend to disclose on our website at www.nwnatural.com any amendments to or waivers of our Code of Ethics for executive officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information concerning “Executive Compensation” and “Report of the Organization and Executive Compensation Committee on Executive Management Compensation” contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference. Information related to Executive Officers as of December 31, 2008 is reflected in Part III, Item  10, above.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation plans under which equity securities of NW Natural are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2008 (see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements):

	(a)	(b)		(c)
Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (Target Award)1	75,000		n/a	247,898
Restated Stock Option Plan	396,410	$	38.62	922,400
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	15,119	$	43.25	188,414
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (EDCP)2	6,300		n/a	n/a
Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (DDCP)2	72,767		n/a	n/a
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives (DCP)3	47,617		n/a	n/a
Non-Employee Directors Stock Compensation Plan4	n/a		n/a	n/a
Total	613,213			1,358,712

The information captioned “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Directors and Executive Officers” contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

118

¹ Shares issued pursuant to the LTIP do not include an exercise price, but are payable when the award criteria are satisfied. If the maximum awards were paid pursuant to the performance-based awards outstanding at December 31, 2008, the number of shares shown in column (a) would increase by 71,834 shares and the number of shares shown in column (c) would decrease by 71,834 shares.

² Prior to January 1, 2005, deferred amounts were credited, at the participant’s election, to either a “cash account” or a “stock account.” If deferred amounts were credited to stock accounts, such accounts were credited with a number of shares of NW Natural common stock based on the purchase price of the common stock on the next purchase date under our Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan, and such accounts were credited with additional shares based on the deemed reinvestment of dividends. Cash accounts are credited quarterly with interest at a rate equal to Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield plus two percentage points, subject to a six percent minimum rate. At the election of the participant, deferred balances in the stock accounts are payable after termination of Board service or employment in a lump sum, in installments over a period not to exceed 10 years in the case of the DDCP, or 15 years in the case of the EDCP, or in a combination of lump sum and installments. We have contributed common stock to the trustee of the Umbrella Trusts such that the Umbrella Trusts hold approximately the number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares credited to all participants’ stock accounts.

³ Effective January 1, 2005, the EDCP and DDCP were replaced by the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives (DCP). The DCP continues the basic provisions of the EDCP and DDCP under which deferred amounts are credited to either a “cash account” or a “stock account.” Stock accounts represent a right to receive shares of NW Natural common stock on a deferred basis, and such accounts are credited with additional shares based on the deemed reinvestment of dividends. Effective January 1, 2007, cash accounts are credited quarterly with interest at a rate equal to Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield. Our obligation to pay deferred compensation in accordance with the terms of the DCP will generally become due on retirement, death, or other termination of service, and will be paid in a lump sum or in installments of five or 10 years as elected by the participant in accordance with the terms of the DCP. We have contributed common stock to the trustee of the Supplemental Trust such that this trust holds approximately the number of common shares equal to the number of shares credited to all participates’ stock accounts. The right of each participant in the DCP is that of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company.

⁴ The material features of this plan are more particularly described in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information captioned “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the May  28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information captioned “2008 and 2007 Audit Firm Fees” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference.

119

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. A list of all Financial Statements and Supplemental Schedules is incorporated by reference to Item 8.

2. List of Exhibits filed:

Reference is made to the Exhibit Index commencing on page 123.

120

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY
Date: February 27, 2009	By:	/s/ Gregg S. Kantor
		Gregg S. Kantor,         President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE		DATE
/s/ Gregg S. Kantor	Principal Executive Officer and Director		February 27, 2009
Gregg S. Kantor President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ David H. Anderson	Principal Financial Officer		February 27, 2009
David H. Anderson Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Stephen P. Feltz	Principal Accounting Officer		February 27, 2009
Stephen P. Feltz Treasurer and Controller
/s/ Timothy P. Boyle Timothy P. Boyle	Director	) ) )
/s/ Martha L. Byorum Martha L. Byorum	Director	) ) )
/s/ John D. Carter John D. Carter	Director	) ) )
/s/ Mark S. Dodson Mark S. Dodson	Director	) ) )	February 27, 2009
/s/ C. Scott Gibson C. Scott Gibson	Director	) ) )
/s/ Tod R. Hamachek Tod R. Hamachek	Director	) ) )
/s/ Jane L. Peverett Jane L. Peverett	Director	) ) )
/s/ George J. Puentes George J. Puentes	Director	) ) )
/s/ Kenneth Thrasher Kenneth Thrasher	Director	) ) )
/s/ Russell F. Tromley Russell F. Tromley	Director	) )

121

EXHIBIT INDEX

To

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For Fiscal Year Ended

December 31, 2008

Exhibit Number	Document
*3a.	Restated Articles of Incorporation, as filed and effective May 31, 2006 and amended June 3, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3a. to Form 10-K for 2006, File No. 1-15973).
*3b.	Bylaws as amended May 24, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K dated May 29, 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*4a.	Copy of Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated as of July 1, 1946, to Bankers Trust and R. G. Page (to whom Stanley Burg is now successor), Trustees (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 7(j) in File No. 2-6494); and copies of Supplemental Indentures Nos. 1 through 14 to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated respectively, as of June 1, 1949, March 1, 1954, April 1, 1956, February 1, 1959, July 1, 1961, January 1, 1964, March 1, 1966, December 1, 1969, April 1, 1971, January 1, 1975, December 1, 1975, July 1, 1981, June 1, 1985 and November 1, 1985 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(d) in File No. 33-1929); Supplemental Indenture No. 15 to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated as of July 1, 1986 (filed as Exhibit 4(c) in File No. 33-24168); Supplemental Indentures Nos. 16, 17 and 18 to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated, respectively, as of November 1, 1988, October 1, 1989 and July 1, 1990 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(c) in File No. 33-40482); Supplemental Indenture No. 19 to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated as of June 1, 1991 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(c) in File No. 33-64014); and Supplemental Indenture No. 20 to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated as of June 1, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(c) in File No. 33-53795).
*4d.	Copy of Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1991, between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, Trustee, relating to the Company’s Unsecured Medium-Term Notes (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(e) in File No. 33-64014).
*4e.	Officers’ Certificate dated June 12, 1991 creating Series A of the Company’s Unsecured Medium-Term Notes (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4e. to Form 10-K for 1993, File No. 0-994).
*4f.	Officers’ Certificate dated June 18, 1993 creating Series B of the Company’s Unsecured Medium-Term Notes (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4f. to Form 10-K for 1993, File No. 0-994).
*4f.(1)	Officers’ Certificate dated January 17, 2003 relating to Series B of the Company’s Unsecured Medium-Term Notes and supplementing the Officers’ Certificate dated June 18, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4f.(1) to Form 10-K for 2002, File No. 0-994).

122

*4i.	Form of Credit Agreement between Northwest Natural Gas Company and the banks that are party thereto, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, dated as of May 31, 2007, including Form of Note (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated June 1, 2007, File No. 1-15973).
4i.(1)	Form of Letter Agreement, between each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., U.S. Bank National Association, UBS Loan Finance LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Merrill Lynch Bank USA, dated as of April 29, 2008, extending the Credit Agreement between Northwest Natural Gas Company and each financial institutions with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
*4k.	Form of Secured Medium-Term Notes, Series B (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated October 4, 2004, File No. 1-15973).
*4m.	Distribution Agreement, dated September 28, 2004, as amended and restated on December 7, 2006, among the Company, Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4j. to Form 10-K for 2006, File No. 1-5973).
*4l.	Form of Unsecured Medium-Term Notes, Series B (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K dated October 4, 2004, File No. 1-15973).
*10j.(1)	Replacement Firm Transportation Agreement, dated July 31, 1991, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(2) to Form 10-K for 1992, File No. 0-994).
*10j.(2)	Firm Transportation Service Agreement, dated November 10, 1993, between the Company and Pacific Gas Transmission Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(2) to Form 10-K for 1993, File No. 0-994).
*10j.(3)	Service Agreement, dated June 17, 1993, between Northwest Pipeline GP and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(3) to Form 10-K for 1994, File No. 0-994).
*10j.(5)	Firm Transportation Service Agreement, dated June 22, 1994, between Pacific Gas Transmission Company and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(5) to Form 10-K for 1995, File No. 0-994).
*10j.(6)	Firm Service Agreement between the Company and Westcoast Energy Inc., dated as of April 1, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2003, File No. 0-994).
*10j.(7)	Service Agreement Amendment, dated February 12, 2008, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(7) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).

123

*10j.(8)	Service Agreement, dated February 8, 2008, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(8) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*10j.(9)	Agreement between the Company and March Point Cogeneration Company, dated February 8, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10j.(9) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).
10j.(10)	Firm Transportation Service Agreement, dated October 22, 1993, between the Company and Pacific Gas Transmission Company.
10j.(11)	Service Agreement (100310), dated January 21, 2008, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP.
10j.(12)	Service Agreement, dated January 21, 2008, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP.
10j.(13)	Service Agreement (Gas Storage Service), dated January 12, 1994, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline Corporation.
10j.(14)	Service Agreement (100309), dated January 21, 2008, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP.
10j.(15)	Service Agreement (100308), dated January 12, 1994, between the Company and Northwest Pipeline GP.
10j.(16)	Service Agreement, dated January 20, 1995, between the Company and NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd.
10j.(17)	Service Agreement, dated November 1, 2004, between the Company and TransCanada PipeLines Limited.
10j.(18)	Service Agreement, dated October 24, 2008, between Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd. and the Company.
10j.(19)	Amendment and Restatement of Firm Transportation Service Agreement, dated November 1, 2004, between Terasen Gas Inc. and the Company.
12	Statement re computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.
23	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15-d-14(a), Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15-d-14(a), Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements:
*10b.	Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (2007 Restatement) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10b to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*10b.(1)	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective September 1, 2004 restated December 20, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10b.(1) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).

124

*10b.(2)	Northwest Natural Gas Company Supplemental Trust, effective January 1, 2005, restated as of December 15, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10b.(3)	Northwest Natural Gas Company Umbrella Trust for Directors, effective January 1, 1991, restated as of December 15, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10b.(4)	Northwest Natural Gas Company Umbrella Trust for Executives, effective January 1, 1988, restated as of December 15, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10c.	Restated Stock Option Plan, as amended effective December 14, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10c. to From 10-K for 2006, File No. 1-15973).
*10c.(1)	Form of Restated Stock Option Plan Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q dated November 3, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
10e.	Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 1987, restated as of February 26, 2009.
10f.	Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, effective June 1, 1981, restated as of February 26, 2009.
*10f.(1)	Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives effective January 1, 2005, restated February 28, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10f.(1) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*10g.	Form of Indemnity Agreement as entered into between the Company and each director and executive officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10g. to Form 10-K for 1988, File No. 0-994).
*10i.	Non-Employee Directors Stock Compensation Plan, as amended effective December 15, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10k.	Executive Annual Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 k. to Form 10-K for 2002, File No. 0-994).
10o.	Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and each executive officer.
*10o.-1	Severance agreement dated December 19, 2008 between the Company and Gregg S. Kantor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008, File No. 1-15973).
*10p.-3	Employment Agreement dated December 20, 2002, between the Company and an executive officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10p.-3 to Form 10-K for 2002, File No. 0-994).

125

*10p.-4	Amendment dated December 14, 2006 to employment agreement dated December 20, 2002 between the Company and Mark S. Dodson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 8-K dated December 19, 2006, File No. 1-15973).
*10v.	Northwest Natural Gas Company Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective July 26, 2001 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001, File No. 0-994).
*10w.	Form of Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10w.(1)	Form of Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated February 21, 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*10w.(2)	Form of Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10w.(2) to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).
*10x.	Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005, File No. 1-15973).
*10x.(1)	Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement with an executive officer dated July 26, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated July 28, 2006, File No. 1-15973).
*10aa.	Form of Consent dated December 14, 2006 entered into by each executive officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 19, 2006, File No. 1-15973).
*10bb.	Consent to Amendment of Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives, dated February 28, 2008 entered into by each executive officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10bb to Form 10-K for 2007, File No. 1-15973).

* Incorporated herein by reference as indicated

126

EX-4.I(1)

Exhibit 4i.(1)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as

Administrative Agent under the Credit

Agreement referred to below

Attention: Joyce King and Helen Davis

Ladies/Gentlemen:

Please refer to the letter dated April 29, 2008 from Northwest Natural Gas Company (the “Company”) requesting an extension of the scheduled Maturity Date under and as defined in the Credit Agreement dated as of May 31, 2007 among the Company, various financial institutions and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Credit Agreement”). Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.14(a) and (c)-(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned consents to the extension of the scheduled Maturity Date from May 31, 2012 to May 31, 2013.

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to bean original instrument and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Print or type full legal name of Lender]

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

Acknowledged and Agreed to by:

Northwest Natural Gas Company

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

EX-10.E

Exhibit 10.e

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2009 RESTATEMENT

Effective January 1, 1987

Restated as of February 26, 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PAGE
ARTICLE I	PURPOSE	1
1.1	Restatement	1
1.2	Purpose	1
ARTICLE II	DEFINITIONS	1
2.1	Account	1
2.2	Acquiror Stock	1
2.3	Base Annual Salary	1
2.4	Beneficiary	1
2.5	Board	2
2.6	Bonus	2
2.7	Cash Compensation	2
2.8	Change in Control	2
2.9	Committee	2
2.10	Common Stock	2
2.11	Compensation	2
2.12	Corporate Transaction	3
2.13	Corporation	3
2.14	Deferral Commitment	3
2.15	Deferral Deadline	3
2.16	Deferred Cash Compensation	3
2.17	Deferred Compensation Account Benefit	3
2.18	Determination Date	4
2.19	Disability	4
2.20	Executive	4
2.21	Financial Hardship	4
2.22	Interest	4
2.23	LTIP Compensation	4
2.24	Matching Contribution	5
2.25	Participation Agreement	5
2.26	Plan Benefits	5
2.27	Retirement	5
2.28	Retirement Plan	5
2.29	Supplemental Retirement Benefit	5
2.30	Trust	5
ARTICLE III	DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS	5
3.1	Participation	5
3.2	Deferral Election	5

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

		PAGE
ARTICLE IV	DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS	6
4.1	Accounts	6
4.2	Matching Contribution	6
4.3	Stock Account	7
4.4	Cash Account	7
4.5	Effect of Corporate Transaction on Stock Accounts	7
4.6	Statement of Account	8
ARTICLE V	PLAN BENEFITS	8
5.1	Plan Benefit	8
5.2	Commencement of Payments	8
5.3	Lump Sum or Installment Payments	9
5.4	Form of Benefit Payment	9
5.5	Hardship Distributions	9
5.6	Death Benefit	9
5.7	Supplemental Retirement Benefit	10
5.8	Withholding; Payroll Taxes	11
5.9	Payment to Guardian	11
5.10	Accelerated Distribution	11
ARTICLE VI	BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION	11
6.1	Beneficiary Designation	11
6.2	Amendments	11
6.3	No Beneficiary Designation	11
6.4	Effect of Payment	12
ARTICLE VII	ADMINISTRATION	12
7.1	Committee; Duties	12
7.2	Agents	12
7.3	Binding Effect of Decisions	12
7.4	Indemnity of Committee	12
ARTICLE VIII	CLAIMS PROCEDURE	12
8.1	Claim	12
8.2	Denial of Claim	12
8.3	Review of Claim	13
8.4	Final Decision	13

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

		PAGE
ARTICLE IX	AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN	13
9.1	Amendment	13
9.2	Corporation’s Right to Terminate	13
ARTICLE X	MISCELLANEOUS	14
10.1	Unfunded Plan	14
10.2	Unsecured General Creditor	14
10.3	Trust Fund	15
10.4	Nonassignability	15
10.5	Not a Contract of Employment	15
10.6	Protective Provision	15
10.7	Governing Law	15
10.8	Validity	15
10.9	Notice	15
10.10	Successors	15

iii

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective as of January 1, 1987

Restated as of February 26, 2009

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

1.1 Restatement. Northwest Natural Gas Company adopted an Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) effective January 1, 1987, which was previously restated effective as of January 1, 2001, January 1, 2003, December 15, 2005, January 1, 2007 and February 28, 2008. The Plan was partially terminated in accordance with Paragraph 9(b)(i) effective December 31, 2004, so deferrals of compensation are no longer being made under the Plan. The Plan is now amended and restated by this 2009 Restatement, effective as of February 26, 2009.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of this Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is to provide an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of top management personnel.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.1 Account. “Account” means the record or records maintained by the Corporation for each Executive in accordance with Article IV with respect to any deferral of Compensation pursuant to this Plan. An Account shall be either a “Stock Account” as described in Section 4.3 or a “Cash Account” as described in Section 4.4.

2.2 Acquiror Stock. “Acquiror Stock” is defined in Section 4.5.

2.3 Base Annual Salary. “Base Annual Salary” means the annual compensation payable to an Executive, excluding bonuses, commissions, LTIP Compensation and other noncash compensation.

2.4 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated under Article VI to receive any Plan Benefits payable after an Executive’s death.

PAGE 1 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2.5 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of Northwest Natural Gas Company or any successor thereto.

2.6 Bonus. “Bonus” means the compensation derived under the Corporation’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan or other similar incentive plan and payable in any year in a lump sum to an Executive.

2.7 Cash Compensation. “Cash Compensation” means the total Base Annual Salary and Bonus remuneration payable by the Corporation to the Executive for services.

2.8 Change in Control. “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) The consummation of:

(i) any consolidation, merger or plan of share exchange involving the Corporation (a “Merger”) as a result of which the holders of outstanding securities of the Corporation ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors (“Voting Securities”) immediately prior to the Merger do not continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation or a parent corporation of the surviving corporation immediately after the Merger, disregarding any Voting Securities issued to or retained by such holders in respect of securities of any other party to the Merger; or

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation;

(b) At any time during a period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Corporation (“Incumbent Directors”) shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, however, that the term “Incumbent Director” shall also include each new director elected during such two-year period whose nomination or election was approved by two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then in office; or

(c) Any person (as such term is used in Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, other than the Corporation or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Corporation) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases or privately negotiated purchases from anyone other than the Corporation, have become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities.

2.9 Committee. “Committee” means the Organization and Executive Compensation Committee, or such other Committee as may be designated by the Board.

2.10 Common Stock. “Common Stock” means common stock of the Corporation.

2.11 Compensation. “Compensation” means Cash Compensation and LTIP Compensation.

PAGE 2 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2.12 Corporate Transaction. “Corporate Transaction” means any of the following:

(a) any consolidation, merger or plan of share exchange involving the Corporation pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property; or

(b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation.

2.13 Corporation. “Corporation” means Northwest Natural Gas Company, an Oregon corporation, or any successor thereto, and any corporations or other entities affiliated with or subsidiary to it that may be selected by the Board from time to time and which take action to adopt and implement this Plan.

2.14 Deferral Commitment. “Deferral Commitment” means a Deferral Commitment made by an Executive pursuant to Article III and for which a Participation Agreement has been submitted by the Executive to the Committee.

2.15 Deferral Deadline. “Deferral Deadline” means, for any Compensation payable to an Executive, the last day on which the Executive can submit a Participation Agreement to make a Deferral Commitment with respect to such Compensation. The Deferral Deadlines for various forms of Compensation shall be as follows:

(a) For Base Annual Salary payable in any calendar year, the Deferral Deadline shall be the last day of the previous calendar year; provided, however, that for a person who becomes an eligible Executive during a year, the Deferral Deadline for Base Annual Salary payable for the remainder of the year shall be 30 days after the person becomes an Executive and the Deferral Commitment shall only apply to Base Annual Salary payable after the Participation Agreement is submitted.

(b) For Bonus payable in any calendar year, including Bonus payable with respect to the Executive’s or the Corporation’s performance in the previous calendar year, the Deferral Deadline shall be the last day of the previous calendar year.

(c) For LTIP Compensation payable at any time, the Deferral Deadline shall be the date one year prior to the vesting date for time-based awards and the date one year prior to the last day of the award period for performance-based awards; provided, however, that the Deferral Deadline for any LTIP Compensation that becomes payable in any calendar year on an accelerated basis as a result of a Change in Control shall be the last day of the previous calendar year.

2.16 Deferred Cash Compensation. “Deferred Cash Compensation” means the amount of Cash Compensation that the Executive elects to defer pursuant to a Deferral Commitment.

2.17 Deferred Compensation Account Benefit. “Deferred Compensation Account Benefit” means the benefit payable to an Executive as calculated pursuant to Article IV and payable under Sections 5.1 through 5.6.

PAGE 3 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2.18 Determination Date. “Determination Date” means the last day of each calendar quarter.

2.19 Disability. “Disability” means a physical or mental condition that, in the opinion of the Committee, prevents the Executive from satisfactorily performing the Executive’s usual duties for the Corporation. The Committee’s decision as to Disability will be based upon medical reports and/or other evidence satisfactory to the Committee.

2.20 Executive. “Executive” means one of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Corporation, which shall consist of all executive officers of the Corporation and any other employee of the Corporation designated in writing by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation for participation in the benefits of the Plan.

2.21 Financial Hardship. “Financial Hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Executive resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Executive or of a dependent of the Executive, loss of the Executive’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive. Financial Hardship shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of information supplied by the Executive in accordance with uniform guidelines promulgated from time to time by the Committee.

2.22 Interest. “Interest” is credited to Cash Accounts under the Plan and means the quarterly equivalent of an annual yield that is two percentage points (2%) higher than the annual yield on Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield for the preceding quarter, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such index is no longer published, a substantially similar index selected by the Board. At no time shall such Interest rate be less than six percent (6%) annually.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.22, effective as of January 1, 2017, the Interest rate shall equal the rate of interest for interest credited to cash accounts under the Corporation’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives, as such plan may be amended from time to time (the “DCPDE”), regardless of whether or not such rate of interest shall be more or less than six percent (6%) annually; provided, however, that if at any time on or after January 1, 2017 there is no interest credited to cash accounts under the DCPDE because the DCPDE shall have ceased to operate or for any other reason, then, at such time on or after January 1, 2017, the Interest rate shall equal the quarterly equivalent of an annual yield that is equal to the annual yield on Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield for the preceding quarter, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such index is no longer published, a substantially similar index selected by the Board, regardless of whether or not such Interest rate shall be more or less than six percent (6%) annually. Any change in the Interest rate that occurs on January 1, 2017 or thereafter pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not constitute a “change in the definition of Interest” within the meaning of Section 9.1(b) below.

2.23 LTIP Compensation. “LTIP Compensation” means compensation paid to an Executive pursuant to an award under the Corporation’s Long Term Incentive Plan. LTIP

PAGE 4 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Compensation may be payable to the Executive either in Common Stock (“Stock LTIP Compensation”) or in cash (“Cash LTIP Compensation”).

2.24 Matching Contribution. “Matching Contribution” means the contribution made by the Corporation and credited to the Executive’s Account under Section 4.2.

2.25 Participation Agreement. “Participation Agreement” means the agreement submitted by an Executive to the Committee no later than the applicable Deferral Deadline with respect to one or more Deferral Commitments.

2.26 Plan Benefits. “Plan Benefits” mean the Deferred Compensation Account Benefit and the Supplemental Retirement Benefit.

2.27 Retirement. “Retirement” means either early retirement, normal retirement, or disability retirement under the Retirement Plan.

2.28 Retirement Plan. “Retirement Plan” means the Corporation’s Retirement Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees.

2.29 Supplemental Retirement Benefit. “Supplemental Retirement Benefit” means the benefit payable to an Executive under Section 5.7.

2.30 Trust. “Trust” means the Northwest Natural Gas Company Umbrella Trust™ For Executives established by the Corporation in connection with this Plan.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS

3.1 Participation. An eligible Executive may elect to participate in the Plan by submitting a Participation Agreement to the Committee no later than the applicable Deferral Deadline. An election to defer Compensation by the Executive shall continue from year to year and shall be irrevocable with respect to Compensation once the Deferral Deadline for that Compensation has passed, but may be modified or terminated by written notice from the Executive at any time on or prior to the Deferral Deadline for that Compensation.

3.2 Deferral Election.

(a) Election to Defer Cash Compensation. An Executive may, no later than the applicable Deferral Deadline, elect to defer receipt of a certain whole percentage, up to fifty percent (50%), of the Base Annual Salary and a certain whole percentage, up to one hundred percent (100%), of any Bonus payable to the Executive as an employee of the Corporation.

(b) Election to Defer LTIP Compensation. An Executive may, no later than the applicable Deferral Deadline, elect to defer receipt of a certain whole percentage, up to one hundred percent (100%), of any Stock LTIP Compensation and a certain whole percentage, up to one hundred percent (100%), of any Cash LTIP Compensation that becomes payable to the Executive.

PAGE 5 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(c) FICA Withholding. Under current law, all Compensation and Matching Contributions credited to an Executive’s Accounts will be treated as wages subject to FICA tax, and the Corporation will be required to withhold FICA tax from the Executive. The amount required to be withheld for FICA tax with respect to any amount of deferred Compensation or related Matching Contribution shall be withheld from the non-deferred portion, if any, of the same Compensation; provided, however, that if the non-deferred portion of the Compensation is insufficient to cover the full required withholding, the Corporation shall withhold the remaining amount from other non-deferred Compensation payable to the Executive unless the Executive otherwise pays such remaining amount to the Corporation.

(d) Financial Hardship. Termination of the Executive’s election to defer may, solely in the Committee’s discretion, become applicable as soon as practicable after the Committee’s determination that the Executive has incurred Financial Hardship, as evidenced by the Executive to the Committee.

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

4.1 Accounts. The Corporation shall establish on its books one or two separate Accounts for each Executive who elects to defer Compensation under the Plan: a Cash Account and/or a Stock Account. Compensation deferred by an Executive shall be credited to the Stock Account or the Cash Account as elected by the Executive at the time the Executive elects to defer Compensation. Such election may be divided between the two Accounts in increments of twenty-five percent (25%) of the deferred Compensation covered by the election. An Executive may change the allocation of new deferrals of Compensation between the Stock Account and the Cash Account, but such change shall apply to new deferrals only if it is submitted on or prior to the Deferral Deadline for such new deferrals. Once Compensation has been credited to the Stock Account or the Cash Account, no transfers between the Stock Account and the Cash Account shall be permitted except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5(d). The credit for deferred Compensation shall be entered on the Corporation’s books of account at the time that Compensation not deferred is paid or payable to the Executive.

4.2 Matching Contribution. The Corporation shall credit a Matching Contribution to an Executive’s Account based on the amount of Deferred Cash Compensation elected by the Executive; provided, however, that no Matching Contributions shall be made to the Account of any Executive who is not eligible to participate in the Corporation’s Retirement K Savings Plan until such time of eligibility. The amount of the Matching Contribution shall be equal to the excess of (a) the lesser of (i) sixty percent (60%) of the Executive’s Deferred Cash Compensation during the calendar year, or (ii) three and six-tenths percent (3.6%) of the Executive’s Cash Compensation during such calendar year, over (b) the amount, if any, the Corporation has contributed for such calendar year as a matching contribution for the Executive to the Retirement K Savings Plan. Matching Contributions shall be credited to the Executive’s Account on the last day of the calendar year in which the Matching Contribution was earned, and shall be allocated between the Executive’s Cash Account and Stock Account in the same ratio as Deferred Cash Compensation is allocated for the year.

PAGE 6 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

4.3 Stock Account. An Executive’s Stock Account shall be denominated in shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares. With respect to Stock LTIP Compensation deferred to an Executive’s Stock Account, the number of deferred shares shall be credited to the Stock Account. With respect to each amount of Cash Compensation, Cash LTIP Compensation or Matching Contribution deferred to an Executive’s Stock Account, the amount of cash deferred shall be divided by the closing market price of the Common Stock reported for the last trading day preceding the date on which the Stock Account is to be credited, and the resulting number of shares (including fractional shares) shall be credited to the Executive’s Stock Account. As of each date for payment of dividends on the Common Stock, the Stock Accounts shall be credited with an additional number of shares (including fractional shares) equal to the amount of dividends that would be paid on the number of shares recorded as the balance of the Stock Account as of the record date for such dividend divided by closing market price of the Common Stock reported for such payment date or, if such day is not a trading day, the next trading day.

4.4 Cash Account. An Executive’s Cash Account shall be denominated in dollars. With respect to each amount of Cash Compensation, Cash LTIP Compensation or Matching Contribution deferred to an Executive’s Cash Account, an equal amount of dollars shall be credited to the Executive’s Cash Account. With respect to Stock LTIP Compensation deferred to an Executive’s Cash Account, the number of deferred shares shall be multiplied by the closing market price of the Common Stock reported for the last trading day preceding the date on which the Cash Account is to be credited, and the resulting number of dollars shall be credited to the Executive’s Cash Account. Interest on each Cash Account shall be calculated as of each Determination Date based upon the average daily balance of the Cash Account since the preceding Determination Date and shall be credited to the Cash Account at that time.

4.5 Effect of Corporate Transaction on Stock Accounts. At the time of consummation of a Corporate Transaction, if any, the amount credited to an Executive’s Stock Account shall be converted into a credit for cash or common stock of the acquiring company (“Acquiror Stock”) based on the consideration received by shareholders of the Corporation in the Corporate Transaction, as follows:

(a) Stock Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive Acquiror Stock in the Corporate Transaction, then (i) the amount credited to each Executive’s Stock Account shall be converted into a credit for the number of shares of Acquiror Stock that the Executive would have received as a result of the Corporate Transaction if the Executive had actually held the Common Stock credited to his or her Stock Account immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, and (ii) Stock Accounts will thereafter be denominated in shares of Acquiror Stock and ongoing deferrals of Compensation shall continue to be made in accordance with outstanding Deferral Commitments into the Stock Accounts as so denominated.

(b) Cash or Other Property Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive cash or other property in the Corporate Transaction, then (i) the amount credited to an Executive’s Stock Account shall be transferred to the Executive’s Cash Account and converted into a cash credit for the amount of cash or the value of the property that the Executive would have received as a result of the Corporate Transaction if the Executive had actually held the Common Stock credited to his or her Stock Account immediately prior to the consummation of

PAGE 7 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

the Corporate Transaction, and (ii) Stock Accounts shall no longer exist under the Plan and all ongoing deferrals shall thereafter be made into Cash Accounts.

(c) Combination Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive Acquiror Stock and cash or other property in the Corporate Transaction, then (i) the amount credited to each Executive’s Stock Account shall be converted in part into a credit for Acquiror Stock under Section 4.5(a) and in part into a credit for cash under Section 4.5(b) in the same proportion as such consideration is received by shareholders, and (ii) ongoing deferrals into Stock Accounts pursuant to outstanding Deferral Commitments shall continue to be made into Stock Accounts in accordance with Section 4.5(a).

(d) Election Following Stock Transaction. For a period of 12 months following the consummation of any Corporate Transaction which results in Executives having Stock Accounts denominated in Acquiror Stock, each Executive shall have a one-time right to elect to transfer the entire amount in the Executive’s Stock Account into the Executive’s Cash Account; provided, however, that this election shall not be available if the Corporate Transaction results in holders of Common Stock becoming holders of all of the outstanding common stock of a parent corporation of the Corporation. Such election shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and shall be effective on the date received by the Corporation. If such an election is made, the amount of cash to be credited to the Executive’s Cash Account shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Acquiror Stock in the Executive’s Stock Account by the closing market price of the Acquiror Stock reported for the last trading day preceding the effective date of the election.

4.6 Statement of Account. As soon as practicable after each Determination Date, a report shall be issued by the Corporation to each participating Executive setting forth the balances of the Executive’s Accounts under the Plan as of the immediately preceding Determination Date.

ARTICLE V

PLAN BENEFITS

5.1 Plan Benefit. The Corporation shall pay Plan Benefits to each Executive pursuant to this Article V equal to the Executive’s Accounts.

5.2 Commencement of Payments.

(a) Payment of any Deferred Compensation Account Benefits under the Plan shall commence as of the earlier of:

(i) A date elected by the Executive as specified in the applicable Participation Agreement between the Corporation and the Executive; or

(ii) A day in January of the year following the year of the Executive’s Retirement, total Disability or other termination of employment, with the specific day to be determined by the Corporation.

PAGE 8 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(b) Supplemental Retirement Benefits under Section 5.7 shall be made as of, or commence as of, the earliest date for which a monthly payment is payable to or for the Executive under the Retirement Plan.

5.3 Lump Sum or Installment Payments.

(a) At the time the Executive elects to defer Compensation, the Executive may also elect to receive Deferred Compensation Account Benefits either:

(i) In equal or approximately equal annual installments (the number of such installments not to exceed fifteen (15)) as designated by the Executive, with the amount of the installments being adjusted over the installment period to reflect changes in Interest or dividends credited to the Executive’s Accounts;

(ii) In a single sum payment; or

(iii) In a combination of partial lump sum payment, and remainder in installments.

(b) An Executive may elect to modify such election by filing a change of payment designation which shall supersede the prior form of payment designation in the Participation Agreement for Compensation deferred in any one (1) or more calendar years. If the Executive’s most recent change of payment designation has not been filed one (1) full calendar year prior to the year of Executive’s Retirement, Disability, other termination of employment or earlier date selected for commencement of payments, the prior election shall be used to determine the form of payment. For example, an Executive retiring in 2003 must file a written request with the Committee by December 31, 2001 to change the Executive’s form of payment designation.

5.4 Form of Benefit Payment. Benefits payable to an Executive from a Stock Account shall only be paid to such Executive as a distribution of Common Stock (or Acquiror Stock, if applicable) plus cash for fractional shares. Benefits payable to an Executive from a Cash Account shall only be paid to such Executive in cash.

5.5 Hardship Distributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V, payment from the Executive’s Accounts may be made to the Executive in the sole discretion of the Committee based upon a finding that an Executive has suffered a Financial Hardship. The amount of such a withdrawal shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to meet the Executive’s needs resulting from the Financial Hardship. If payment is made due to Financial Hardship under this Plan, the Executive’s deferrals shall cease for a twelve (12) month period. Any resumption of the Executive’s deferrals under the Plan after such twelve (12) month period shall be made only at the election of the Executive in accordance with Article III herein.

5.6 Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Executive or a former Executive prior to the receipt of the full amount of Deferred Compensation Account Benefits, the balance of such benefits shall be paid by the Corporation to the applicable surviving designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries as soon as practicable in the manner elected in writing by the Executive, or, if no such election is made, by single sum payment.

PAGE 9 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

5.7 Supplemental Retirement Benefit. Any Executive who elects to defer Compensation under this Plan and who also satisfies the eligibility requirements for payment of any benefit under the Retirement Plan shall qualify for further payment by the Corporation of Supplemental Retirement Benefits payable as an annuity under this Plan, as provided below:

(a) Amount. The amount payable by the Corporation each month during the time an annuity benefit is payable to the Executive or Executive’s Beneficiary(ies) under the Retirement Plan shall be:

(i) The amount that would be payable at such time under the Retirement Plan determined under Section 5.7(c) by treating all accrued benefits under the Retirement Plan as being payable only in the annuity form and by treating all Cash Compensation deferred by the Executive under this Plan as though it had been “paid” to or “received” by Executive in the year when the deferral was made, provided that all such deferred amounts shall be subject to the other applicable definitions and rules of the Retirement Plan relating to benefit determination; plus

(ii) The reduction, if any, in the amount of the “primary Social Security Benefit” which will actually be payable to the Executive, provided that such reduction results from the fact that Compensation deferred under this Plan causes the primary Social Security Benefit payable to the Executive to be reduced and that such reduction is not otherwise payable under Section 5.7(a)(i) above; minus

(iii) The amount actually payable at such time under the Retirement Plan as determined under Section 5.7(c) by treating all accrued benefits under the Retirement Plan as being payable only in the annuity form.

(b) Form and Duration. The form of Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable by the Corporation shall be the same annuity form, and shall be paid by the Corporation for the same duration, as the annuity benefit actually payable under the Retirement Plan. Such annuity benefit forms include (subject to any change in the Retirement Plan at the time payment begins) a standard life annuity (no survivorship benefit); a half (50%) or full (100%) joint and survivor annuity to the Executive and surviving spouse with or without a “pop-up” if the spouse dies before the Executive; a ten (10) year certain annuity which can provide death benefits to any surviving designated beneficiary; and a full (100%) joint and survivor benefit for the spouse of a vested married Executive who dies before retirement; and payees include the Executive and, if the operative form provides for payment after the Executive’s death, the Executive’s surviving spouse or other surviving designated Beneficiary(ies) or estate.

(c) Retirement Plan Lump Sum Election Ignored. Notwithstanding any election by an Executive to receive a portion of Executive’s Retirement Plan benefit as a lump sum, the amount of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit as determined under Section 5.7(a) and the form and duration of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit as determined under Section 5.7(b) shall be calculated and determined as if Executive were to receive Executive’s entire Retirement Plan accrued benefit in the same annuity form that applies to the annuity portion of Executive’s Retirement Plan benefit.

PAGE 10 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

5.8 Withholding; Payroll Taxes. The Corporation shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from such payments under federal, state or local law. However, a Beneficiary may elect in writing not to have withholding for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 3405(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision thereto.

5.9 Payment to Guardian. If a Plan Benefit is payable to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Committee may direct payment of such Plan Benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or person. The Committee may require proof of incompetence, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the Plan Benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Committee and the Corporation from all liability with respect to such benefit.

5.10 Accelerated Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Executive shall be entitled to receive, upon written request to the Committee, a lump sum distribution equal to ninety percent (90%) of the balance in the Executive’s Accounts as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the date on which the Committee receives the written request. The remaining balance shall be forfeited by the Executive. An Executive who receives a distribution under this section shall be suspended from participation in the Plan for twelve (12) months. The amount payable under this section shall be paid in a lump sum within sixty-five (65) days following the receipt of the notice by the Committee from the Executive.

ARTICLE VI

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

6.1 Beneficiary Designation. Each Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as the Executive’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom benefits under this Plan shall be paid in the event of the Executive’s death prior to complete distribution of the benefits due under the Plan. If greater than fifty percent (50%) of the benefit is designated to a Beneficiary other than the Executive’s spouse, such Beneficiary designation shall be consented to by the Executive’s spouse. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in written form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Executive’s lifetime.

6.2 Amendments. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by the Executive without the consent of any designated Beneficiary by the filing of a new Beneficiary designation with the Committee, subject to the spousal consent required in Section 6.1 above. The filing of a new Beneficiary designation form will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.

6.3 No Beneficiary Designation. In the absence of an effective Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive or die prior to complete distribution of the Executive’s benefits, then the Executive’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Executive’s estate.

PAGE 11 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

6.4 Effect of Payment. The payment to the deemed Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Corporation’s obligations under this Plan.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Committee; Duties. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have such powers as may be necessary to discharge its responsibilities. These powers shall include, but not be limited to, interpretation of the Plan provisions, determination of amounts due to any Executive, the rights of any Executive or Beneficiary under this Plan, the right to require any necessary information from any Executive, determine the amounts credited to Executive’s Accounts and Interest earned, and any other activities deemed necessary or helpful.

7.2 Agents. The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Corporation.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

7.4 Indemnity of Committee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, provided that the members of the Committee were acting in accordance with the applicable standard of care.

ARTICLE VIII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

8.1 Claim. Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing as soon as practicable.

8.2 Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

(a) The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(b) A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and

(c) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

PAGE 12 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

8.3 Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within thirty (30) days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee who may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

8.4 Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

9.1 Amendment. The Board may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part, subject to the following:

(a) Upon a Change in Control, no amendment shall be effective to change the payout schedule in Section 9.2(b).

(b) No amendment shall be effective to decrease or restrict the amount credited to any Account maintained under the Plan as of the date of the amendment. Changes in the definition of Interest shall be subject to the following restrictions:

(i) Notice. A change shall not become effective before the first day of the calendar year which follows the adoption of the amendment and at least thirty (30) days written notice of the amendment to the Executive.

(ii) Change in Control. Any change in the definition of Interest after a Change in Control shall apply only to those amounts credited to the Executive’s Account after the Change in Control.

9.2 Corporation’s Right to Terminate. The Board may at any time partially or completely terminate the Plan, if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Plan, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Corporation.

(a) Partial Termination. The Board may partially terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional Deferral Commitments. In the event of such a partial termination, the Plan shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to Deferral Commitments entered into prior to the effective date of such partial termination.

(b) Complete Termination. The Board may completely terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional Deferral Commitments, and terminating all ongoing Deferral Commitments. The Plan shall cease to operate and the Committee shall pay out to each Executive the balance in the Executive’s Accounts in a lump sum or in equal annual

PAGE 13 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

installments amortized over the period listed in the payout schedule below based on the total balance in the Executive’s Accounts at the time of such complete termination:

PAYOUT SCHEDULE

Total Balance of Accounts	Payout Period
Less than $10,000	Lump sum
$10,000 but less than $50,000	Lesser of 5 years or period elected in Participation Agreement
More than $50,000	Period elected in Participation Agreement

Interest earned on the unpaid balance in the Executive’s Cash Account shall be the applicable Interest rate on the Determination Date immediately preceding the effective date of such complete termination.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Unfunded Plan. This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly-compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and therefore to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, the Plan shall terminate and no further benefits shall accrue hereunder in the event it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an opinion of counsel that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt. In the event of a termination under this Section 10.1, all ongoing Deferral Commitments shall terminate, no additional Deferral Commitments will be accepted by the Committee, and the amount of each Executive’s Account balance shall be distributed to such Executive at such time and in such manner as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines.

10.2 Unsecured General Creditor. The Accounts shall be established solely for the purpose of measuring the amounts owed to Executives or their Beneficiaries under this Plan. Executives and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Corporation, nor shall they be Beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Corporation. Except as may be provided in Section 10.3, such policies, annuity contracts or other assets of the Corporation shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of the Executives, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Corporation under this Plan. Any and all of the Corporation’s assets and policies shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Corporation. The Corporation’s obligation under the Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

PAGE 14 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

10.3 Trust Fund. The Corporation shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. The Corporation shall establish the Trust, with such trustee or trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. The Trust shall be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Corporation’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from the Trust, the Corporation shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Corporation.

10.4 Nonassignability. Neither an Executive nor any other person shall have the right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by an Executive or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of an Executive’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

10.5 Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and the Executive, and the Executive (or the Executive’s Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Corporation except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give an Executive the right to be retained in the service of the Corporation or to interfere with the right of the Corporation to discipline or discharge the Executive at any time.

10.6 Protective Provision. An Executive will cooperate with the Corporation by furnishing any and all information requested by the Corporation, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking such physical examinations as the Corporation may deem necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the Corporation.

10.7 Governing Law. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Oregon, except as preempted by federal law.

10.8 Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.

10.9 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to any member of the Committee or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

10.10 Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or

PAGE 15 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Corporation, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

By:

Attest:

PAGE 16 – EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

EX-10.F

Exhibit 10.f

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

DIRECTORS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

EFFECTIVE JUNE 1, 1981

RESTATED AS OF FEBRUARY 26, 2009

Table of Contents

		Page
1.	Restatement	1
2.	Election by Directors	1
3.	Accounts	2
4.	Interest	4
5.	Terms of Payment	5
6.	Death of Director	6
7.	Administration	6
8.	Definitions; Change in Control; Corporate Transaction	7
9.	Amendment and Termination of the Plan	8
10.	Miscellaneous	9

-i-

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

DIRECTORS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Restatement. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Northwest Natural Gas Company (hereinafter, the “Company”) adopted a Director’s Deferred Compensation Plan (hereinafter, the “Plan”) effective June 1, 1981, which was previously restated effective as of January 1, 1988, December 1, 1997, December 1, 2001, February 26, 2004, December 15, 2005, January 1, 2007 and February 28, 2008. The Plan was partially terminated in accordance with Paragraph 9(b)(i) effective December 31, 2004, so deferrals of compensation are no longer being made under the Plan. The Plan is now amended and restated by this Restatement, effective as of February 26, 2009.

2. Election by Directors.

(a) Eligibility. Any director of the Company or any corporation or other entity affiliated with or subsidiary to it (a “Director”) is eligible to elect to defer receipt of all or part of (i) the fees paid to him or her as a Director or as a member of a committee of the Board (“Fees”), or (ii) the shares (“NEDSCP Shares”) of restricted common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) awarded to the Director under the Company’s Non-Employee Directors Stock Compensation Plan (“NEDSCP”). In addition, a Director may elect under the NEDSCP to receive awards under that plan as deferred cash credits (“NEDSCP Cash Credits”) rather than as NEDSCP Shares.

(b) Deferral of Fees. Any Director may elect, prior to the beginning of any calendar year, to defer receipt of fees for that calendar year, whether or not the fees are actually payable in that calendar year; and any newly elected Director prior to assuming office may elect to defer receipt of fees commencing after the date on which the Director assumes office. Any election under the preceding sentence shall apply only to fees earned subsequent to the date the election is filed. Total deferrals of Fees by a Director in a calendar year must be at least $1,500.

(c) Deferral of NEDSCP Shares. Any Director may elect, prior to the beginning of any calendar year, to defer receipt of unvested NEDSCP Shares that are scheduled to vest in that calendar year; and any newly elected Director prior to assuming office may elect to defer receipt of NEDSCP Shares that will vest in the remainder of the calendar year after the date on which the Director assumes office. Total deferrals of NEDSCP Shares by a Director in a calendar year must be at least 100% of the NEDSCP Shares scheduled to vest in that year. No deferral shall be allowed of NEDSCP Shares as to which a Director has made an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(d) Continuation and Modification. An election to defer Fees or NEDSCP Shares by a Director shall automatically continue from year to year unless the Director terminates or modifies the election by written request. Any such termination or modification shall not become applicable until the calendar year following the year in which such written termination or modification is filed. In the event of a termination of a deferral election, any amounts already deferred by a Director shall not be paid until he or she ceases to serve as a Director, and then only pursuant to the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions of the Plan.

-1-

3. Accounts.

(a) Accounts. The Company shall establish on its books one, two or three separate accounts (individually, an “Account” and collectively, the “Accounts”) for each Director who participates in the Plan: a Stock Account, a Cash Account, and/or for each person who is a Director as of January 1, 1998, a Retirement Benefit Account. The number of NEDSCP Shares deferred by a Director shall be credited to the Stock Account. Any NEDSCP Cash Credits shall be credited to the Cash Account. Fees deferred by a Director shall be credited to the Stock Account or the Cash Account as elected by the Director at the time the Director elects to defer Fees. Such election may be divided between the two Accounts in increments of 25 percent of the deferred Fees covered by the election. An election between the Stock Account and the Cash Account shall be irrevocable as to the deferred Fees covered by the election and no transfers between the Stock Account and the Cash Account shall be permitted except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3(f)(iv). The credit for deferred Fees shall be entered on the Company’s books of account each month at the time that Fees are paid to other Directors who do not elect to defer the payment of such Fees. The credit for deferred NEDSCP Shares shall be entered on the Company’s books of account as soon as practicable after January 1 of the year subject to the deferral. The credit for an NEDSCP Cash Credit shall be entered on the Company’s books of account effective as of the award date for such credit under the NEDSCP. No special fund shall be established nor shall any notes or securities be issued by the Company with respect to a Director’s Accounts.

(b) Stock Account. A Director’s Stock Account shall be denominated in shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares. With respect to each amount of Fees deferred to a Director’s Stock Account, the Stock Account shall be credited with a number of shares equal to the deferred Fees divided by the purchase price for shares of Common Stock under the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan (the “DRSPP”) on the Investment Date (as defined in the DRSPP) next succeeding the day the deferred Fees would have been paid if not for the deferral. As of each date for payment of dividends on the Common Stock, the Stock Accounts shall be credited with an additional number of shares (including fractional shares) equal to the amount of dividends that would be paid on the number of shares recorded as the balance of the Stock Account as of the record date for such dividend divided by closing market price of the Common Stock reported for such payment date or, if such day is not a trading day, the next trading day.

(c) Forfeiture of NEDSCP Shares or NEDSCP Cash Credits. If any NEDSCP Shares deferred by a Director under this Plan are forfeited under the terms of the NEDSCP, the Director’s Stock Account shall be reduced by the number of shares so forfeited. If any NEDSCP Cash Credits of a Director are forfeited under the terms of the NEDSCP, the Director’s Cash Account shall be reduced by the amount of NEDSCP Cash Credits so forfeited.

(d) Retirement Benefit Account. A Director’s Retirement Benefit Account shall be denominated in shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares. Effective as of January 1, 1998, Section 5 of Article III of the Company’s Bylaws has been amended to eliminate with respect to all persons who are Directors as of January 1, 1998 a provision for a retirement benefit payable to Directors who retire from the Board at age 72 with at least 10 years of service. Effective as of January 1, 1998, the Retirement Benefit Account of each person who

-2-

is a Director on that date shall be credited with a number a shares of Common Stock determined by the Company as a replacement for the prior retirement benefit. As of each date for payment of dividends on the Common Stock, the Retirement Benefit Accounts shall be credited with an additional number of shares (including fractional shares) equal to the amount of dividends that would be paid on the number of shares recorded as the balance of the Retirement Benefit Account as of the record date for such dividend divided by the purchase price for shares of Common Stock under the DRSPP for dividends reinvested on such payment date. The Retirement Benefit Account of any Director who has not ceased to be a Director prior to February 28, 2008 shall be fully vested and noncancellable effective as of February 28, 2008.

(e) Statement of Account. At the end of each calendar quarter, a report shall be issued by the Company to each participating Director setting forth the balances of the Director’s Accounts under the Plan. The credit entries made to a Director’s Accounts constitute merely a general obligation of the Company to pay such Accounts to the Director, or to his or her beneficiary or estate when due under the Plan.

(f) Effect of Corporate Transaction on Stock Accounts and Retirement Benefit Accounts. At the time of consummation of a Corporate Transaction, if any, the amount credited to a Director’s Stock Account and Retirement Benefit Account shall be converted into a credit for cash or common stock of the acquiring company (“Acquiror Stock”) based on the consideration received by shareholders of the Company in the Corporate Transaction, as follows:

(i) Stock Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive Acquiror Stock in the Corporate Transaction, then (1) the amount credited to each Director’s Stock Account and/or Retirement Benefit Account shall be converted into a credit for the number of shares of Acquiror Stock that the Director would have received as a result of the Corporate Transaction if the Director had actually held the Common Stock credited to his or her Stock Account and/or Retirement Benefit Account immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, and (2) Stock Accounts and Retirement Benefit Accounts will thereafter be denominated in shares of Acquiror Stock and ongoing deferrals of Fees and NEDSCP Shares, if any, shall continue to be made in accordance with outstanding deferral elections into the Stock Accounts as so denominated.

(ii) Cash or Other Property Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive cash or other property in the Corporate Transaction, then (1) the amount credited to a Director’s Stock Account and/or Retirement Benefit Account shall be transferred to the Director’s Cash Account and converted into a cash credit for the amount of cash or the value of the property that the Director would have received as a result of the Corporate Transaction if the Director had actually held the Common Stock credited to his or her Stock Account and/or Retirement Benefit Account immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, and (2) Stock Accounts shall no longer exist under the Plan and all ongoing deferrals, if any, shall thereafter be made into Cash Accounts.

(iii) Combination Transaction. If holders of Common Stock receive Acquiror Stock and cash or other property in the Corporate Transaction, then (1) the amount credited to each Director’s Stock Account and/or Retirement Benefit Account shall be converted in part into a credit for Acquiror Stock under Paragraph 3(f)(i) and in part into a credit for cash

-3-

under Paragraph 3(f)(ii) in the same proportion as such consideration is received by shareholders, and (2) ongoing deferrals of Fees and NEDSCP Shares, if any, shall continue to be made in accordance with outstanding deferral elections into Stock Accounts in accordance with Paragraph 3(f)(i).

(iv) Election Following Stock Transaction. For a period of 12 months following the consummation of any Corporate Transaction which results in Directors having Stock Accounts and/or Retirement Benefit Accounts denominated in Acquiror Stock, each Director shall have a one-time right to elect to transfer the entire amount in the Director’s Stock Account and Retirement Benefit Account into the Director’s Cash Account; provided, however, that this election shall not be available if the Corporate Transaction results in holders of Common Stock becoming holders of all of the outstanding common stock of a parent corporation of the Company. Such election shall be made by written notice to the Company and shall be effective on the date received by the Company. If such an election is made, the amount of cash to be credited to the Director’s Cash Account shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Acquiror Stock in the Director’s Stock Account and Retirement Benefit Account by the closing market price of the Acquiror Stock reported for the last trading day preceding the effective date of the election.

4. Interest. Interest shall be credited to the Cash Account balance (including both principal and interest) of each participating Director based on the balance at the end of each calendar quarter. The rate of interest to be applied at the end of each calendar quarter is set forth below in this Paragraph 4. The interest credit shall continue to be applied to the Cash Account of a Director, even if ceasing to serve as a Director, until all amounts credited to his or her Cash Account have been paid. Said interest shall be calculated quarterly, based upon the average daily balance of the Director’s Cash Account since the preceding calendar quarter, after giving effect to any reduction in the Cash Account as a result of any payments. The remaining annual payments will be recomputed to reflect the additional interest credits.

The rate of interest to be applied at the end of each calendar quarter shall be the quarterly equivalent of an annual yield that is two percentage points (2%) higher than the annual yield on Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield for the preceding quarter, as published by the Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or if such index is no longer published, a substantially similar index selected by the Board. At no time shall the rate of interest be less than six percent (6%) annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of January 1, 2017, the rate of interest to be applied at the end of each calendar quarter shall be the rate of interest for interest credited to cash accounts under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executives, as such plan may be amended from time to time (the “DCPDE”), regardless of whether or not such rate of interest shall be more or less than six percent (6%) annually; provided, however, that if at any time on or after January 1, 2017 there is no interest credited to cash accounts under the DCPDE because the DCPDE shall have ceased to operate or for any other reason, then, at such time on or after January 1, 2017, the rate of interest to be applied at the end of each calendar quarter shall be the quarterly equivalent of an annual yield that is equal to the annual yield on Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield for the preceding quarter, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such index is no longer published, a substantially similar index selected by the Board, regardless of whether or not such rate of interest shall be more or less than six percent (6%) annually. Any

-4-

change in the rate of interest that occurs on January 1, 2017 or thereafter pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not constitute an “amendment affecting the interest rate” within the meaning of Paragraph 9(a) below.

5. Terms of Payment.

(a) Plan Benefits. The amounts contained in a Director’s Accounts are subject to the terms of payment as set forth in this paragraph. When a Director ceases to serve as a Director of the Company, either by retirement or otherwise, the individual shall be entitled to payment of the amounts in his or her Accounts.

(b) Timing of Benefit Payment. At the time the Director elects to defer Fees or NEDSCP Shares or to receive NEDSCP Cash Credits in lieu of NEDSCP Shares, and with respect to Retirement Benefit Accounts before January 1, 1998, the Director may designate the number of annual installments, not to exceed ten, in which the applicable Account balance shall be paid, or the Director may elect to receive such Account balance in a lump sum payment, or in a combination of a partial lump sum and the remainder in installment payments. A Director may elect to modify such election by filing a change of payment designation which shall supersede the prior form of payment designation for any one (1) or more deferral periods; provided, however, that a Director may not file a change of payment designation with respect to amounts credited to his or her Retirement Benefit Account after December 31, 2008. If the Director’s most recent change of payment designation has not been filed one (1) full calendar year prior to the year in which the Director ceases to serve as a Director of the Company, the prior election shall be used to determine the form of payment. For example, a Director leaving the Board in 2003 must file a written request with the Committee by December 31, 2001 to change his form of payment designation.

(c) Form of Benefit Payment. Benefits payable to a Director from a Stock Account or a Retirement Benefit Account shall only be paid to such Director as a distribution of Common Stock plus cash for fractional shares. Benefits payable to a Director from a Cash Account shall only be paid to such Director in cash.

(d) Commencement of Payment. Any lump sum payment or the first annual installment payment owed to a Director shall be paid on a day in January of the year following the year in which he or she ceases to serve as a Director of the Company, with the specific day to be determined by the Company. In the event a Director terminates the election to defer Fees or NEDSCP Shares, any Fees or NEDSCP Shares already deferred shall not be payable to the Director until such time as he or she ceases to serve as a Director, and then only subject to the terms and conditions contained herein. The provisions of this paragraph are subject to the terms of Paragraph 6 covering the death of a Director and to the terms of Paragraph 8 covering a Change in Control.

(e) Payment to Guardian. If a benefit under the Plan is payable to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his property, the Committee may direct payment of such Plan benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person responsible for the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or person. The Committee may require proof of incompetence, minority, incapacity or guardianship

-5-

as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the Plan benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Committee and the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

(f) Withholding; Payroll Taxes. The Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from such payments under federal, state or local law.

(g) Accelerated Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Director shall be entitled to receive, upon written request to the Committee, a lump sum distribution equal to ninety percent (90%) of the total balance of the Director’s Cash Account and Stock Account as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the day on which the Committee receives the written request. The remaining balance of the Director’s Cash Account and Stock Account shall be forfeited by the Director. No accelerated distribution under this section shall be available for amounts in Directors’ Retirement Benefit Accounts. A Director who receives a distribution under this section shall be suspended from participation in the Plan for 12 months, but such suspension shall not apply to crediting of NEDSCP Cash Credits. The amount payable under this section shall be paid in a lump sum within 65 days following the receipt of the notice by the Committee from the Director.

6. Death of Director.

(a) Plan Death Benefit. Upon the death of a Director or a former Director prior to the receipt of the full amount credited to his or her Accounts, the balance of the Director’s Accounts shall be paid to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries in the manner elected in writing by the Director at the time of the deferral election, or if no such election is made, by lump sum payment.

(b) Beneficiary. At the time a Director elects to defer payment of Fees or NEDSCP Shares or to receive NEDSCP Cash Credits in lieu of NEDSCP Shares, and with respect to Retirement Benefit Accounts before January 1, 1998, the Director may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries. If greater than 50% of the benefit is designated to a beneficiary other than the Director’s spouse, such beneficiary designation shall be consented to by the Director’s spouse. Such designation may be changed by the Director at any time without the consent of a beneficiary, subject to the spousal consent requirement above. If no designated beneficiary survives the Director or former Director, the balance of the Director’s Accounts shall be paid to the Director’s estate.

7. Administration.

(a) Committee Duties. This Plan shall be administered by the Organization and Executive Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall have responsibility for the general administration of the Plan and for carrying out its intent and provisions. The Committee shall interpret the Plan and have such powers and duties as may be necessary to discharge its responsibilities. The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

-6-

(b) Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee in respect of any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

(c) Indemnity of Committee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, provided that the members of the Committee were acting in accordance with the applicable standard of care.

8. Definitions; Change in Control; Corporate Transaction.

(a) For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control” of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) The consummation of:

(A) any consolidation, merger or plan of share exchange involving the Company (a “Merger”) as a result of which the holders of outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors (“Voting Securities”) immediately prior to the Merger do not continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation or a parent corporation of the surviving corporation immediately after the Merger, disregarding any Voting Securities issued to or retained by such holders in respect of securities of any other party to the Merger; or

(B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Company;

(ii) At any time during a period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company (“Incumbent Directors”) shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, however, that the term “Incumbent Director” shall also include each new director elected during such two-year period whose nomination or election was approved by two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then in office; or

(iii) Any person (as such term is used in Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases or privately negotiated purchases from anyone other than the Company, have become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities.

(b) For purposes of this Plan, a “Corporate Transaction” shall mean any of the following:

-7-

(i) any consolidation, merger or plan of share exchange involving the Company pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property; or

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Company.

9. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment. The Board may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that upon a Change in Control, no amendment shall be effective to change the payout schedule in Paragraph 9(b)(ii), and further provided that no amendment shall decrease or restrict the amount credited to any Account maintained under the Plan as of the date of amendment. An amendment affecting the interest rate credited under Paragraph 4 shall not become effective before the first day of the calendar year which follows the adoption of the amendment and at least 30 days written notice of the amendment to the Director. An amendment affecting the interest rate credited under Paragraph 4 that is adopted after a Change in Control shall apply only to those amounts credited to Directors’ Accounts after the Change in Control.

(b) Termination. The Board may at any time partially or completely terminate the Plan if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Plan, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Company.

(i) Partial Termination. The Board may partially terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional deferrals. In the event of such a partial termination, the Plan shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to deferrals entered into prior to the effective date of such partial termination.

(ii) Complete Termination. The Board may completely terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional deferrals, and terminate all ongoing deferrals. The Plan shall cease to operate and the Committee shall pay out to each Director the balance in each of his or her Accounts in a lump sum or in equal annual installments amortized over the period listed in the payout schedule below based on the balance in the particular Account at the time of such complete termination:

Payout Schedule

Appropriate Account Balance	Payout Period
Less than $10,000	Lump sum
$10,000 but less than $50,000	Lesser of 5 years or period elected in Participation Agreement
More than $50,000	Period elected in Participation Agreement

-8-

Interest earned on the unpaid balance in the Director’s Cash Account shall be the applicable interest rate at the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the effective date of such complete termination.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Unsecured General Creditor. The Accounts shall be established solely for the purpose of measuring the amounts owed to a Director or beneficiary under the Plan. Directors and their beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Company. Except as may be provided in Paragraph 10(b), such policies, annuity contracts or other assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of the Directors, their beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets and policies shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

(b) Trust Fund. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Company shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Company.

(c) Nonassignability. No assignment or alienation may be made of any deferred fees or interest thereon, except in accordance with Paragraph 6.

(d) Governing Law. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Oregon.

(e) Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

-9-

(f) The foregoing restatement of the Plan was approved by the Board of Directors of Northwest Natural Gas Company effective as of February 26, 2009.

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

By:

Attest:                                                  

-10-

EX-10.J(10)

Exhibit 10j.(10)

FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT IS made and entered into this 22nd day of October, 1993, by and between

PACIFIC GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY, a California corporation (hereinafter referred to as “PGT”), and

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY, a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Oregon (hereinafter referred to as “Shipper”).

WHEREAS, PGT owns and operates a natural gas interstate pipeline transmission system which extends from a point of interconnection with the pipeline facilities of Alberta Natural Gas Company Ltd. (ANG) at the International Boundary near Kingsgate, British Columbia, through the states of Idaho, Washington and Oregon to a point of interconnection with Pacific Gas and Electric Company at the Oregon-California border near Malin, Oregon; and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires PGT, on a firm basis, to transport certain quantities of natural gas from the International Boundary in the vicinity of Kingsgate, British Columbia and/or from Stanfield, Oregon (receipt points) to various delivery points as specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, since July 15, 198 I, PGT has provided firm transportation service to the Northwest Pipeline Corporation (“Northwest”) under the terms and conditions of a firm transportation service agreement between PGT and Northwest and PGT’s Rate Schedule T-1; and

WHEREAS, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) has authorized Northwest in Docket No. CP92-79 to, among other things, convert its gas sales service to Shipper on Northwest’s interstate pipeline transmission system to firm transportation service; and

WHEREAS, the FERC has authorized PGT in Docket No. G-173 50-012 to assign to Shipper a portion of Northwest’s firm transportation service on PGT formerly provided under Rate Schedule T-1 and to provide such service to Shipper under Part 284 of the FERC’s regulations; and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires to accept said assignment of Northwest firm transportation services on PGT; and

WHEREAS, PGT is willing to transport certain quantities of natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis, utilizing its pipeline facilities,

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

I. GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY

1.1 This Firm Transportation Service Agreement (“Agreement”) is made pursuant to the regulations of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) contained in 18 CFR Part 284, as amended from time to time.

1.2 This Agreement is subject to all valid legislation with respect to the subject matters hereof, either state or federal, and to all valid present and future decisions, orders, rules, regulations and ordinances of all duly constituted governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

II. QUANTITY OF GAS

2.1 The Maximum Daily Quantity of gas, as defined in Paragraph 1 of the Transportation General Terms and Conditions of PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No. I-A, which is the maximum quantity of gas that PGT is required to deliver for Shipper’s account to Shipper’s point(s) of delivery is set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

2.2 The maximum quantity of gas which Shipper has a right to deliver to PGT at Shipper’s point(s) of receipt, as identified in Exhibit A, equals the Maximum Daily Quantity plus an amount for fuel and line losses as set forth in PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-l of PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No. I-A.

2.3 PGT’s obligation to deliver Shipper’s gas from the Shipper’s point(s) of receipt to the Shipper’s point(s) of delivery is limited to the actual quantity of gas received by PGT for Shipper’s account at Shipper’s point(s) of receipt less Shipper’s requirement to provide fuel and line losses, as set forth in PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-l, up to Shipper’s Maximum Daily Quantity.

III. TERM OF AGREEMENT

3.1 This Agreement shall become effective on November 1, 1993 (Effective Date) and shall continue in full force and effect until thirty (30) years from the Effective Date (Initial Term). Thereafter, this Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year (Subsequent Term), or a longer term if agreed to by PGT, unless Shipper gives PGT twelve (12) months prior written notice of Shipper’s desire to terminate this Agreement.

3.2 Neither party may terminate this Agreement during the Initial Term.

IV. POINTS OF RECEIPT AND DELIVERY

4,1 The point(s) of receipt of gas deliveries to PGT is/are as designated in Exhibit A, attached hereto,

4.2 The point(s) of delivery of gas is/are as designated in Exhibit A, attached hereto.

4.3 The delivery pressure, actual average atmospheric pressure, and other pertinent factors applicable to the points of receipt and delivery are also set forth in Exhibit A

V. OPERATING PROCEDURES

5.1 Shipper shall conform to all of the operating procedures set forth in the Transportation General Terms and Conditions of PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No, I-A

5.2 Shipper shall furnish gas for compressor fuel and line loss as set forth in PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-l,

VI. RATE(S)

6.1 Shipper shall pay PGT each month all rates applicable to services rendered pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-l, or superseding rate schedulers), and PGT’s current Statement of Effective Rates and Charges in PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No. I-A, on file with and subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC. This Agreement in all respects shall be and remains subject to the applicable provisions of PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-1, or superseding rate schedulers), and of the Transportation General Terms and Conditions of PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No, I-A on file with the FERC, all of which are by this reference made a part hereof

6.2 PGT shall have the right from time to time to propose, file and cause to be made effective with the FERC such changes in the rates and charges or service obligations applicable to transportation services pursuant to this Agreement, the rate schedule under which this service is hereunder provided, or any provisions PGT’s Transportation General Terms and Conditions applicable to such services, Shipper shall have the right to protest any such changes proposed by PGT and to exercise any other rights that Shipper may have with respect thereto.

VII. MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 This Agreement shall be interpreted to the laws the state of California.

VII. MISCELLANEOUS (continued)

7.2 Unless herein provided to the contrary, any notice called for in this Agreement and/or PGT’s Transportation General Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be considered as having been given if delivered by facsimile or registered mail, with all postage or charges prepaid, to either PGT or Shipper at the place designated below. Routine communications, including monthly statements and payment, shall be considered as duly delivered when received by ordinary mail or facsimile Shipper’s daily nominations shall be considered as duly delivered when received by electronic data interchange. Unless changed, the addresses of the parties are as follows:

“PGT” PACIFIC GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY 160 Spear Street Room 1900 San Francisco, California 94105-1 570 Attention: President & CEO

“SHIPPER” NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY 220 N.W. Second Avenue Portland, Oregon 97209 Attention: Senior Vice President, Operations

7.3 Prior to initiation of service, Shipper shall provide PGT with any information required by the FERC, as well as all information identified in PGT’s Transportation General Terms and Conditions applicable to service under PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-1 and this Agreement.

7.4 A waiver by either party of anyone or more defaults by the other hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of any future default or defaults, whether of a like or of a different character.

7.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any rights or obligations between the parties hereto after the expiration of the Initial or Subsequent Term(s) set forth herein, except that expiration of this Agreement shall not relieve either party of the obligation to correct any quantity imbalances or Shipper of the obligation to pay any amounts due to PGT to the date of expiration.

7.6 Shipper warrants for itself, its successors and assigns, that it will have at the time of delivery of the gas to PGT hereunder good title to such gas and that all gas delivered to PGT for transportation hereunder is eligible for all requested transportation in interstate commerce under applicable rules, regulations or orders of the FERC, or other agency having jurisdiction. Shipper will indemnify PGT and save and hold it harmless from all suits, action, damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and costs connected with regulatory or legal proceedings, arising from the breach of this warranty.

VII. MISCELLANEOUS (Continued)

7.7 This Agreement constitutes the full agreement between Shipper and PGT and any subsequent changes to this Agreement must be made in writing by an amendment to this Agreement. This Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing executed by both parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

PACIFIC GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY
By:
Name:	Stephen P. Reynolds
Title:	President & CEO
NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY
By:
Name:	Dwayne L. Foley
Title:	Senior Vice President, Operations

EXHIBIT A

To the

FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE AGREEMENT

Dated                                          Between

PACIFIC GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY

And

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

RECEIPT

Receipt Point(s)	Maximum Received Quantity (MMBtu/d)'
Interconnection of PGT’s system with the system of Alberta Natural Gas Company Ltd. at the International Boundary in the vicinity of Kingsgate, British Columbia	3,616

DELIVERY

Delivery Point(s)	Maximum Daily Quantity (MMBtu/d)
Spokane NPC, WA	3,616
TOTAL	3,616

The total quantity of gas received by PGT from Shipper at receipt point shall not exceed 3.616 MMBtu per day plus the quantities of gas to be furnished by Shipper for fuel and line loss in accordance with PGT’s Rate Schedule FTS-1 and the Statement of Effective Rates and Charges of PGT’s FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume I-A for service under Rate Schedule FTS-1.

Pursuant 1 to Paragraph 29 of PGT’s Transportation General Terms and Conditions of its FERC Gas Tariff First Revised Volume No. I-A Shipper may designate other receipt points as “secondary receipt points” such as Stanfield. Oregon, the interconnection of PGT’s system with the system of Northwest Pipeline Corporation.

EX-10.J(11)

Exhibit 10j.(11)

Rate Schedule TFŸ 2 Service Agreement

Contract: No. 100310

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT (Agreement) by and between Northwest Pipeline GP (Transporter) and Northwest Natural Gas Company, (Shipper) restates the Ser vice Agreement made and entered into on January 12, 1994.

WHEREAS,

A Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the General Terms and Conditions of Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff, Transporter-and shipper desire to restate the Service Agreement dated January 12, 1994 (“Contract 100310”) in the format of Northwest’s, currently effective Form of Service Agreement and to make certain additional non-substantive changes, while preserving all pre-existing, substantive contractual rights.

B The storage redelivery service here under is related to that certain Rate Schedule SGS-2F service agreement (#100502) I dated January 1, 1998.

C Significant events and previous amendments of Contract 100310 reflected in the contract restatement include:

1. Shipper originally entered into Contract #100310 pursuant to the provisions of the approved Joint Offer of Settlement in Docket No. RP93-5-011 which unbundled the storage and redelivery transportation services, effective April 1, 1994.

2. By Amendment dated May 1, 1999, Shipper’s Contract Demand. Annual contact Quantity and Monthly Billing Quantity were increased subordinating .3,939 Dths of primary rights south of the Jackson Prairie Receipts Point to reflect Shipper’s request of additional storage redelivery transportation capacity related to a portion of its storage rights under SGS ~2F Storage Service Agreement (#100502) dated January 1. 1998.

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth herein, Transporter and Shipper agree as follows:

1. Tariff Incorporation. Rate Schedule TF-2’ and the General Terms and Conditions {GT&C} that apply to Rate Schedule TP~2 , as such may be revised from time to time in Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff (Tariff ), are incorporated by reference as part of this Agreement, except to the extent that any previsions thereof may be modified by non-conforming provisions herein.

2. Transportation Service Subject to the terms and conditions that apply to service under this agreement, Transporter agrees to receive, transport; and deliver natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis. The Transportation Contract Demand, the Annual Contract Quantity, the Maximum Daily Quantity at the Primary Receipt Point, and the Maximum Daily Delivery Obligation at each Primary Delivery Point are set forth on Exhibit; A.

3. Transportation Rates. Shipper agrees to pay Transporter for all services rendered under this Agreement at the rates set forth or referenced herein. The Monthly Billing Quantity for reservation charges is set forth in Exhibit A. The maximum currently effective rates (Recourse Rates) for Rate Schedule TF-2 set forth in this statement of Rates in the Tariff, as revised From time to time, will apply to service here under unless and to the extent that discounted Recourse Rates or awarded capacity release rates apply as set forth on Exhibit A or negotiated rates apply as set forth on Exhibit D. Additionally, if applicable under Section 21 of the GT&C; Shipper agrees to pay Transporter a facility reimbursement charge as set forth on Exhibit C.

4. Transportation Term. This Agreement becomes effective on the date first set forth above. The primary term begin date for the transportation service hereunder is set forth on Exhibit A. This Agreement will remain In full force and effect through the primary term end date set forth on Exhibit A and, if Exhibit A indicates that an evergreen provision applies, through the established evergreen rollover periods therefore until terminated in accordance with the notice requirements under the applicable evergreen provision.

5. Non-conforming Provisions. All aspects in which this Agreement deviates from the Tariff. If any are set forth as non-conforming provisions on Exhibit B. If Exhibit B includes any material non-conforming provisions. Transporter will file the Agreement with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) and the effectiveness of such non-conforming provisions will subject the Commission acceptance of Transporter’s filing of the non-conforming Agreement.

6. Capacity Release. If Shipper is a temporary capacity release Replacement Shipper, and capacity release conditions, including recall rights, are set forth on Exhibit A.

7. Exhibit Incorporation. Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement. If Exhibits B, C and/or D apply, as noted on Exhibit A to this Agreement, then such Exhibits also are attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement.

8. Regulatory Authorization. Transportation service under this Agreement is authorized pursuant to the commission regulations set forth on Exhibit A.

9 Superseded Agreements. When this agreement takes effect, it supersedes, cancels and terminates the following agreement(s): Original Firm Redelivery Transportation Contract dated January 12, 1994 as amended, including Amendment dated May 1, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transporter and Shipper have executed this on January 21, 2008.

Northwest Natural Gas Company Northwest Pipeline GP
By:	/S/
Name:	Randolph Friedman
Title:	Director, Gas Supply
By:	/S/
Name:	Jane F. Harrison
Title:	MANAGER NWP MARKETING SERVICES

EXHIBIT A

(Dated January 21. 2002, Effective January 21. 2008

to the

Rate Schedule TF-2 Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100310)

between Northwest Pipeline

and Northwest Natural Gas Company

SERVICE DETAILS

1. Transportation Contract Demand: 13,406 Dth per day

2. Annual Contracts: Quantity: 281, 242 Dc h

3. Monthly Billing Quantity: 771 Dth

4. Primary Receipt Point:

Point ID Name	Maximum Daily Quantities {Dth}
235 JACKSON PRAIRIE RECEIPT	13406
Total	13406

5. Primary Delivery Point{s}:

Point ID Name	Maximum Daily Delivery Obligation (Dth)	Delivery Pressure (psig)
334 NORTH EUGENE	1365	400
336 SOUTH EUGENE	1365	400
467 PORTLAND WEST/SCAPPOOSE	9467	400
Total	13406

6. Recourse or Discounted Recourse Transportation Rates:

a. Reservation Charge {per Dth of Monthly Billing Quantity} =

Maximum Ease Tariff Rate

b. Volumetric Charge (per Dth):

Maximum Base Tariff Rate

c. Discount Conditions Consistent with Sect ion 3.3 of Schedule TF-2:

Not Applicable

7. Transportation Term;

a. Primary Term Begin Date:

April 01, 1994

b. Primary Term End Date:

March 31, 2008

c. Evergreen Provision

Yes, grandfathered unilateral evergreen under Sect ion 14.3 of Rat. Schedule TF-2

8. Regulatory Authorization: 18 CFR 284.223

9. Additional Exhibits:

Exhibit B Yes, dated January 21, 2008

Exhibit C. NO

Exhibit B

(Dated January 21, 2008, Effective January 21, 2008)

to the

Rate Schedule TF -2 Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100308)

Between Northwest Pipeline GP

And Northwest Natural Gas Company

NON-CONFORMING PROVISIONS

The following provision, as reflected in the May 1, 1999 amendment to Contract # 100310, was accepted as non-conforming by the Commission on December 3, 1998 in Dock No. GT00-07:

Contract 100310 was modified to condition 3.939 Dths of Shipper’s primary rights through any constraint point south of the Jackson Prairie Point on Exhibit “A” to have a scheduling priority subordinate to the scheduling priority for any firm shipper with unconditional primary corridor rights through such constraint.

EX-10.J(12)

Exhibit 10j.(12)

FORM OF RATE SCHEDULE SGS-2F SERVICE AGREEMENT

Rate Schedule 8GS-2F Service Agreement.

Contract No. 100502

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT (Agreement by and between Northwest Pipeline GP (Transporter} and Northwest Natural Gas Company {Shipper) restates the Service Agreement made and entered into on January 01, 1998.

A Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the General Terms and Conditions of Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff, Transporter and Shipper desire to restate the Service Agreement dated January 01, 1998 (“Contract, 100502”) in tile format of Northwest’s currently effective Form of Service Agreement and to make certain additional non-substantive changes, while preserving all pre-existing, substantive contractual rights.

B Shipper originally acquired capacity by entering into a binding precedent agreement through the open season for incremental firm storage service at Jackson Prairie; as authorized by FERC in Docket No. CT06-416.

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premise and mutual covenants set forth herein, Transporter and Shipper agree as follows:

1. Tariff Incorporation. Rate Schedule SGS-2F and the General Terms and Conditions (GT&C) that apply to Rate Schedule SGS-2F, as such may be revised from time to time in Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff (Tariff), are incorporated by reference as part of this Agreement, except to the extent that any provisions thereof may be modified by non-conforming provisions herein.

2. Storage Service. Subject to the terms and conditions that apply to service under this Agreement. Transporter agrees to inject, store and with draw natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis. Shipper may request Transporter to withdraw volumes in excess of Shipper’s Contract Demand on a best efforts basis as provided in Rate Schedule SGS-2F. The Contract Demand and Storage Capacity are set forth on Exhibit A.

3. Storage Rates. Shipper agrees to pay Transporter for all services rendered under this Agreement at the rates set forth or reference herein. The maximum currently effective rates (Recourse Rates) set forth in the Statement of Rates in the Tariff, as revised from time to time, that apply to the Rate Schedule SGS-2F customer category identified on Exhibit A will apply to service hereunder unless and to the extent that discounted Recourse Rates or awarded capacity release rates apply as set forth on Exhibit A or negotiated rates apply as set forth on Exhibit D.

4. Service Term. This Agreement becomes effective on the date first set forth above. The primary term begin date for the storage service hereunder is set forth on Exhibit A. This agreement will remain in full force and effect through the primary term and date set forth on Exhibit A and, if Exhibit A indicates that an evergreen provision applies, through the established evergreen rollover periods thereafter until terminated in accordance with the notice requirement under the applicable evergreen provision.

5. Non-Confirming Provision. All aspects in which this Agreement deviates from the Tariff, if any, are set forth as non-conforming provision on Exhibit B. If Exhibit B includes any material non-conforming provision, Transporter will file the Agreement with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) and the effectiveness of such non-conforming provisions will be subject to the Commission acceptance of Transporter’s filing of the non-conforming Agreement.

6. Capacity Release. If Shipper is a temporary capacity release Replacement Shipper, and capacity release conditions, included recall rights and the amount of the Releasing Shipper’s Working Gas Quantity released to Shipper for the initial Storage Cycle are set forth on Exhibit A.

7. Exhibit Incorporation. Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement. If Exhibit B and/or D apply, as noted on Exhibit A to this Agreement, then such Exhibits also are attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement.

8. Regulatory Authorization. Storage service under this Agreement is authorized pursuant to the Commission regulation set forth on Exhibit A.

9. Superseded Agreements. When this Agreement takes effect, it supersedes, cancels and terminates the following agreement(s): Original Service Agreement dated January 1, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transporter and Shipper have executed this Restated Agreement on January 21, 2008.

Northwest Natural Gas Company	Northwest Pipeline GP
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Title:	Title:

FORM OF RATE SCHEDULE SGS-2F SERVICE AGREEMENT

(Continued)

EXHIBIT A

Dated January 21, 2008, Effective January 21

to the

Rate Schedule SGS-2F Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100502)

Between Northwest Pipeline GP

and Northwest Natural Gas Company

SERVICE DETAILS

1. Customer Category: Pre-Expansion Shipper

2. Contract Demand: 46,030 Dth per day

3. Storage Capacity: 1,120,286 Dth

4. Recourse or Discounted Recourse Storage Rates:

(Show Not Applicable in Exhibit D is attached.)

a) Demand Charge (per Dth of Contract Demand):

Maximum Currently Effective Tariff Rate

b) Capacity Demand Charge (per Dth of Storage Capacity):

Maximum Currently Effective Tariff Rate

c) Rate Discount Condition Consistent with Section 3.2 of Rate Schedule SFS-2F:

Not Applicable

5. Service Term:

a. Primary Term Begin Date:

November 01, 1998

b. Primary Term End Date:

October 31, 2004

c) Evergreen Provision:

Yes, grandfathered unilateral evergreen under Section 15.3 of Rate Schedule SGS-2F

6. Regulatory Authorization: 18 CFR 284.223

7. Additional Exhibits:

Exhibit B No

Exhibit D No

EX-10.J(13)

Exhibit 10j.(13)

SERVICE AGREEMENT (Liquefaction-Storage Gas Service under Rate Schedule LS-1)

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 12th day of January 12, 1994, by and between NORTHWEST PIPELINE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called “Transporter”, and NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY, hereinafter called “Shipper”.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements as herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I-GAS TO BE STORED AND DELIVERED

Subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations hereof and of the applicable Rate Schedule LS-1, Transporter agrees to liquefy, store in liquid phase, vaporize and deliver to Shipper for transportation, and Shipper agrees to receive from Transporter, up to the following quantities of natural gas:

A Storage Demand Volume of 60,100 MMBtus,

A Storage Capacity of 478,900 MMBtus.

ARTICLE II-DELIVERY OF GAS

Delivery of natural gas by Transporter to Shipper for transportation shall be at or near the point of vaporization at Transporter’s LNG facilities. Shipper shall arrange for redelivery transportation to mainline delivery points under Transporter’s transportation rate schedules.

ARTICLE III-APPLICABLE RATE SCHEDULE

Shipper agrees to pay Transporter for all natural gas service rendered under the terms of this Agreement in accordance with Transporter’s Rate Schedule LS-1 as filed with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”), and as such rate schedule may be amended or superseded from time to time. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of such rate schedule and the General Terms and Conditions applicable thereto on file with the FERC and effective from time to time, which by this reference are incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

ARTICLE IV-TERM OF AGREEMENT.

This Agreement shall become effective on the date so designated by the FERC and shall continue in effect for a period continuing through October 31, 2004 and year to year thereafter at Shipper’s sole option. Shipper may terminate all or any portion of service under this Agreement either at the expiration of the primary term, or upon any anniversary thereafter by giving at least twelve (12) months in advance. Shipper also shall have the sole option to enter into a new agreement for all or any portion of the service under this Agreement at or after the end of the primary term of this Agreement. It is Transporter’s and Shipper’s intent that this term provision provide Shipper with a “contractual right to continue such service” and to provide Transporter with concurrent pregranted abandonment of any volume that Shipper terminates within the meaning of 18 CFR § 284.221 (d)(2)(i) as promulgated by Order 636 on May 8, 1992.)

ARTICLE V-CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Agreement takes effect, it supersedes, cancels and terminates the following agreements:

Service Agreement (Liquefaction-Storage Gas Service) dated October 1, 1992 between Northwest Pipeline Corporation, “Seller” and Northwest Natural Gas Company, “Buyer”.

ARTICLE VI-SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above set forth.

“TRANSPORTER” NORTHWEST PIPELINE CORPORATION
By:
	Joe H. Fields
	Attorney-In-Fact

ATTEST: “SHIPPER” NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

By:	By:
	Name:
	Title:

2

EX-10.J(14)

Exhibit 10j.(14)

Rate Schedule TF-2 Service Agreement

Contract No. 100309

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT (Agreement) by and between Northwest Pipeline GP (Transporter) and Northwest Natural Gas Company, Inc. (Shipper) Restates the Service Agreement made and entered into on January 12. 1994.

WHEREAS:

A Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the General Terms and Conditions of Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff, Transporter and Shipper desire to restate the Service Agreement dated January 12, 1994 (“Contract # 100309”) in the format of Northwest’s currently effective Form of Service Agreement and to make certain additional non-substantive changes, while preserving all pre-existing, substantive contractual rights.

B The storage redelivery service hereunder is related to that certain Rate Schedule LS-1 service agreement (#100605), dated January 12,1994.

C Significant events and previous amendments of Contract 100309 reflected in the contract restatement include:

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth herein, Transporter and Shipper agree as follows:

Shipper originally entered into Contract #100309 pursuant to the provisions of the approved Joint Offer of Settlement in Docket No. RP93-5-011 which unbundled the storage and redelivery transportation services, effective April 1, 1994.

1. Tariff Incorporation. Rate Schedule TF-2 and the General Terms and Conditions (GT&C) that apply to Rate Schedule TF-2, as such may be revised from time to time in Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff (Tariff), are incorporated by reference as part of this Agreement, except to the extent that any provisions thereof may be modified by non-conforming provisions herein.

2. Transportation Service. Subject to the terms and conditions that apply to service under this Agreement, Transporter agrees to receive, transport and deliver natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis. The Transportation Contract Demand, the Annual Contract Quantity, the Maximum Daily Quantity at the Primary Receipt Point, and the Maximum Daily Delivery Obligation at each Primary Delivery Point are set forth on Exhibit A.

3. Transportation Rates. Shipper agrees to pay Transporter for all services rendered under this Agreement at the rates set forth or referenced herein. The Monthly Billing Quantity for reservation charges is set forth on Exhibit A. The maximum currently effective rates (Recourse Rates) for the Rate Schedule TP-2 set forth in the Statement of Rates in the Tariff, as revised from time to time, will apply to service hereunder unless and to the extent that discounted Recourse Rates or awarded capacity release rates apply as set forth on Exhibit A or negotiated rates apply as set forth on Exhibit D. Additionally, if applicable under Section 21 of the GT&C, Shipper agrees to pay Transporter a facility reimbursement charge as set forth on Exhibit C.

4. Transportation Term. This Agreement becomes effective on the date first set forth above. The primary term begin date for the transportation service hereunder is set forth on Exhibit A. This Agreement will remain in full force and effect through the primary term end date set forth on Exhibit A and, if Exhibit A indicates that an evergreen provision applies, through the established evergreen rollover periods thereafter until terminated in accordance with the notice requirements under the applicable evergreen provision.

5. Non-Conforming Provisions. All aspects in which the Agreement deviates for the Tariff, if any, are set forth as non-conforming provisions on Exhibit B. If Exhibit B includes any material non-conforming provisions, Transporter will file the Agreement with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) and the effectiveness of such non-conforming provisions will be subject to the Commissions acceptance of Transporter’s filing of the non-conforming Agreement.

6. Capacity Release. If Shipper is a temporary capacity release Replacement Shipper, any capacity release conditions, including recall rights, are set forth on Exhibit A.

7. Exhibit Incorporation. Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement. If Exhibits B. C and/or D apply, as noted on Exhibit A to this Agreement, then such Exhibits also are attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement.

8. Regulatory Authorization. Transportation service under this Agreement is authorized pursuant to the Commission regulations set forth on Exhibit A.

9. Superseded Agreements. When this Agreement takes effect, it supersedes, cancels and terminates the following agreement(s): Original Service Agreement (Firm Redelivery Transportation) dated January 12, 1994.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, Transporter and Shipper have executed this on January 12, 2008.

Northwest Natural Gas Company	Northwest Pipeline GF
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Title:	Title:

EXHIBIT A

(Dated January 21. 2008, Effective January 21, 2008;

to the

Rate Schedule TF-2 Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100309)

between Northwest Pipeline

GP and Northwest Natural Gas Company

SERVICE DETAILS

1. Transportation Contract Demand: 60,000 Dth per day

2. Annual Contract Quantity: 478,900 Dth

3. Monthly Billing Quantity: 1,312 Dth

4. Primary Receipt Pont:

Point ID Name	Maximum Daily Quantities (Dth)
194 PLYMOUTH LNG RECEIPT	60100
Total	60100

5. Primary Delivery Point(s):

Delivery of natural gas b Transportation to Shipper shall be at or near the points whose location are described in Shipper’s currently effective Service Agreement (Contract No. 100005) under Rate Schedule TF-1.

6. Recourse or Discounted Recourse Transportation Rates:

a. Reservation Charge (per Dth of Monthly Billing Quantity):

Maximum Base Tariff Rate

b. Volumetric Charge (per Dth):

Maximum Base Tariff Rate

c. Rate Discount Conditions Consistent with Section 3.3 of Rate Schedule TF-2:

Not Applicable

7. Transportation Term:

a. Primary Term Begin Date:

April 01, 1994

b. Primary Term End Date:

October 31, 2004

c. Evergreen Provision:

Yes, grandfathered unilateral evergreen under Section 14.3 of Rate Schedule TP-2

8. Regulatory Authorization: 18 CFR 284.223

9. Additional Exhibits:

Exhibit B No

Exhibit C No

Exhibit D No

EX-10.J(15)

Exhibit 10j.(15)

Rate Schedule TP-2 Service Agreement

Contract: No. 100308

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT (Agreement) by and between Northwest Pipeline GP (Transporter) and Northwest Natural Gas Company, Inc. (Shipper) restates the Service Agreement made and entered into on January 12, 1994.

Whereas:

A Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the General Terms and Conditions of Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff, Transporter and Shipper desire to restate the Service Agreement dated January 12, 1994 (Contract 100308) in the format of Northwest’s currently effective Form of Service Agreement and to make certain additional non-substantive changes, while preserving all pre-existing, substantive contractual rights.

B. The storage redelivery service hereunder is related to that certain Rate Schedule SGS-2F service agreement (100502), dated January 1, 1998.

C. Significant events and previous amendments of Contract 100308 reflected in the contract restatement include:

1. Shipper originally entered into Contract #100308 pursuant to the provisions of the approved Joint Offer of Settlement in Docket No. RP93-5-011 which unbundled the storage and redelivery transportation services, effective April 1, 1994.

2. By Amendment dated May 1, 1999, Shipper’s Contract Demand, Annual Contract Quantity and Monthly Billing Quantity were increased subordinating 9,586 Dths of primary rights south of the Jackson prairie Receipt Point to reflect Shipper’s request of additional storage redelivery transportation capacity related to a portion of its storage rights under SGS-2F Storage Service Agreement {#100502) dated January 1, 1998.

Therefore, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set: forth herein, Transporter and Shipper agree as follows:

1. Tariff Incorporation Rate Schedule TF-2 and the General Terms and Conditions (GT&C) that apply to Rate Schedule TF-2, as such may be revised from time to time in Transporter’s FERC Gas Tariff (Tariff), are incorporated by reference as part of this Agreement, except to the extent that any provisions thereof may ne modified by nonconforming provisions herein.

2. Transportation Service. Subject to the terms and conditions that apply to service under this Agreement, Transporter agrees to receive, transport and deliver natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis. The Transportation Contract Demand, the Annual Contract Quantity, the maximum Daily Quantity at the Primary Receipt Point, and the Maximum Daily Delivery Obligation at each Primary Delivery Point are set forth on Exhibit A.

3. Transportation Rates. Shipper agrees to pay Transporter for all services rendered under this Agreement at the rates set forth or referenced herein. The Monthly Billing Quantity for reservation charges is set forth on Exhibit A. The maximum currently effective rates (Recourse rates) for Rate Schedule TF-2 set forth in the Statement of Rates in the Tariff, as revised from time to time, will apply to service hereunder unless and to the extent that discounted Recourse Rates or awarded capacity release rates apply as set forth on Exhibit A or negotiated rates apply as set forth on Exhibit D. Additionally, if applicable under Section 21 of the GT&C, Shipper agrees to pay Transporter a facility reimbursement charge as set forth on Exhibit C.

4. Transportation Term. This Agreement becomes effective on the date first set forth above. The primary term begin date for the transportation service hereunder is set forth on Exhibit A. This Agreement will remain in full force and effect through the primary term end date set forth on Exhibit A and, if Exhibit A indicates that an evergreen provision applies, through the established evergreen rollover periods thereafter until terminated in accordance with the notice requirements under the applicable evergreen provision.

5. Non-Confirming Provisions. All aspects in which this Agreement deviates from the Tariff, if any, are set forth as non-conforming provisions on Exhibit B. If Exhibit B includes any material non-conforming provisions, Transporter will file the Agreement with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) and the effectiveness of such non-conforming provisions will be subject to the Commission acceptance of Transporter’s filing of the nonconforming Agreement.

6. Capacity Release. If Shipper is a temporary capacity release Replacement Shipper, any capacity release conditions, including recall rights, are set forth on Exhibit A.

7. Exhibit incorporation. Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement. If Exhibit B, C and/or D apply, as noted on Exhibit A to this Agreement, then such Exhibits also are attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Agreement.

8. Regulatory Authorization. Transportation service under this Agreement is authorized pursuant to the Commission regulations set forth on Exhibit A.

9. Superseded Agreements. When this Agreement takes effect, it supersedes, cancels and terminates the following agreement(s): Original Firm Redelivery Transportation Contract dated January 12, 1994 as amended, including Amendment dated May 1, 1999.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transporter and Shipper have executed this on January 21, 2008.

Northwest Natural Gas Company	Northwest Pipeline GP
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Title:	Title:

EXHIBIT A

(Dated, January 21, 2008, Effective January 21, 2008)

To the

Rate Schedule TF-2 Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100308)

between Northwest Pipeline GP and Northwest Natural Gas Company

SERVICE DETAILS

1. Transportation Contract Demand: 32,624 Dth per day

2. Annual Contract Quantity: 835,046 Dth

3. Monthly Billing Quantity: 2,299 Dth

4. Primary Receipt Point :

Point ID Name	Maximum Daily Quantities (Dth)
235 Jackson Prairie receipt	32,624
Total	32,624

5. Primary Delivery Points

Point ID Name	Maximum Daily Delivery Obligation (Dth)	Delivery Pressure (psig)
217 Camas	2000	300
219 Battleground	10	250
301 Washougal	500	300
303 Portland Northeast	8000	400
307 Portland Southeast	5000	400
312 Molalla	100	400
313 Monitor	10	150
315 McMinnville Amity	920	400
319 Salem	921	400
322 Marion	20	150
324 Jefferson/Scio	150	400
327 Albany	2071	400
332 Coburg	100	400
334 North Eugene	920	400
336 South Eugene	576	400
339 Creswell	100	150
342 Cottage Grove	300	400
447 White Salmon/bingen	300	225
448 Hood River	1100	225
467 Portland West/Scappoose	7536	400
470 Deer Island	8000	510
474 The Dalles	1500	150
TOTAL	40,134

6. Recourse of Discounted Recourse Transportation Rates:

a. Reservation charge (per Dth of Monthly Billing Quantity):

Maximum Base Tariff Rate

b. Volumetric Charge (per Dth):

Maximum Base Tariff Rate

c. Rate Discount Condition Consistent with Section 3.3 of Rate Schedule TF-2:

Not Applicable

7. Transportation Term:

a. Primary Term Begin Date: April 1, 1994

b. Primary Term End Date: October 31, 2004

c. Evergreen Provision: Yes, grandfathered unilateral evergreen under Section 14.3 of Rate Schedule TF-2

8. Regulatory Authorization: 18 CFR 284.223

9. Additional Exhibits:

Exhibit B – Yes, dated January 21, 2008

Exhibit C – No

Exhibit D – No

EXHIBIT B

(Dated January 21, 2008, Effective January 21, 2008)

to the

Rate Schedule TF -2 Service Agreement

(Contract No. 100308)

Between Northwest Pipeline GP

And Northwest Natural Gas Company

NON-CONFORMING PROVISIONS

The following provision, as reflected in the May 1, 1999 amendment to contract 100308, was accepted as non-conforming by the Commission on December 3, 1999 in Docket No. GT00-07;

Contract 100308 was modified to condition 9,586 Dths of Shipper’s primary rights through any constraint point south of the Jackson Prairie Receipt Point on Exhibit A to have a scheduling subordinate to the scheduling priority for any firm shipper with unconditional primary corridor rights through such constraint.

EX-10.J(16)

Exhibit 10j.(16)

SERVICE AGREEMENT

RATE SCHEDULE FS

BETWEEN:

NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd., a body corporate having an office in the City of Calgary, in the Province of Alberta (hereinafter referred to as “Company”)

-and

Northwest Natural Gas Company, a body corporate having an office in the City of Portland, in the State of Oregon (hereinafter referred to as “Customer”)

IN CONSIDERATION of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1 Customer acknowledges receipt of a current copy of Company’s Gas Transportation Tariff (the “Tariff’).

2 The terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to corresponding terms in the General Terms and Conditions contained in the Tariff, unless otherwise defined herein.

3 Customer hereby requests, and Company agrees to provide, Service pursuant to Rate Schedule FS in accordance with the attached Schedules of Service, such Service to commence on the Billing Commencement Date and to terminate, subject to the provisions hereof, on the Service Termination Date. Company shall include on Customer’s Index of Service for Rate Schedule FS the Service to be provided hereunder and Customer agrees to

acknowledge such Index of Service from time to time at Company’s request.

4. Customer agrees to pay to Company each Billing Month, for all Service rendered under this Service Agreement, an amount equal to the aggregate charge for Service described in paragraph 4.5 of Rate Schedule FS.

5. Customer shall:

(a) provide such assurances and information as Company may reasonably require respecting any Service to be provided pursuant to this Rate Schedule FS including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an assurance that necessary arrangements have been made among Customer, producers of gas for Customer, purchasers of gas from Customer and any other Person relating to such Service, including all gas purchase, gas sale, operating, processing and common stream arrangements; and

(b) at Company’s request provide Company with an assurance that Customer has provided the Person operating facilities upstream of any Receipt Point in respect of which Customer has the right to receive Service with all authorizations necessary to enable such Person to provide Company with all data and information reasonably requested by Company for the purpose of allocating volumes of gas delivered to Company among Company’s Customers and to bind Customer in respect of all such data and information provided.

If Customer fails to provide such assurances and information forthwith following request by Company, from time to time, Company may at its option, to be exercised by notice to Customer, suspend the Service to which such assurances and information relate until such time as Customer provides the assurances and information requested, provided however that any such suspension of Service shall not relieve Customer from any obligation to pay any

rate, toll, charge or other amount payable to Company.

1 Customer acknowledges that the Facilities have been designed to provide for the transportation of the aggregate gas supply that is forecast to be received at Receipt Points on the NOVA system, as described each year in NOVA’s Annual Plan, and that interruption and curtailment of Service may occur if the aggregate gas supply actually received at such Receipt Points is greater than forecast.

2 Every notice, request, demand, statement or bill provided for in Rate Schedule FS, this Service Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions, or any notice which either Company or Customer may desire to give to the other, shall be in writing and each of them and every payment provided for shall be directed to the Person to whom given, made or delivered at such Person’s address as follows:

Customer:

Northwest Natural Gas Company

220 N.W. Second Avenue

Portland, Oregon

U.S.A. 97209

Attention: Mr. Randolph Friedman Manager,

Gas Supply

or Attention: (as above)

Fax: (503) 721-2475

Company: NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd.

P.O. Box 2535, Station “M”

801 Seventh Avenue S.W.

Calgary, Alberta TIP 2N6

Attention: Vice President for Customer Fax:

(403) 290-6370

Any notice may be given by personal delivery or by mailing the same, postage pre-paid, in an envelope properly addressed to the Person to whom the notice is to be given and shall be deemed to be given four (4) business days after the mailing thereof, Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays excepted. Any notice may also be given by pre-paid telegram, fax, or other telecommunication addressed to the Person to whom such notice is to be given at such Person’s address for notice as set forth above, and any notice so given shall be deemed to have been given twenty-four (24) hours after transmission of same, Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays excepted. Any notice may also be given by telephone followed immediately by letter, fax, telegram or other telecommunication and any notice so given shall be deemed to have been given as of the date and time of the telephone notice. In the event of disruption of regular mail every payment shall be personally delivered and every notice, request, demand, statement or bill shall be given by one of the alternative means set out herein.

8. The terms and conditions of Rate Schedule FS and the General Terms and Conditions are by this reference incorporated into and made a part of this Service Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the terms and conditions hereof shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in Rate Schedule FS and the provisions of the General Terms and Conditions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Service Agreement by their proper signing officers duly authorized in that behalf all as of the 20th day of January, 1995.

Northwest Natural Gas Company	NOVA Gas Transmission Ud.
Per:	Per:
Per:	Per:

EX-10.J(17)

Exhibit 10j.(17)

SERVICE AGREEMENT APPLICABLE TO FIRM

TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

UNDER RATE SCHEDULE FS-I

THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1^st day of November, 2004, by and between:

TransCanada PipeLines Limited, a body corporate, having an office and carrying on business in the City of Calgary, in the Province of Alberta, (herein after referred to as “Company”),

-and-

Northwest Natural Gas Company, a body corporate, having an office and carrying on business in the City of Portland, in the State of Oregon, (herein after referred to as “Shipper”)

WHEREAS, Company’s Facilities extend from a point of interconnection with the pipeline facilities of NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd, (NGTL) at the Alberta-British Columbia border, near the NGTL Coleman delivery point, through southeast British Columbia to a point of interconnection with the pipeline facilities of PG&E Gas Transmission, Northwest Corporation (PG&E GTNW) at the international border near Kingsgate, British Columbia; and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires Company, on a firm basis, to transport certain quantities of natural gas through Company’s Facilities from Alberta/British Columbia border near Coleman, Alberta to British Columbia/U.S. international border near Kingsgate, B.C; and

WHEREAS, Company is willing to transport certain quantities of natural gas for Shipper, on a firm basis;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1 This agreement is subject to all valid legislation with respect to the subject matters hereof, either provincial or federal, and to all valid present and future decisions, orders, rules, and regulations of all duly constituted governmental authorities having jurisdiction

2 Shipper acknowledges receipt of a current copy of Company’s Gas Transportation Service Documents (GTSD) and Company agrees to provide Shipper with any amendments thereto

1 The terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to corresponding terms in the General Terms and Conditions contained in the GTSD (General Terms and Conditions).

2 Shipper hereby requests, and Company agrees to provide Service pursuant to Service Schedule F5-1 in accordance with the attached Schedule A which is incorporated into and forms part of this Agreement, such Service to commence on the Service Availability Date and to terminate, subject to the provisions hereof, on the Service Termination Date.

3 Shipper agrees to make gas available for Shipper’s share of Company Use Gas, or pay for such gas, pursuant to Section 8.5 of the General Terms and Conditions

4 Company undertakes to redeliver to Shipper, and Shipper agrees to accept, at the Delivery Point, a quantity of gas equivalent in heat content to the quantity received by Company from Shipper, expressed in Gigajoules (G/s), at the Receipt Point, after deducting a quantity of gas, if any, provided by Shipper for Company Use Gas.

5 Shipper agrees to make gas available for Shipper’s share of Company Use Gas, or pay for such gas, pursuant to Section 8.5 of the General Terms and Conditions.

6 Company undertakes to redeliver to Shipper, and Shipper agrees to accept, at the Delivery Point, a quantity of gas equivalent in heat content to the quantity received by Company from Shipper, expressed in Gigajoules (GJs), at the Receipt Point, after deducting a quantity of gas, if any, provided by Shipper for Company Use Gas.

7 In providing service to its existing or new Shippers, Company will use the priority of service specified in Section 8.11 of Company’s General Terms and Conditions

8 Prior to the Service Availability Date, Shipper shall provide Company with all information identified in Company’s Request for Transportation Form

9 Shipper agrees to pay, during the period commencing from the Service Availability Date, and in accordance with Schedule FS-I, the General Terms and Conditions, the Statement of

Effective Rates and Charges and Schedule “A” attached hereto (all as may be amended from time to time), the rates, tolls and charges fixed by Company firm time to time, in respect of each month, and portion thereof that this Firm Service Agreement and any renewal thereof is in effect

In the event that the Service Availability Date occurs on any day other than the first day of a month, then the demand charge payable for such month under Sub-section 4 31 of Service Schedule FS-I shall be the product resulting from multiplying the demand charge otherwise payable for such month by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days in such month subsequent to and including the Service Availability Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such month

10. Shipper covenants that it will make timely arrangements for upstream and downstream transportation, gas supply and markets and all necessary governmental authorizations and that it will advise the up stream and downstream transporters of the receipt and delivery points under this Agreement.

Shipper acknowledges and agrees with Company that Company is relying upon the covenant contained in this clause and agrees that if any such arrangements or authorizations ale not in place prior to the Service Availability Date, such will not affect the Shipper’s obligation to pay any demand charge, surcharge, or any other amount payable to Company.

11. If Shipper elects to exercise its option to terminate this Firm Service Agreement as provided for in Section 49 of Service Schedule FS-I, it shall execute and serve upon Company a termination notice not less than 12 months prior to the Service Termination Date as such date may be extended from time to time.

12. Shipper agrees not to make demand or bring action against Company for Company’s refusal to transport gas hereunder in the event that any upstream or downstream transporter fails to receive or deliver gas as contemplated by this agreement provided that such failure was not directly caused by the negligence of Company.

13. Subject to Section 8.9 of the General Terms and Conditions of this GTSD, any notice or any request, demand, statement, bid or bill (for the purpose of this paragraph, collectively referred to as “Notice”) provided for by the Service Schedules, the Service Agreements and the General Terms and Conditions, or any notice which either Shipper or Company may wish to give to the other, shall be in writing and shall be directed as follows:

Shipper: Northwest Natural Gas Company

220 N.W. Second Avenue

Portland, Oregon 97209

Attention: Mr. Randolph S Friedman

Manager, Gas Supply

E-mail Address: rsf@nwnatural.com

Company: TransCanada PipeLines Limited

450-1” Street S W.

Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 5Hl

Attention: Leader, Customer Services

Subject to Section 89 of the General Terms and Conditions of this GTSD, any notice may be given by telecopier or other telecommunication and any such Notice shall be deemed to be given four (4) hours after transmission Notice may also be given by personal delivery 01 by courier and any such Notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of delivery. Any Notice may also be given by prepaid mail and any such Notice shall be deemed to be given four (4) Business Days after mailing In the event regular mail service, courier service, telecopier or other telecommunication shall be interrupted by a cause beyond the control of the parties hereto, then the party sending the Notice shall utilize any service that has not been so interrupted to deliver such Notice Each party shall provide Notice to the other of any changes of address for the purposes hereof Any Notice may also be given by telephone followed immediately by personal delivery, courier, prepaid mail, telecopier, or other telecommunication, and any such Notice so given shall be deemed to be given as of the date and time of the telephone Notice

14. The terms and conditions of Service Schedule FS-I and the General Terms and Conditions are, by this reference, incorporated into and made part of this Service Agreement.

15. A waiver by either party of one or more defaults by the other hereunder shall not operate as a waiver o any future default or defaults, whether of a like or different character

16. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by both parties hereto

17. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any rights or obligations between the penalties hereto after the expiration of the term hereof, as same may be extended from time to time, except that termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either’ party of the obligation to correct any gas quantity imbalances or of the obligation to pay any amounts due hereunder

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties here to have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

Northwest Natural Gas Company	TransCanada PipeLines Limited
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)

SCHEDULE A to the Firm Service

Agreement Dated November 1,

2004 Between

TransCanada PipeLines Limited

AND

Northwest Natural Gas Company (Shipper)

Receipt Point	Alberta/British Columbia Border near Coleman, Alberta Minimum Pressure Available 4200 kPa
Delivery Point:	British Columbial/U.S. international border near Kingsgate, B C Maximum Pressure Available 5500 kPa

3	Shipper’s Haul Distance		170 7 Km
4	Shipper’s Compression Utilization		170 7 Km
5.	Maximum Day Delivery Quantity (MDDQ)		(Winter ) 50,840 GJ/d
			(Summer) 50,840 GJ/d
6	Service Availability Date		November 1, 2004
7	Service Termination Date		October 31, 2016
8	Surcharge Amount
		For Special Facilities	Dollars/Month
		For Other Total	Dollars/Month
		Surcharge	Dollars/Month
9	Schedule A Effective Date		November 1, 2004

Northwest Natural Gas Company	TransCanada PipeLines Limited
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)

EX-10.J(18)

Exhibit 10j.(18)

	Page 1
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

SERVICE AGREEMENT FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE FOR

TRANSPORTATION OF GAS

This AGREEMENT made October 24, 2008

BETWEEN:
	FOOTHLLS PIPE LINES LID, a body corporate having an office and carrying On business in the City of Calgary in the Province of Alberta (herein referred to as “Company”)
	OF THE FIRST PART
	NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY, a body corporate, having an office and carrying on business in the City of Portland, in the State of Oregon, (herein referred to as “Shipper”)
	OF THE SECOND PART

	Page 2
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

SERVICE AGREEMENT

FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

WHEREAS, Shipper wishes to obtain service relating to the transportation of gas through Company’s transportation system; and

WHEREAS, Company is willing to provide such service;

In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties do covenant and agree as follows:

	Page 3
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

SERVICE AGREEMENT

FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

ARTICLE 1

Scope of Agreement

1.1 Company agrees to receive from Shipper at each Receipt Point here inspecified, the quantity of gas up to the Maximum Daily Delivery Quantity. and to transport and deliver to Shipper at each Delivery Point herein specified in the quantity from time to time nominated by Shipper up to the Maximum Daily Delivery Quantity, and Shipper agrees to accept such gas deliveries from Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service.

1.2 If Shipper desires to tender to Company on any day a quantity of gas in excess of Shipper’s Maximum Daily Delivery Quantity for such Shipper’s Delivery Point for such day, it shall notify Company of such desire, If Company, in its sale judgment, determines that it has the necessary capacity available to receive and transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect thereof, and that the performance of Company’s obligations to other Shippers under their Service Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company may elect to deliver to Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and so notify Shipper.

ARTICLE 2

Rate Schedule and Rates

2.1 This Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service is subject to the provisions of Rate Schedule FT, Firm Transportation Service and Rate Schedule OT, Overrun Transportation Service and the General Terms and Conditions of this Gas Transportation Tariff, as they may be amended or superseded from time to time, which Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions of this Gas Transportation Tariff are by this reference incorporated here in and made a part hereof.

2.2 Shipper shall pay Company for all gas transportation services during the term of this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service in accordance with such Rate Schedules as are filed with the National Energy Board as the same may hereafter be amended or superseded pursuant to the National Energy Board Act

	Page 4
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

ARTICLE 3

Term of Agreement

3.1 The term of this Service Agreement shall be as set forth in Appendix A, which shall be for a minimum term of one year.

3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 3.1, if at anytime during the term hereof Foothills PipeLines Ltd. Gas Transportation Tariff with Shippers transporting U.S. Gas from the Prudhoe Bay area of Alaska through all or any part of the Phase I facilities takes effect, Shipper and Company agree to forthwith execute a Gas Transportation Tariff identical in form and substance to the aforementioned Gas Transportation Tariff which shall be identical in form and substance to that attached as Appendix B hereto. Upon execution of such new Gas Transportation Tariff this Gas Transportation Tariff shall terminate.

ARTICLE 4

Receipt and Delivery Points and Pressures

4.1 All receipts of gas from Shipper shall be at the Receipt Point of such gas, as identified in Appendix A attached to this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

4.2 Should measuring equipment not be provided at either the Receipt Point or the Delivery Point, Shipper shall be responsible for measuring the gas volume and quality as specified in the General Terms and Conditions of this Gas Transportation Tariff subject to approval by Company.

4.3 The Delivery Points for, gas to be transported hereunder shall be the points set forth in Appendix A attached to this Service Agreement, Finn Transportation Service as the same may be in effect from time to time

4.4 The delivery pressure of the gas tendered by Shipper to Company for transportation shall be at a pressure sufficient to enter Company’s system at the Receipt Point, up to that specified for such Receipt Point in Appendix A attached to this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service

4.5 The delivery pressure of the gas delivered by Company to Shipper shall be at the pressure available from Company’s system at the Delivery Point as specified for such Delivery Point in Appendix A attached to this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service

	Page 5
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

ARTICLE 5

Title and Custody

5.1 Although Company docs not acquire title of the gas transported under this Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service gas received by Company from Shipper hereunder shall be deemed to be in the custody and under the control of Company from the time such gas is accepted for transportation at the Receipt Points until it is delivered to Shipper at the Delivery Points.

ARTICLE 6

Address of Parties

61 Any notice or any request, demand, statement, bid or bill (for the purpose of this subsection, collectively referred to as “Notice”) provided for by the Rate Schedules, the Service Agreements and the General Terms and Conditions, or any other Notice which either Shipper 01 Company may wish to give to the other, shall be in writing and shall be directed as follows:

Shipper:	Northwest Natural Gas Company 220 N.W.. Second Avenue Portland, Oregon 97209
Attention:	ML Randolph S. Friedman
Fax:	503.220 2421
E-mail:	rsf@nwnaturaLcom
Company:	Foothills Pipe Lines ltd
	450 First Street S.W. Calgary, AB T2P 5H1
Attention:	Manager, Western Markets and Interconnects
Fax:	403.9202341
E-mail:	dan_ronskj’@transcanada.com

6.2 Any Notice may be given by telecopier or other telecommunication and any such Notice shall be deemed to be given four (4) hours after transmission, Notice may also be given by personal delivery or by courier and any such Notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of delivery any Notice may also be given by prepaid mail and any such Notice shall be deemed to

	Page 6
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

be given four (4) Banking Days after mailing, In the event regular mail service, courier service, telecopier or other telecommunication shall be interrupted by a cause beyond the control of the parties hereto. then the party sending the Notice shall utilize any service that has not been so interrupted to deliver such Notice, Each party shall provide Notice to the other of any changes of address for the purposes hereof: Any Notice may also 00 given by telephone followed immediately by personal delivery, courier, prepaid mail, telecopier, or other telecommunication, and any such Notice so given shall be deemed to be given as of the date and time of the telephone Notice.

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous Provisions

7.1 The Tariff shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Alberta and the applicable laws of Canada, and Company and Customers irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Alberta for the interpretation and enforcement of the Tariff

	Page 7
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

ARTICLE 8

Agreements Being Superseded

8.1 This agreement supersedes as of November 1, 2008 the following agreements between parties hereto for the transportation of gas by Company for Shipper:

NWNO·F1 dated June 12,1991

NWNG-F2 dated November 9, 1994

NWNG-F3 dated November 21, 2000

ARTICLE 9

Amendment of Appendix A

9.1 Shipper and Company may at any time and from time to time amend Appendix A to Shipper’s Service Agreement, Finn Transportation Service by executing a new Appendix A to Shipper’s Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service which shall be given effect as of the effective date and shall thereupon be deemed to be incorporated in Shipper’s Service Agreement, Firm Transportation Service.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto executed these presents all as of the day. month and year first above written

FOOTHILLS PIPE LINES LTD

Per:

Per:

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

Per:

Per:

	Page 8
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

APPENDIX A to the Service Agreement., Firm

Transportation Service Dated October 24, 2008 Between

Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.

AND

Northwest Natural Gas Company (Shipper)

NWNG-F5

1.	Receipt Point:	Alberta/British Columbia Border near Coleman, Alberta
2.	Delivery Point:	British Columbia/US international border near Kingsgate, B.C
3.	Shipper’s Haul Distance	1707 Km
4.	Applicable Company Zone	Zone8
5.	Maximum Day Delivery Quantity (MDDQ)	(Winter) 114,845 GJ/d (Summer) 96,993 GT/d
6.	Service Commencement Date	November 1, 2008
7.	Service Termination Date	October 31, 2010
8.	Surcharge Amount:	N/A
9.	Appendix A Effective Date	November 1, 2008

Northwest Natural Gas Company	Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)
(signature)	(signature)

	Page 9
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT
APPENDIX B

FOOTHILLS PIPE LINES LTD

PRO FORMA

GAS TRANSPORTATION TARIFF

	Page 10
Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd.	Service Agreement FT

FOOTHILLS PIPE LINES LTD.

PROFORMA GAS

TRANSPORTATION TARIFF

The aforementioned Pro Forma Tariff will be applicable to the transportation of Alaska, Alberta, and Northern Canada source gas through the completed Foothills Pipe Lines Ltd. system in Canada. This Gas Transportation Tariff is provided under separate cover.

EX-10.J(19)

Exhibit 10j.(19)

Terasen

Gas

TARIFF SUPPLEMENT NO. 1-6

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF

FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

AND TERASEN GAS INC.

(Formerly Be Gas Utility Ltd.)

Effective November 1, 2004

THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF FIRM TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

AGREEMENT is dated              with effect as of and from November 1, 2004.

BETWEEN:

TERASEN GAS INC., formerly BC Gas Utility Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia having its registered office at 1111 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada

(hereinafter called “Terasen Gas”)

OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY. (“NW Natural”), a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Oregon having its registered office at 220 NW Second Avenue, Portland, Oregon, U.SA

(hereinafter called “Shipper”)

OF THE SECOND PART

WHEREAS:

A. Terasen Gas owns and operates the Southern Crossing Pipeline and other transmission assets from the Interconnection with the TransCanada Pipelines Limited -British Columbia System located at Yahk, British Columbia to the interconnection with Duke Energy Gas Transmission Inc. near Kingsvale, British Columbia and contracts with Duke for capacity from Kingsvale to Huntingdon, British Columbia.

B. Terasen Gas will use the capacity on its system and the contracted capacity on the Duke System to provide the Shipper with the firm transportation service from Yahk to Huntingdon.

C. Terasen Gas holds capacity on both the British Columbia and Alberta systems of TransCanada Pipelines Limited and will permanently assign to Shipper the capacity which is required to match the capacity contracted under this Agreement.

D. The Parties have entered into a Firm Transportation Service Agreement dated January 13, 2003 with effect as of and from November 1, 2004 filed as Tariff Supplement No. 1-6 with the BCUC and have agreed to enter into this Amendment and Restatement of the Firm Transportation Service Agreement effective November 1, 2004, subject to the approval of the BCUC.

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the terms, conditions and limitations contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Except where the context requires otherwise the following terms and abbreviations, when used in this Agreement, have the meanings set out below:

(a) “Affiliate”, when used to indicated a relationship with a Party or Person, means another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediates or otherwise, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such Party or Person. A corporation shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another corporation if one of them is directly or indirectly controlled by the other or if each of them is directly or indirectly controlled by the same Party or Person.

(b) “Agreement” means this Amendment and Restatement of the Firm Transportation Service Agreement effective as of and from November 1, 2004, together with any exhibits attached hereto, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

(c) “Authorized Quantity” means the Nomination pursuant to Section 6.2 or the Intra-Day Nomination pursuant to Section 6.3 as either may be adjusted in accordance with Section 7.5.

(d) “BCUC” means the British Columbia Utilities Commission, or its successor.

(e) “Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any Federal banking or statutory holidays observed in the State of Oregon or the Province of British Columbia or Alberta.

(f) “Commencement Date” means the date defined in Section 3.1.

(g) “Contract Capacity” means the maximum volume of pipeline capacity defined in Section 2.1 (b) that on each Day Terasen Gas is obligated to make available to Shipper under this Agreement and for which Shipper has agreed to pay Demand Charges specified in Exhibit A attached hereto and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(h) “Contract Term” has the meaning given that term in Section 3.2.

(i) “Contract Year” means a twelve Month period, beginning on any November 1”, which falls within the Contract Term.

(j) “Cubic Metre” means that quantity of gas, which at a temperature of fifteen degrees (15”) Celsius and at an absolute pressure of kilopascals 101.325 kPa occupies one cubic metre.

(k) “Day” means a period of 24 consecutive hours, beginning and ending at 9:00 a.m. Central Standard Time or such other lime as may be determined by the Duke General Terms and Conditions.

(I) ‘Dth” means dekatherm which is equal to 1,000,000 Btu.

(m) “Delivery Point” means the point at which Terasen Gas delivers Shipper’s gas to Shipper or for Shipper’s account, which point is the Huntingdon Delivery Area on the Duke pipeline system.

(n) “Demand Charge” has the meaning given that term in Section 4.2 and as further described in Exhibit A.

(o) “Duke” means Duke Energy Gas Transmission Inc., its successors or assigns, or the natural gas pipeline system of Duke Energy Gas Transmission Inc., BC Pipeline and Field Services Division, as the subject matter or context requires.

(p) “Duke General Terms and Conditions” means the General Terms and Conditions of Duke approved by the NEB from time to time.

(q) “Export Delivery Area” means those points on the international boundary between Canada and the United States, where the Duke transmission pipeline interconnects with pipeline facilities located in the United States of America as defined in the Duke General Terms and Conditions as the “Export Delivery Area” as may be amended from time to time.

(r) “Fuel” has the meaning given that term in Section 5.1.

(s) “GJ” means gigajoule which is equal to one billion (1,000,000,000) Joules.

(t) “Gross Heating Value” means the number of megajoules obtainable from the combustion, at constant pressure, of one Cubic Metre of gas at a temperature of 15 degrees Celsius, free of all water vapour, and at an absolute pressure of 101.325 kPa, with the products of combustion cooled to the initial temperature of the gas and all water formed by the combustion reaction condensed to the liqUid state.

(u) “Huntingdon Delivery Area” means the area comprising of the Lower Mainland Delivery Area and Export Delivery Area.

(v) “Imbalance” means the difference, in GJs, between the quantity of natural gas received by Terasen Gas to the Shipper’s account at the Receipt Point, net of Fuel, and the quantity of natural gas delivered by Terasen Gas to the Shipper’s account at the Delivery Point.

(w) “Intra-Day Nomination” means a nomination for a particular Day that is submitted after the Nomination deadline specified in Section 6.1.

(x) “Joule” means the work done when the point of application of forces of one Newton is displaced at a distance of one metre in the direction of the force.

(y) “kPa” kilopascals of pressure gauge.

(z) “Kingsgate Daily Absolute High” means the PG&E-GTNW Kingsgate Daily Absolute High Price as set out in Gas Daily’s Daily Price Survey of gas delivered to PG&E Gas Transmission, Northwest Corporation at Kingsgate, converted to Canadian dollars using the noon exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada one Business Day prior to gas flow date for each Day. Energy units are converted from Dth to GJ by application of a conversion factor equal to 1.055056 GJ per Dth.

(aa) “Kingsvale” means the point near Kingsvale, British Columbia, Where the transmission facilities of Terasen Gas interconnect with the transmission facilities of Duke.

(bb) “Lower Mainland Delivery Area” means the Terasen Gas -Lower Mainland Division delivery area as defined in the Duke General Terms and Conditions as may be amended from time to time.

(cc) “Month” means a period extending from the beginning of the first Day in a calendar month to the beginning of the first Day in the next succeeding calendar month or such other period as agreed upon by the Shipper and Terasen Gas.

(dd) “NEB” means National Energy Board or its successor.

(ee) “Nominate” or “Nomination” means Shipper’s notice to Terasen Gas, or its designated agent, respecting the quantities of gas which Shipper wishes Terasen Gas to deliver to Shipper or for its account at the Delivery Point for the Day, as further described in Section 6.1.

(ff) “Party” means a party to this Agreement and “Parties’ means both of them.

(gg) “Person” means any party except the Parties to this Agreement.

(hh) “Receipt Point” means the points at which Terasen Gas receives gas from Shipper. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Receipt Point will be at or near the point of Interconnection of the Terasen Gas system with TCPL’s pipeline system at Yahk. The Receipt Point may also be Kingsvale subject to any restrictions imposed by Duke.

(ii) “Service Interruption” has the meaning given that term in Section 13.1.

(jj) “Sumas Daily Absolute High” means the Northwest Sumas Daily Absolute High Price as set out in Gas Daily’s Daily Price Survey for gas delivered to Northwest Pipeline Corporation at Sumas, converted to Canadian dollars using the noon exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada one Business Day prior to gas flow date for each Day. Energy units are converted from Dth to GJ by application of a conversion factor equal to 1.055056 GJ per Dth.

(kk) “TCPL” means TransCanada Pipelines Limited -British Columbia System, its successors and assigns.

(ll) “Terasen Gas” means Terasen Gas Inc.

(mm) “Terasen Gas Market’ means the design day demand, as it varies from time to time, of the firm natural gas sales and transport customers along the Southern Crossing Pipeline route and north of Oliver, British Columbia served by Terasen Gas.

(nn) “Yahk” means Yahk. British Columbia, or jf the context requires, means the East Kootenay Exchange near Yahk, British Columbia, where the existing transmission facilities of Terasen Gas interconnect with the transmission facilities of TCPL.

(oo) “10³m³ means 1,000 Cubic Metres of gas as determined on the measurement basis set forth in Article 12.

1.2 Included Words: In this Agreement words importing the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, and vice versa. and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations, and vice versa.

1.3 Headings and Divisions: The division of this Agreement into articles and sections, the provision of an index and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

SERVICES

2.1 Nature of Service: Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Terasen Gas shall provide to Shipper non-recallable daily firm natural gas transportation service (“Firm Service”) during the term of this Agreement consisting of:

(a) Receipt, at the Receipt Point, of the Authorized Quantity plus Fuel and adjusted for any Imbalance Nominations; and

(b) Delivery to Shipper, or toJlnippers account, at the Delivery Point of a quantity of gas which shall not exceed that quantity of gas which is thermally equivalent to a maximum volume of 1,317 10³m³ per Day (the ·Contract Capacity”).

Firm Service hereunder shall not be subject to curtailment or interruption except as provided in Article 14, or for scheduled maintenance, repair or modification of the facilities of Terasen Gas and Duke.

2.2 Shipper’s Obligations: On any Day, Shipper shall Nominate for Firm Service a quantity of gas not to exceed the thermal equivalent of the Contract Capacity, and Shipper shall deliver to Terasen Gas at the Receipt Point a quantity of gas equal to the Authorized Quantity plus Fuel. On the same Day, Shipper shall receive a quantity of gas which is thermally equivalent to the Authorized Quantity at the Delivery Point. Shipper shall make all necessary arrangements with transporters upstream of the Receipt Point and downstream of the Delivery Point for such purposes. Any failure of the Shipper to comply with this provision shall not affect the Shippers obligations to make any payments hereunder.

ARTICLE 3

TERM OF SERVICE

3.1 Commencement Date: Firm Service under this Agreement will commence on November 1, 2004 (the “Commencement Date”).

3.2 Contract Term: This Agreement shall be effective from the date hereof and shall continue in force until sixteen (16) years after the Commencement Date (the “Contract Term”), ending October 31, 2020 subject to such extension as may be required in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6 of this Agreement.

3.3 Early Termination

(a) A Party may terminate this Agreement if at any time the BCUC or the NEB sets rates or terms of service which differ from those set forth in this Agreement and which are materially adverse to that Party; provided that the Party adversely affected may not terminate this Agreement if the other Party agrees to compensate the adversely affected Party to the extent of that adverse effect. The Party terminating this Agreement must give ninety (90) Days’ prior notice in writing to the other Party and the termination will take effect at the end of the Day on the October 31 following expiry of the ninety (90) Day notice period.

(b) If the Shipper fails to pay the full amount outstanding in respect of any monthly statement for a period of thirty (3D) Days after suspension of receipt and delivery of gas by Terasen Gas pursuant to Section 9.5, Terasen Gas may, in addition to any other remedy it may have, terminate this Agreement effective on the date of written notice by the Terasen Gas to the Shipper of such termination.

Terasen Gas Tariff

Supplement Other

(c) If the Shipper

(i) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of its creditors;

(ii) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause under any bankruptcy or similar law for the protection of creditors or has such petition filed against it and such proceeding remains undismissed for 30 Days;

(iii) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced); or

(iv) is unable to pay its debts as they fall due;

Terasen Gas may terminate this Agreement forthwith without notice.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if any U.S. federal or state or Canadian federal or provincial law, rule, order, opinion, enactment or regulation of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Shipper, or any court renders all or substantially all of this Agreement illegal or unenforceable, then Shipper shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ninety (90) Days written notice to Terasen Gas. Shipper may not terminate this Agreement if the Parties mutually agree to amend this Agreement to conform with such law, rule, order, opinion, enactment or regulation provided that such amendment shall be in writing and signed by both Parties.

3.4 Effect of Termination: Upon termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall cease to have any force or effect, save as to the provisions of Section 19.5 and any unsatisfied obligations or liabilities of either Party arising prior to the date of such termination, or arising thereafter as a result of such termination.

ARTICLE 4

DELIVERY CHARGES

4.1 General: From the Commencement Date, Shipper shall pay to Terasen Gas each Month the amounts described below plus any and all taxes and/or surcharges of any nature payable by or on behalf of Terasen Gas with respect to the natural gas transported under this Agreement.

4.2 Demand Charge: The Demand Charges for Contract Capacity shall be determined as provided for in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

4.3 Commodity Charges: In addition to the Demand Charge, Shipper shall pay commodity charges (“Commodity Charges”) consisting of:

(a) Amounts for tax on fuel gas consumed in operations payable by Terasen Gas under the Motor Fuel Tax Act (British Columbia), or its successor legislation, allocated to the Shipper for the Month related to the transportation of gas for the Shipper under this Agreement, plus

(b) Any directly incurred Duke commodity tolls from Kingsvale to Huntingdon, including any motor fuel taxes, surcharges and/or adjustments thereof, related to the firm transportation of gas for the Shipper under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

5.1 Nomination of Fuel: In addition to the gas that Shipper desires to be delivered for the Shipper’s account at the Delivery Point, the Shipper shall nominate for and tender or cause to be tendered to Terasen Gas at the Receipt Point, a quantity of gas based upon an applicable monthly fuel percentage. The fuel percentage shall be established by Terasen Gas, and calculated by dividing Terasen Gas’ reasonable estimate of compressor fuel, line losses and unaccounted for gas, and the required operational variance in linepack for the Month (collectively, the “Fuel”) by the total estimated Nominations for the Month (“the Fuel Percentage”).

5.2 Procedure for Fuel: Terasen Gas or its agent will advise the Shipper by fax, or other such method agreed to by Terasen Gas and Shipper, of the applicable Fuel Percentage by no later than the twenty-fifth (25th) day of the Month for the following Month, which amount shall be expressed as a percentage of the quantity of gas to be delivered at the Delivery Point in that Month. In the absence of such notification, the Shipper shall use the monthly Fuel Percentage communicated by Terasen Gas for the preceding Month. In the following Month’s estimate of Fuel, Terasen Gas shall provide an adjustment based on any differences between actual Fuel in the preceding Month and the Fuel provided by the Shipper for that Month, as determined by Terasen Gas.

(a) The Fuel calculation mechanism as it relates to the Nomination and scheduling process will be (1 • Fuel Percentage) multiplied by the receipt quantity =delivery quantity.

(b) The transportation priority for Fuel will be the same as the level of service as the transactions to which it applies.

5.3 Units: The Fuel will be calculated on an energy basis. The results of the Fuel reimbursement calculation for the Nomination and scheduling process will be rounded to the nearest GJ.

Terasen Gas Tariff

Supplement -Other

ARTICLE 6

NOMINATIONS

6.1 Shipper’s Nominations: Shipper shall advise Terasen Gas, or its designated agent, at the times noted below, of the quantity of gas which it requests Terasen Gas to deliver at the Delivery Point for the Day. Such advice, hereinafter called a Nomination, shall be provided to Terasen Gas or its agent by facsimile or other such method agreed to by Terasen Gas and Shipper for the purpose of scheduling daily transportation of natural gas under this Agreement. Shipper must advise Terasen Gas or its agent of Shipper’s Nomination not later than 10:30 Gentral Clock time on the Day prior to the Day in which Terasen Gas is requested to deliver such gas.

A Nomination shall include the daily quantity requested to be transported (expressed in GJ), the beginning and end dates and the appropriate upstream and downstream shippers. In the event that more than one Nomination is submitted, the Nomination shall include an indication of priority. The total daily quantity requested to be transported shall not exceed the quantity of gas that is thermally equivalent to the Contract Capacity.

All Nominations received by Terasen Gas or its agent shall remain in effect, whether or not deliveries are made, until an amended Nomination is received by Terasen Gas or its agent pursuant to this Section 6.1.

6.2 Authorized Quantity: Terasen Gas, or its agent, shall confirm the Nomination as the Authorized Quantity to the Shipper, provided that Shipper has arranged for delivery of the Nomination plus Fuel at the Receipt Point and that Shipper has arranged for the Nomination to be transported from the Delivery Point. If the quantity of gas which Shipper has arranged for delivery at the Receipt Point is less than the Nomination plus Fuel or the quantity of gas which Shipper has arranged for transportation from the Delivery Point is less than the Nomination, then the Authorized Quantity shall be adjusted to the lesser of those two quantities taking into consideration Fuel requirements.

The confirmation shall be provided to Shipper not more than one hour after Duke confirms scheduled quantities to its shippers for each nomination cycle.

6.3 Intra-Day Nominations: Shipper shall be entitled to make Intra-Day Nominations to the extent that Intra-Day Nominations become effective on the pipeline systems of Duke and TCPL, subject to the operations of Terasen Gas, or its agent, being able to effectively’ accommodate the Intra-Day Nomination. Intra-Day Nominations generally shall be in accord with Intra-Day Nominations available to shippers on the Duke system including the effective time. The Intra-Day Nomination deadline shall be one hour prior to the deadline on the Duke system for the corresponding intra-day cycle. Terasen Gas, or its agent, shall confirm the Intra-Day Nomination as the Authorized Quantity (adjusted in accordance with Section 6.2) not more than one hour after Duke confirms scheduled quantities to its shippers as Intra-Day Nominations. Intra-Day Nominations shall apply only for the specific Day nominated.

6.4 Elapsed Pro-Rata: During the Intra-Day scheduling process, Intra-Day Nominations will be subject to that portion of the scheduled quantity that would have theoretically flowed up to the effective time of the Intra-Day Nomination being confirmed, based upon a cumulative uniform hourly quantity for each Nomination cycle affected (Elapsed ProRata”).

6.5 Communications: All Nominations and confirmations shall be delivered to the Parties as directed below or otherwise in writing:

Terasen Gas Inc. 16705

Fraser Highway Surrey,

B.C. V3S 2X7

Attention: Marketing Services Representative

Telephone: (604) 592-7788

Facsimile: (604) 648-8751 or (403) 206-7293

Northwest Natural Gas Company 220

NW Second Avenue Portland, OR

97209

Attention: Gas Supply Department

Telephone: (503) 226-4211

Facsimile: (503) 220-2421

6.6 Term Extension: Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, in the event there is a cumulative Imbalance (“Cumulative Imbalance”) between receipts and deliveries at the end of the Contract Term, the Contract Term of the Agreement will be extended by extending deliveries or receipts, as applicable, until such Cumulative Imbalance is eliminated or by such method as is then mutually agreed upon by the Parties hereto.

ARTICLE 7

IMBALANCES

7.1 Balancing: The Shipper shall use all reasonable efforts to at all times maintain balance, based on the best available information, between the gas received to the Shipper’s account at the Receipt Point, net of Fuel, and the gas delivered by the Terasen Gas from the Shipper’s account at the Delivery Point. Any difference between gas received and delivered on a given Day, will be considered an Imbalance for the Day. In the event the gas received exceeds that delivered, then the Imbalance will be considered a pack (“Pack Imbalance”). In the event the gas delivered exceeds that received then the Imbalance will be considered a draft (“Draft Imbalance”).

7.2 Tracking Imbalances: In the event that Terasen Gas determines that there is a Pack Imbalance or Draft Imbalance on a Day, that amount will be accumulated with the Pack Imbalances and Draft Imbalances for previous Days and tracked as a Cumulative Imbalance.

7.3 Communication of Imbalances: Terasen Gas or its agent will communicate any Pack Imbalance, Draft Imbalance, and the Cumulative Imbalance each Day together with the Authorized Quantity as set out in Section 6.2.

7.4 Imbalance Remedy: If Terasen Gas determines that a Shipper has a Pack Imbalance or Draft Imbalance, Terasen Gas at any point may request that the Shipper remedy, in whole or in part, such Imbalance within the next Day or other such timeframe that is agreed on by the Parties. Shipper will reduce Pack Imbalances by placing requests with Terasen Gas for Imbalance return (“Imbalance Return”) and will reduce Draft Imbalances by placing requests for Imbalance payback (“Imbalance Payback”). These requests shall be considered Imbalance Nominations and are Subject to the Nomination rules and deadlines pursuant to Article 6. Imbalance Nominations that are Shipper’s response to Terasen Gas’ request that the Shipper remedy an Imbalance under this Section 7.4 shall be of higher priority than all other Nominations. The Cumulative Imbalance will be increased or decreased accordingly by the Imbalance Paybacks and Imbalance Returns authorized for the Day.

7.5 Adjustment of Receipts and Deliveries: In the event the Shipper does not submit Nominations to remedy an Imbalance as requested by Terasen Gas pursuant to Section 7.4, Terasen Gas has the right to adjust the receipts and deliveries of Shipper’s gas to the extent needed to remedy the Imbalance.

7.6 Penalties: If Terasen Gas has requested that Shipper remedy any Imbalance pursuant to Section 7.4, and the Shipper fails to comply, then to the extent that Terasen Gas was not successful in remedying the Imbalance, the Shipper shall pay to Terasen Gas a fee equal to the Imbalance amount not remedied expressed in GJs, multiplied by the greater of the Sumas Daily Absolute High plus 10% or the Kingsgate Daily Absolute High plus 10% for the Day that the Imbalance was to be remedied. In the event the Shipper is assessed a penalty, the Shipper’s Cumulative Imbalance will be adjusted accordingly by the amount of gas on which the Shipper was assessed the penalty.

7.7 Error on Terasen Gas’ Part: If an Imbalance is created as a result of an error on the part of the Terasen Gas or its designated agent during the scheduling process, then Terasen Gas must eliminate the Imbalance the next Day unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. If the Imbalance caused by the Terasen Gas’ error is not eliminated the next Day, then Terasen Gas shall pay to the Shipper a fee equal to the amount of the unresolved Imbalance multiplied by the greater of the Sumas Daily Absolute High plus 10% or the Kingsgate Daily Absolute High plus 10% for the Day the imbalance was created. Payment of this penalty would result in the Cumulative Imbalance amount being adjusted accordingly by the amount of gas on which the Terasen Gas was assessed a penalty.

7.8 Potential for Future Changes to Balancing Requirements: The Parties recognize that Duke may obtain NEB approval for changes to the balancing provisions set out in the Duke General Tenns and Conditions that may result in balancing penalties beyond those currently provided for in the current Duke General Tenns and Conditions. In this event, Terasen Gas reserves the right to recover any such penalty costs assessed to Terasen Gas as a result of the Shipper failing to take delivery of the Authorized Quantity for a Day.

In the event that the Southern Crossing Pipeline system is expanded and the balancing requirements for shippers transporting gas on the expansion capacity are different than the balancing requirements described under this section 7, the balancing requirements set out in this Section 7 shall be modified to align with the balancing provisions for the expansion capacity.

ARTICLE 8

RECEIPT AND DELIVERY OF GAS

8.1 Delivery Obligation: Terasen Gas’ obligation to deliver gas to Shipper on any Day at the Delivery Point shall be subject to:

(a) Terasen Gas having authorized the transportation of gas on that Day pursuant to a Nomination; and

(b) Shipper delivering to Terasen Gas at the Receipt Point the Authorized Quantity plus Fuel and adjusted for any Imbalance Nominations.

8.2 Receipt Point Pressure: Shipper shall deliver to Terasen Gas the Authorized Quantity at such pressure at the Receipt Point as is in accordance with the General Terms and Conditions of the applicable interconnecting pipeline, Le. TCPL or Duke or both as the circumstances require.

8.3 Energy Conversion: From time to time Terasen Gas, or its agent, shall notify Shipper of the Gross Heating Value to be used for calculating the quantity of gas in GJs which is equivalent to Shipper’s Contract Capacity. This quantity of gas shall be used in Teresen Gas’ or its agent’s scheduling process.

8.4 Commingled: Terasen Gas shall be deemed to be in possession of, and control of, and responsible for all gas received at the Receipt Point until such gas is delivered by it at the Delivery Point. Terasen Gas shall have the right to commingle such gas with other gas in the Terasen Gas facilities or in the facilities of others transporting the gas.

Terasen Gas Tariff

Supplement -Other

ARTICLE 9

STATEMENT AND PAYMENTS

9.1 Billing Period: Commencing in the Month following the Month in which the Commencement Date occurs, Terasen Gas shall, on or before the twenty-first (21^st) day of each Month, deliver to Shipper a statement of the amount payable by Shipper for all services provided by Terasen Gas to Shipper during the preceding Month.

9.2 Payment: All payments shall be made in readily available Canadian Funds to Terasen Gas or its designate on or before the last Business Day of the Month following the Month in which services were provided unless Shipper receives a statement from Terasen Gas after the twenty-first (21st) day of the Month following the Month in which services were provided, in which case payment shall become due on or before the tenth (10^th) calendar day after which the Shipper receives a statement from Terasen Gas. If the payment due date falls on a day other than a Business Day, payment will be due on the closest following Business Day.

9.3 Failure to Pay: If the Shipper fails or neglects to make any payment required under this Agreement to Terasen Gas when due, interest on the outstanding amount will accrue, at the annual rate of interest declared by the chartered bank in Canada principally used by Terasen Gas, for loans in Canadian dollars to its most creditworthy commercial borrowers payable on demand and commonly referred to as its ‘prime rate”, plus:

(a) 2% from the date when such payment was due for the first thirty (30) Days that such payment remains unpaid and 5% thereafter until the same is paid when the Shipper has not, during the immediately preceding six (6) Month period, failed to make any payment when due hereunder; or

(b) 5% from the date when such payment was due to and including the date the same is paid when the Shipper has, during the immediately preceding six (6) Month period, failed to make any payment when due hereunder.

9.4 Billing Disputes: If the Shipper disputes any portion of any payment billed to Shipper by Terasen Gas under this Agreement, Shipper will nonetheless pay to Terasen Gas that portion of the amount which is not in dispute on or before the specified due date. Shipper and Terasen Gas will cooperate to resolve any billing disputes in an expeditious and timely manner. In the event that the amount in dispute is subsequently determined to have been properly due and owing, Shipper will forthwith pay to Terasen Gas the disputed amount in full, together with interest accrued thereon from the due date at the rate specified in Section 9.3.

9.5 Service Suspension: Terasen Gas may cease to receive and deliver gas to Shipper if Shipper fails to pay Shipper all monies due and owing in accordance with provisions of this Article 9.

9.6 Examination of Records: Each of Terasen Gas and the Shipper shall have the right. at its own expense, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to examine, audit, and to obtain copies of the books, records and charts of the other Party, only to the extent reasonably necessary to verify accuracy of any statement, charge, payment. computation, or any claim for underpayment or overpayment. This right to examine, audit, and to obtain copies shall not be available with respect to proprietary information not directly relevant to transactions under this Agreement. All invoices and billings shall be conclusively presumed final and accurate and all associated claims for under or over payments shall be deemed waived unless such invoices or billings are objected to in writing, with adequate explanation and/or documentation, within two (2) years after the month of transportation provided under this Agreement All retroactive adjustments under this Article 9 shall be paid in full by the Party owing payment within thirty (30) days of notice and substantiation of such inaccuracy,

ARTICLE 10

WARRANTY OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL AND ELIGIBILITY FOR TRANSPORTATION

10.1 Shipper’s Warranty: Shipper warrants that all gas delivered to Terasen Gas for transportation under this Agreement shall be owned by or validly under the control of Shipper or other Persons delivering the gas on the Shipper’s behalf to Terasen Gas. Shipper will indemnify Terasen Gas and save it, its directors, officers, agents and employees and its successors and assigns, harmless from all suits, actions, damages, costs, losses, expenses (including reasonable legal fees) and regulatory proceedings, arising from breach of this warranty or any misrepresentation relating thereto.

ARTICLE 11

QUALITY OF GAS

11.1 Receipt Point The gas delivered by Shipper to Terasen Gas at the Receipt Point for transportation to the Delivery Point shall meet the quality specifications contained in Duke’s General Terms and Conditions, as amended from time to time, provided that such specifications are no more stringent than the specifications of TCPL

11.2 Delivery Point: The gas Terasen Gas delivers to Shipper or for Shipper’s account under this Agreement shall have the constituent parts that result from the commingling of gas from various sources in the facilities used to transport gas for Terasen Gas and shall meet Duke’s specifications.

11.3 Non Conforming Gas: If the gas delivered to Terasen Gas for transportation under this Agreement shall fail at any time to conform to any of the specifications set forth in this Article 11, then Terasen Gas or its agent shall notify Shipper of such deficiency and may, at its option, refuse to accept such gas pending Shipper remedying such failure to conform to the required quality specifications. However, any such refusal shall not relieve Shipper from any obligation to pay its Demand Charge, or any other charge payable to Terasen Gas under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12

MEASUREMENT

12.1 Volumetric Unit Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the unit of volume of gas for all purposes hereunder shall be one thousand (1,000) Cubic Metres (10³m³).

12.2 Energy Unit The unit of energy of gas for all purposes hereunder shall be one GJ. The volume of gas transported by Terasen Gas for each Day shall be determined by dividing the quantity of energy transported by the average Gross Heating Value of the gas over the same period. The Gross Heating Value shall be determined at reasonable intervals by the Party operating the measuring equipment

12.3 Measuring Equipment The volume of gas transported under this Agreement shall be determined by means of a metering device approved in accordance with standard industry practices.

12.4 Measuring Procedures: All fundamental constants, observations, records, and procedures involved in determining and/or verifying the quantity and other characteristics of gas delivered will, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, be in accordance with the measurement standards recognized as standard industry practices.

12.5 Preservation of Data: Terasen Gas shall preserve or cause to be preserved all measurement test data, measurement charts, and other similar records pertaining to the Firm Service provided by Terasen Gas under this Agreement for a period of two (2) years from the date of their creation. Unless otherwise challenged by a Party within that period, all such data, charts and records shall be deemed to be final and conclusive.

12.6 Rounding: The volume of gas shall be specified in 10³ m³ to one decimal place and energy shall be specified in GJs rounded to the nearest GJ.

Terasen Gas Tariff

Supplement -Other

ARTICLE 13

CONTRACT DEMAND CREDITS

13.1 Service Interruption: If on any Day and for any reason, Terasen Gas is unable to take receipt of gas which was Nominated by Shipper at the Receipt Point, or deliver gas at the Delivery Point which was Nominated by Shipper (hereafter a Service Interruption” and such volume referred to as the “Interrupted Volume”) then, subject to paragraphs 13.2 (a) and (b), Shipper will be entitled to a credit on its next monthly bill, for that Service Interruption. The credit shall be equal to the Demand Charge in effect during the Service Interruption, and multiplied by the Interrupted Volume.

132 Demand Charge Obligation: Shipper will not be entitled to receive a credit pursuant to Section 13.1:

(a) for any period of time during a Service Interruption when Shipper is unable to deliver gas to Terasen Gas at the Receipt Point or accept delivery of gas at the Delivery Point, and

(b) for any period of time during a Service Interruption when Terasen Gas was unable to receive gas from or on behalf of Shipper at the Receipt Point due to the scheduled maintenance, repair or modification of the facilities of Terasen Gas or any part thereof including connecting facilities such as Duke or others upon which Terasen Gas may be dependent upon to effect delivery under this Agreement. To the extent practicable, Terasen Gas will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause repairs or maintenance to be made to minimize interruption or curtailment of transportation service to Shipper under this Agreement, and to restore service as quickly as possible.

13.3 Make-Up Gas: If Terasen Gas and Shipper agree, Terasen Gas may allow Shipper to deliver to Terasen Gas for receipt at the Receipt Point additional volumes of gas as makeup gas for that quantity which Terasen Gas was unable to receive during a Service Interruption. In such event Shipper will not be entitled to receive a credit in respect of any such gas so received by Terasen Gas.

EX-10.O

Exhibit 10.(o)

                     , 2008

Re: Change in Control Severance Agreement

Dear                     :

Northwest Natural Gas Company, an Oregon corporation (the “Company”), considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company. In this connection, the Company recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a change in control may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company, its customers and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company.

In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the Company, this letter agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth severance benefits which the Company agrees will be provided to you in the event your employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section 3 hereof) under the circumstances described below. The Company and you have entered into a prior letter agreement regarding change in control severance benefits dated December 14, 2006. Upon your signature of this letter agreement, the prior agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety in the form of this agreement.

1. Agreement to Provide Services; Right to Terminate.

(i) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (ii) below, the Company or you may terminate your employment at any time, subject to the Company’s providing the benefits hereinafter specified in accordance with the terms hereof.

(ii) In the event of a Potential Change in Control (as defined in Section 3 hereof), you agree that you will not leave the employ of the Company (other than as a result of Disability, as such term is hereinafter defined) and will render the services contemplated in the

Page 2

recitals to this Agreement until the earliest of (a) a date which is 270 days from the occurrence of such Potential Change in Control, or (b) a termination of your employment pursuant to which you become entitled under this Agreement to receive the benefits provided in Section 5(iii) below.

2. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2009; provided, however, that commencing on January 1, 2010 and each January 1 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless at least 90 days prior to such January 1 date, the Company or you shall have given notice that this Agreement shall not be extended (provided that no such notice may be given by the Company during the pendency of a Potential Change in Control); and provided, further, that this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months beyond the term provided herein if a Change in Control shall have occurred during such term. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate automatically if you or the Company terminate your employment prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval (as defined in Section 3 hereof), if applicable, or the Change in Control. In addition, the Company may terminate this Agreement during your employment if, prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control, you cease to hold your current position with the Company, except by reason of a promotion.

3. Change in Control; Potential Change in Control; Shareholder Approval; Person.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(A) The consummation of:

(1) any consolidation, merger or plan of share exchange involving the Company (a “Merger”) as a result of which the holders of outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors (“Voting Securities”) immediately prior to the Merger do not continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation or a parent corporation of the surviving corporation immediately after the Merger, disregarding any Voting Securities issued to or retained by such holders in respect of securities of any other party to the Merger; or

(2) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Company;

(B) At any time during a period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (“Incumbent Directors”) shall cease

Page 3

for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, however, that the term “Incumbent Director” shall also include each new director elected during such two-year period whose nomination or election was approved by two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then in office; or

(C) Any Person (as hereinafter defined) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases or privately negotiated purchases from anyone other than the Company, have become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities.

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Board, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement if (1) you acquire (other than on the same basis as all other holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company) an equity interest in an entity that acquires the Company in a Change in Control otherwise described under subparagraph (A) above, or (2) you are part of a group that constitutes a Person which becomes a beneficial owner of Voting Securities in a transaction that otherwise would have resulted in a Change in Control under subparagraph (C) above.

(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(B) any Person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; or

(C) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, “Shareholder Approval” shall be deemed to have occurred if the shareholders of the Company approve an agreement entered into by the Company, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control.

(iv) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Person” shall mean and include any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other “person,” as such term is used in Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company.

4. Termination Following Shareholder Approval or Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs, you shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Section 5(iii) hereof in the event that (x) a Date of Termination (as defined in Section 4(v) below) of your employment with

Page 4

the Company occurred or occurs after the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control and no later than twenty-four (24) months after the Change in Control, or (y) your employment with the Company is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below) based on an event occurring concurrent with or subsequent to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control and your Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 4(iv) below) in connection therewith shall have been given no later than twenty-four (24) months after the Change in Control; provided, however, that if any such termination is (a) because of your death, (b) by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or Disability, or (c) by you other than for Good Reason based on an event occurring concurrent with or subsequent to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control, then you shall not be entitled to the benefits provided in Section 5(iii) hereof.

(i) Disability. Termination by the Company of your employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of your absence from your duties with the Company on a full-time basis for one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, unless within thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given to you following such absence you shall have returned to the full-time performance of your duties.

(ii) Cause. Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” shall mean termination upon (a) the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your assigned duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Chairman of the Board or President of the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which such executive believes that you have not substantially performed your duties or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of this paragraph (ii), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you in knowing bad faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of the conduct set forth above in (a) or (b) of this paragraph (ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(iii) Good Reason. Termination by you of your employment with the Company for “Good Reason” shall mean termination by you of your employment with the Company based on any of the following events provided you give Notice of Termination after

Page 5

the occurrence of any of the following events and no later than 30 days after the later of (1) notice to you of such event, or (2) the Change in Control:

(A) a change in your status, title, position(s) or responsibilities as an officer of the Company which does not represent a promotion from your status, title, position(s) and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control, or the assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with such status, title or position(s), or any removal of you from or any failure to reappoint or reelect you to such position(s), except in connection with the termination of your employment for Cause or Disability or as a result of your death or by you other than for Good Reason;

(B) a reduction by the Company in your base salary as in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control;

(C) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any Plan (as hereinafter defined) in which you are participating immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control (or Plans providing you with at least substantially similar benefits) other than as a result of the normal expiration of any such Plan in accordance with its terms as in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control, or the taking of any action, or the failure to act, by the Company which would adversely affect your continued participation in any of such Plans on at least as favorable a basis to you as is the case immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control or which would materially reduce your benefits in the future under any of such Plans or deprive you of any material benefit enjoyed by you immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control;

(D) the failure by the Company to provide and credit you with the number of paid vacation days to which you are then entitled in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy as in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control;

(E) the Company’s requiring you to be based more than 30 miles from where your office is located immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which you undertook on behalf of the Company prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control;

(F) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor (as hereinafter defined) the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 7 hereof;

Page 6

(G) any purported termination by the Company of your employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of paragraph (iv) below (and, if applicable, paragraph (ii) above); and for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective; or

(H) the failure by the Company to pay you any portion of your current compensation, to credit your Deferred Compensation Plan account in accordance with your previous election, or to pay you any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any Plan in which you participated, within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Plan” shall mean any compensation plan such as an incentive, stock option or restricted stock plan or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, medical, disability, accident, life insurance, or relocation plan or policy or any other plan, program or policy of the Company intended to benefit employees.

(iv) Notice of Termination. Any purported termination by the Company or by you (other than termination due to your death, which shall terminate your employment automatically) following the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or a Change in Control shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

(A) With respect to any Notice of Termination given by you for Good Reason, such Notice of Termination may indicate that such termination for Good Reason shall be conditioned upon, and postponed until, the date on which it is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 13 hereof, that Good Reason exists for such termination. If a Notice of Termination given by you for Good Reason indicates that such termination shall be so conditioned and postponed, then, if the Company disputes the existence of Good Reason, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination is given, notify you that a dispute exists concerning the termination, whereupon Section 13 hereof shall apply to such dispute. If no such notice is given by the Company within such 30-day period, then a final determination that Good Reason exists shall be deemed to have occurred on the date thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination for Good Reason is given.

(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(1) if, at any time before the Date of Termination determined pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any purported termination by you of your employment with the Company, there exists a basis for the Company to terminate

Page 7

your employment for Cause, then the Company may, regardless of whether or not you have given Notice of Termination for Good Reason and regardless of whether or not Good Reason exists, terminate your employment for Cause, in which event you shall not be entitled to the benefits provided in Section 5(iii) hereof, and

(2) if you die or your employment is terminated based on Disability after you have given Notice of Termination for Good Reason and before the Date of Termination determined under this Agreement with respect to that Notice of Termination, and it is subsequently finally determined that Good Reason existed at the time your employment terminated, then termination of your employment shall be deemed to have occurred for Good Reason (and not due to your death or Disability) and you shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Section 5(iii) hereof.

(v) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean the date your employment with the Company is terminated following the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or a Change in Control, which date shall be determined as follows:

(A) if your employment is to be terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that, if you shall have returned to the performance of your duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period, then the termination for Disability contemplated by the Notice of Termination shall not occur),

(B) if your employment is terminated due to your death, the date of your death,

(C) if your employment is to be terminated by the Company other than for Disability, or if your employment is to be terminated by you without a claim of Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and

(D) if your employment is to be terminated by you for Good Reason, the date ninety (90) days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless either:

(1) an earlier date has been agreed to by the Company either in advance of, or after, receiving such Notice of Termination (in which case such earlier date shall be the Date of Termination),

(2) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4(iv) you have indicated in your Notice of Termination that you are conditioning your termination upon (and postponing such termination until) the date on which it is finally determined that Good Reason exists for such termination (in which case the later of such date as determined in accordance with Section 4(iv) above, or the date otherwise determined under this Section 4(v)(D), shall be the Date of Termination),

Page 8

(3) the Company shall not have notified you within fifteen (15) days after a Notice of Termination for Good Reason is given that it intends to fully correct the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason (in which case the date fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Termination shall be the Date of Termination), or

(4) if the Company gives notice as provided in Section 4(v)(D)(3) and if the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason are fully corrected on or prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after such Notice of Termination was given, then the termination for Good Reason contemplated by such Notice of Termination shall not occur.

(E) You shall not be obligated to perform any services after the Date of Termination that would prevent the termination of your employment on such Date of Termination from qualifying as a “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h).

5. Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability.

(i) During any period following the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or a Change in Control that you fail to perform your duties as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall continue to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect and any benefits or awards under any Plans shall continue to accrue during such period, to the extent not inconsistent with such Plans, until your employment is terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 4(i) and 4(v) hereof. Thereafter, your benefits shall be determined in accordance with the Plans then in effect.

(ii) If your employment shall be terminated for Cause or as a result of death following the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or a Change in Control, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect just prior to the time a Notice of Termination is given plus any benefits or awards which pursuant to the terms of any Plans have been earned or become payable, but which have not yet been paid to you. Thereupon the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(iii) If a Change in Control occurs and either (a) after the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control and no later than twenty-four (24) months after the Change in Control, a Date of Termination of your employment with the Company occurred or occurs as a result of a termination by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or (b) your employment with the Company is terminated by you for Good Reason based on an event occurring concurrent with or subsequent to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control and your Notice of Termination in connection therewith shall have been given no later than twenty-four (24) months after the Change in Control, then, by no later than the fifth day following the later of the Date of Termination or the Change in Control (except as

Page 9

may otherwise be provided), you shall be entitled, without regard to any contrary provisions of any Plan, to a severance benefit as follows:

(A) the Company shall pay your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect just prior to the time a Notice of Termination is given plus any benefits or awards which pursuant to the terms of any Plans have been earned or become payable, but which have not yet been paid to you; provided, however, that with respect to a termination of your employment for Good Reason based on a reduction by the Company in your base salary as in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control, the Company shall pay your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect just prior to such reduction plus any benefits or awards which pursuant to the terms of any Plans have been earned or become payable, but which have not yet been paid to you;

(B) as severance pay and in lieu of any further salary for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to you in a single payment an amount in cash equal to                 (            ) times the sum of (1) the greater of (i) your annual rate of base salary in effect on the Date of Termination or (ii) your annual rate of base salary in effect immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control and (2) the greater of (i) the average of the last three annual bonuses (annualized in the case of any bonus paid with respect to a partial year) paid to you preceding the Date of Termination or (ii) the average of the last three annual bonuses (annualized in the case of any bonus paid with respect to a partial year) paid to you preceding the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control; provided, however, that if your age on the Date of Termination (your “Age”) is more than 61, the amount payable to you under this subparagraph (B) shall be reduced by multiplying the amount otherwise determined as set forth above by 90% if your Age is 62, by 60% if your Age is 63, by 30% if your Age is 64, and by 0% if your Age is 65 or more; and

(C) for a                 (            ) month period after the Date of Termination (specifically including a Date of Termination that occurs after Shareholder Approval and prior to a Change in Control), the Company shall arrange to provide you, your spouse and your dependents with life, accident and health insurance benefits substantially similar to those which you were receiving immediately prior to the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not provide any benefit otherwise receivable by you pursuant to this subparagraph (C) to the extent that a similar benefit is actually received by you from a subsequent employer during such                 (            ) month period, and any such benefit actually received by you shall be reported to the Company.

(iv) The amount of any payment provided for in this Section 5 shall not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by reason of any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or

Page 10

otherwise. Your entitlements under Section 5(iii) are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights, benefits or entitlements you may have under the terms or provisions of any Plan.

6. Parachute Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and you with respect to compensation or benefits (each an “Other Arrangement”), in the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provisions (the “Code”), would cause you to receive a greater after-tax benefit from the Capped Benefit (as defined below) than from the amounts (including the monetary value of any non-cash benefits) otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Arrangement (the “Specified Benefits”), the Capped Benefit shall be paid to you in lieu of the Specified Benefits. The “Capped Benefit” shall equal the Specified Benefits, reduced by the amount necessary to prevent any portion of the Specified Benefits from being a “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code. The Capped Benefit would therefore equal 2.99 multiplied by your applicable “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of determining whether you would receive a greater after-tax benefit from the Capped Benefit than from the Specified Benefits, there shall be taken into account any excise tax that would be imposed under Section 4999 of the Code and all federal, state and local taxes required to be paid by you in respect of the receipt of such payments. The parties acknowledge that the application of Section 280G is uncertain in many respects and agree that the Company shall make all calculations and determinations under this section (including application and interpretation of the Code and related regulatory, administrative and judicial authorities) in good faith, which calculations and determinations shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall provide you with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Company’s calculations of the Capped Benefit and to request which of the Specified Benefits shall be reduced. If, after payment of any amount under this Agreement or any Other Arrangement, it is determined that the calculation of the Capped Benefit was calculated incorrectly, the amount of the Capped Benefit will be adjusted, the Company shall pay to you any additional amount that should have been paid to you, and you shall repay to the Company any amount that should not have been paid to you, in each case with interest at the discount rate applicable under Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

7. Successors; Binding Agreement.

(i) Upon your written request, the Company will seek to have any Successor (as hereinafter defined), by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to you, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Successor” shall mean any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or with the passage of time), the Company’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, or indirectly, by purchase of the Company’s Voting Securities or otherwise.

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees,

Page 11

devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

8. Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay to you all legal fees and related expenses incurred by you in good faith as a result of (i) your termination following the earlier of Shareholder Approval, if applicable, or a Change in Control (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing in good faith any such termination) or (ii) your seeking to obtain or enforce in good faith any right or benefit provided by this Agreement.

9. Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and you as provided in Sections 5, 6, 7(ii), 8 and 13 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement, but only with respect to a Change in Control occurring during the term of this Agreement.

10. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the address of the respective party set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Chairman of the Board or President of the Company, with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by you and the Chairman of the Board or President of the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Oregon.

12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

13. Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Portland, Oregon by three arbitrators in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award, which award shall be a final and binding determination of

Page 12

the dispute or controversy, in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you shall be entitled to seek specific performance of your right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. The Company shall bear all costs and expenses of the arbitrators arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 13.

14. Related Agreements. To the extent that any provision of any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and you shall limit, qualify or be inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while the same shall remain in force, the provision of this Agreement shall control and such provision of such other agreement shall be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such other agreement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose.

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

If this letter correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

Sincerely,
NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY
By
	Mark S. Dodson
	President and CEO

Agreed to this              day

of                     , 2008.

EX-12

EXHIBIT 12

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

Statement Re: Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Thousands, except per share amounts

(Unaudited)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2005		2004
Fixed Charges, as defined:
Interest on Long-Term Debt	$	33,605	$	34,294	$	34,651	$	34,330	$	33,776
Other Interest		4,022		4,116		4,648		2,665		2,184
Amortization of Debt Discount and Expense		700		711		716		808		773
Interest Portion of Rentals		1,551		1,523		1,465		1,357		1,489
Total Fixed Charges, as defined	$	39,878	$	40,644	$	41,480	$	39,160	$	38,222
Earnings, as defined:
Net Income	$	69,525	$	74,497	$	63,415	$	58,149	$	50,572
Taxes on Income		40,678		44,060		36,234		32,720		26,531
Fixed Charges, as above		39,878		40,644		41,480		39,160		38,222
Total Earnings, as defined	$	150,081	$	159,201	$	141,129	$	130,029	$	115,325
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		3.76		3.92		3.40		3.32		3.02

EX-23

EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-63017, 333-46430, 333-55002, 333-70218, 333-100885, 333-120955, 333-134973 and 333-139819) and in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-148527 and 333-123898) of Northwest Natural Gas Company of our report dated February 27, 2009 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Portland, Oregon

February 27, 2009

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Gregg S. Kantor, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Northwest Natural Gas Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

/s/ Gregg S. Kantor

Gregg S. Kantor

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, David H. Anderson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Northwest Natural Gas Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

/s/ David H. Anderson

David H. Anderson

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY

Certificate Pursuant to Section 906

of Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002

Each of the undersigned, GREGG S. KANTOR, the President and Chief Executive Officer, and DAVID H. ANDERSON, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of NORTHWEST NATURAL GAS COMPANY (the Company), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed this 27th day of February 2009.

/s/ Gregg S. Kantor

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ David H. Anderson

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Northwest Natural Gas Company and will be retained by Northwest Natural Gas Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.